diff --git a/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv b/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv index c580d6ef74..ed7ddcc4b5 100644 --- a/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv +++ b/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ EXO 3 9 uup9 figs-personification צַעֲקַ֥ת בְּנֵי־יִשְׂרָ EXO 3 9 gwou figs-abstractnouns רָאִ֨יתִי֙ אֶת־הַ⁠לַּ֔חַץ אֲשֶׁ֥ר מִצְרַ֖יִם לֹחֲצִ֥ים אֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **oppression** in another way. Alternate translation: “I have seen how the Egyptians are oppressing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) EXO 3 10 y4m1 grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠עַתָּ֣ה 1 **And now** functions as a discourse marker expressing logical conclusion. “Therefore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) EXO 3 10 spwh figs-quotemarks מִ⁠מִּצְרָֽיִם 1 After this phrase, the direct quote of what the Yahweh said starting in [3:7](../03/07.md) ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 3 11 y8cr figs-rquestion מִ֣י אָנֹ֔כִי כִּ֥י אֵלֵ֖ךְ אֶל־פַּרְעֹ֑ה וְ⁠כִ֥י אוֹצִ֛יא אֶת־בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מִ⁠מִּצְרָֽיִם 1 Who am I, that I should go to Pharaoh…Egypt? Moses uses this question to tell God that he, Moses, is not the right person for the task. Alternate translation: See UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +EXO 3 11 y8cr figs-rquestion מִ֣י אָנֹ֔כִי כִּ֥י אֵלֵ֖ךְ אֶל־פַּרְעֹ֑ה וְ⁠כִ֥י אוֹצִ֛יא אֶת־בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מִ⁠מִּצְרָֽיִם 1 Who am I, that I should go to Pharaoh…Egypt? Moses uses this question to tell God that he, Moses, is not the right person for the task. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) EXO 3 11 ax7w figs-quotemarks מִ֣י אָנֹ֔כִי כִּ֥י אֵלֵ֖ךְ אֶל־פַּרְעֹ֑ה וְ⁠כִ֥י אוֹצִ֛יא אֶת־בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מִ⁠מִּצְרָֽיִם 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 3 12 ykp3 figs-quotemarks כִּֽי־אֶֽהְיֶ֣ה עִמָּ֔⁠ךְ וְ⁠זֶה־לְּ⁠ךָ֣ הָ⁠א֔וֹת כִּ֥י אָנֹכִ֖י שְׁלַחְתִּ֑י⁠ךָ בְּ⁠הוֹצִֽיאֲ⁠ךָ֤ אֶת־הָ⁠עָם֙ מִ⁠מִּצְרַ֔יִם תַּֽעַבְדוּ⁠ן֙ אֶת־הָ֣⁠אֱלֹהִ֔ים עַ֖ל הָ⁠הָ֥ר הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 3 12 xugf figs-youdual תַּֽעַבְדוּ⁠ן֙ 1 If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) @@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ EXO 4 18 yay3 figs-explicit לֵ֥ךְ לְ⁠שָׁלֽוֹם 1 This is a phra EXO 4 18 i807 figs-quotemarks לֵ֥ךְ לְ⁠שָׁלֽוֹם 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 4 19 wwr8 grammar-connect-time-sequential וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֤ה אֶל־מֹשֶׁה֙ 1 The timing and situation for Yahweh speaking to Moses here is not specified. Some conjecture that it was part of the narrative of the encounter with Yahweh from the previous verses but placed after his request to Jethro for an unknown reason. Another speculation is that Moses delayed returning to Egypt (either by his own choice, Yahweh’s instructions, or someone else delaying him) and Yahweh came and told him again (the UST explicitly offers this optional translation). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) EXO 4 19 aosm figs-quotemarks לֵ֖ךְ שֻׁ֣ב מִצְרָ֑יִם כִּי־מֵ֨תוּ֙ כָּל־הָ֣⁠אֲנָשִׁ֔ים הַֽ⁠מְבַקְשִׁ֖ים אֶת־נַפְשֶֽׁ⁠ךָ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 4 19 clfj הַֽ⁠מְבַקְשִׁ֖ים אֶת־נַפְשֶֽׁ⁠ךָ 1 This means they were seeking to end his life, that is, to kill him. Alternate translation: see UST. +EXO 4 19 clfj הַֽ⁠מְבַקְשִׁ֖ים אֶת־נַפְשֶֽׁ⁠ךָ 1 This means they were seeking to end his life, that is, to kill him. EXO 4 20 fua6 writing-participants בָּנָ֗י⁠ו 1 Moses’ second son is not introduced until [18:4](../18/.04.md) but had already been born before they left Midian. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) EXO 4 20 zi5m figs-123person וַ⁠יָּ֖שָׁב אַ֣רְצָ⁠ה מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 It is clear from [verse 24](../04/24.md) and [25](../04/25.md) that his family went with him, so you may need to translate as “they returned.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) EXO 4 20 a1s5 grammar-connect-time-sequential וַ⁠יָּ֖שָׁב אַ֣רְצָ⁠ה מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 After the incident on the road in verses [24-26](../04/24.md). Moses’ family is not mentioned again until [18:2](../18/02.md), which says that Moses sent them back, so it may be better to make a translation similar to the UST, which only commits to the family starting on the way to Egypt. This option has the further benefit of allowing for the several events that happen before Moses gets to Egypt. The ULT’s **toward** is another way of giving space in the translation for the next several events. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) @@ -1052,7 +1052,7 @@ EXO 12 23 uu61 figs-synecdoche וּ⁠פָסַ֤ח יְהוָה֙ עַל־הַ EXO 12 23 onpu עַל־הַ⁠מַּשְׁק֔וֹף וְ⁠עַ֖ל שְׁתֵּ֣י הַ⁠מְּזוּזֹ֑ת 1 Alternate translation: “on the sides and top of the way into the house” See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 12:7](../12/07.md). EXO 12 24 v7z5 הַ⁠דָּבָ֣ר הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה 1 this event These words refer to the Passover or Festival of Unleavened Bread. Observing the Passover was an act of worshiping Yahweh. EXO 12 24 bzm0 figs-youcrowd לְ⁠ךָ֥ וּ⁠לְ⁠בָנֶ֖י⁠ךָ 1 Here, **you** and **your** are singular but they refer to the whole nation. You may need to continue to use a plural form of “you,” if your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) -EXO 12 24 ch73 figs-gendernotations וּ⁠לְ⁠בָנֶ֖י⁠ךָ 1 Here, **sons** includes everyone. Alternate translation: see UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +EXO 12 24 ch73 figs-gendernotations וּ⁠לְ⁠בָנֶ֖י⁠ךָ 1 Here, **sons** includes everyone. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) EXO 12 25 l8ls הָ⁠עֲבֹדָ֥ה הַ⁠זֹּֽאת 1 this act of worship Here, **this service** refers to the Passover or Festival of Unleavened Bread. Observing the Passover was an act of worshiping Yahweh. EXO 12 26 hbh4 figs-gendernotations בְּנֵי⁠כֶ֑ם 1 Here, **your sons** refers to all children, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) EXO 12 26 odj0 figs-quotesinquotes אֲלֵי⁠כֶ֖ם…מָ֛ה הָ⁠עֲבֹדָ֥ה הַ⁠זֹּ֖את לָ⁠כֶֽם 1 After **you**, a second-level quotation begins. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation.
However, you may want to translate this as an indirect quotation in order to reduce the layers of quotations in this passage. Alternative translation: “to you what this ritual means to you,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) @@ -1524,10 +1524,10 @@ EXO 21 13 gme9 figs-explicit וְ⁠שַׂמְתִּ֤י לְ⁠ךָ֙ מָק֔ EXO 21 14 st5h בְ⁠עָרְמָ֑ה 1 according to a cunning plan Alternate translation: “after thinking carefully about it” EXO 21 14 abx6 תִּקָּחֶ֖⁠נּוּ 1 must take him The word “him” refers to the one who killed his neighbor. EXO 21 14 mvpx לָ⁠מֽוּת 1 must take him Alternate translation: “to execute him” -EXO 21 15 y3hd figs-activepassive וּ⁠מַכֵּ֥ה אָבִ֛י⁠ו וְ⁠אִמּ֖⁠וֹ מ֥וֹת יוּמָֽת 1 Whoever hits his father or mother must surely be put to death If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If anyone hits his father or mother, you must surely put him to death” or “You must surely kill anyone who hits his father or mother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 21 15 y3hd figs-activepassive וּ⁠מַכֵּ֥ה אָבִ֛י⁠ו וְ⁠אִמּ֖⁠וֹ מ֥וֹת יוּמָֽת 1 Whoever hits his father or mother must surely be put to death If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If anyone hits his father or mother, you must surely put him to death” or “You must surely kill anyone who hits his father or mother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 21 15 qh2j מ֥וֹת 1 must surely Alternate translation: “must certainly” EXO 21 16 iu81 figs-activepassive מ֥וֹת יוּמָֽת 1 that kidnapper must be put to death If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must kill that kidnapper” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 21 17 h8qf figs-activepassive וּ⁠מְקַלֵּ֥ל אָבִ֛י⁠ו וְ⁠אִמּ֖⁠וֹ מ֥וֹת יוּמָֽת 1 Whoever curses his father or his mother must surely be put to death If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must surely kill anyone who curses his father or his mother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 21 17 h8qf figs-activepassive וּ⁠מְקַלֵּ֥ל אָבִ֛י⁠ו וְ⁠אִמּ֖⁠וֹ מ֥וֹת יוּמָֽת 1 Whoever curses his father or his mother must surely be put to death If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must surely kill anyone who curses his father or his mother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 21 17 kvbc וּ⁠מְקַלֵּ֥ל 1 Whoever curses his father or his mother must surely be put to death The word translated **acts contemptuously** means the opposite of “honor” (as in the commandment to honor one’s parents). Alternate translation: “Whoever acts dishonorably toward” EXO 21 19 c7rv יָק֞וּם 1 he recovers Alternate translation: “he gets better” EXO 21 19 tv0z וְ⁠נִקָּ֣ה 1 he recovers Alternate translation: “then … is innocent” @@ -1570,7 +1570,7 @@ EXO 22 intro f9vb 0 # Exodus 22 General Notes\n\n## Structure\n\nThis chapter EXO 22 1 syx5 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses his laws for the people of Israel. EXO 22 1 onm0 grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical כִּ֤י יִגְנֹֽב־אִישׁ֙ שׁ֣וֹר אוֹ־שֶׂ֔ה וּ⁠טְבָח֖⁠וֹ א֣וֹ מְכָר֑⁠וֹ 1 General Information: This is the first of many hypothetical situations in this chapter, introduced by “when” or **if,** which you will encounter over the next several chapters. See the [introduction](../22/intro.md). You will need to translate these consistently in a manner that expresses that these situations have not actually happened. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) EXO 22 1 bc03 translate-numbers חֲמִשָּׁ֣ה…וְ⁠אַרְבַּע 1 General Information: Alternate translation: “5 … and 4” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 22 2 mt43 figs-activepassive אִם־בַּ⁠מַּחְתֶּ֛רֶת יִמָּצֵ֥א הַ⁠גַּנָּ֖ב 1 If a thief is found If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If anyone finds a thief while he is breaking in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 22 2 mt43 figs-activepassive אִם־בַּ⁠מַּחְתֶּ֛רֶת יִמָּצֵ֥א הַ⁠גַּנָּ֖ב 1 If a thief is found If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If anyone finds a thief while he is breaking in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 22 2 e98x בַּ⁠מַּחְתֶּ֛רֶת 1 breaking in Alternate translation: “while using force to enter a house” EXO 22 2 gt5f figs-activepassive וְ⁠הֻכָּ֣ה וָ⁠מֵ֑ת 1 if he is struck so that he dies If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if anyone strikes the thief so that he dies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 22 2 fq57 אֵ֥ין ל֖⁠וֹ דָּמִֽים 1 no guilt for murder will attach to anyone on his account Alternate translation: “no one will be guilty of murdering him” @@ -1659,7 +1659,7 @@ EXO 23 13 ldn8 תִּשָּׁמֵ֑רוּ 1 Pay attention to Alternate translat EXO 23 13 va2j figs-parallelism וְ⁠שֵׁ֨ם אֱלֹהִ֤ים אֲחֵרִים֙ לֹ֣א תַזְכִּ֔ירוּ לֹ֥א יִשָּׁמַ֖ע עַל־פִּֽי⁠ךָ 1 mention the names of other gods These two instructions mean almost the same thing. It may be more clear to combine them in some languages. Alternate translation: “Be sure never to speak the names of other gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) EXO 23 13 x5tf figs-metonymy וְ⁠שֵׁ֨ם אֱלֹהִ֤ים אֲחֵרִים֙ לֹ֣א תַזְכִּ֔ירוּ לֹ֥א יִשָּׁמַ֖ע עַל־פִּֽי⁠ךָ 1 mention the names of other gods This probably means praying to other gods. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Do not pray to other gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 23 13 apnw figs-metonymy לֹ֥א יִשָּׁמַ֖ע עַל־פִּֽי⁠ךָ 1 mention the names of other gods To be **on your mouth** means to speak. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “nor speak them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 23 13 s86p figs-activepassive לֹ֥א יִשָּׁמַ֖ע עַל־פִּֽי⁠ךָ 1 mention the names of other gods If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Also see previous note. Alternate translation: “nor speak them so someone could hear them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 23 13 s86p figs-activepassive לֹ֥א יִשָּׁמַ֖ע עַל־פִּֽי⁠ךָ 1 mention the names of other gods If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Also see previous note. Alternate translation: “nor speak them so someone could hear them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 23 14 ezgh translate-numbers שָׁלֹ֣שׁ 1 mention the names of other gods Alternate translation: “3” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) EXO 23 15 bu7n translate-hebrewmonths הָֽ⁠אָבִ֔יב 1 Aviv **Aviv** is the name of the first month of the Hebrew calendar. Aviv is during the last part of March and the first part of April on Western calendars. See how you translated this in [Exodus 13:4](../13/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) EXO 23 15 i88n translate-numbers שִׁבְעַ֣ת 1 Aviv Alternate translation: “7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) @@ -1732,56 +1732,56 @@ EXO 24 16 uwdd translate-ordinal בַּ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ EXO 24 17 e4n6 figs-simile כְּ⁠אֵ֥שׁ אֹכֶ֖לֶת 1 like a devouring fire This means the glory of Yahweh was very large and seemed to burn brightly, like a fire. Alternate translation: “like a big fire burning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) EXO 24 17 k5lj figs-metaphor לְ⁠עֵינֵ֖י בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 in the eyes of the Israelites Their **eyes** represent seeing, and seeing represents their thoughts or judgment about what they saw. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. See how you translated a similar expression in [15:26](../15/26.md). Alternate translation: “to the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 24 18 h1wy translate-numbers אַרְבָּעִ֣ים י֔וֹם וְ⁠אַרְבָּעִ֖ים לָֽיְלָה 1 forty days and forty nights Alternate translation: “forty days and forty nights” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 25 intro t23a 0 # Exodus 25 General Notes

## Structure:

- v. 1-7: Instructions for gifts the Israelites may give to help build the place they will worship God
- v. 8-9: Introductory building instructions
- v. 10-22: Instructions for building the Box of the Testimony
- v. 23-30: Instructions for building the table
- v. 31-39: Instructions for building the lampstand
- v. 40: Summary instruction

## Special concepts in this chapter

- The tent of meeting and Box of the Testimony are introduced in this chapter.
- Translators will need to take care translating the concept of atonement.


## Potential translation issues in this chapter:

- There are many unfamiliar items in this chapter. Fortunately they are mostly all physical items. Translators will have to try to understand what each item is and translate it into the closest equivalent in their culture. It may be helpful for translators to try to find images depicting some of the items the Israelites were to make.
- There are some biblical weights and measurements that translators may not have encountered before.
- From [verse 11](../25/11.md) until the end of chapter 30 almost every instruction regarding the construction of the tent of meeting and all the associated items are given with a singular form of “you” as if Moses himself would make them. However, it is clear and made explicit in [chapter 31](../31/01.md) that certain skilled craftsmen will receive these instructions from Moses and make these items. In some languages you may need to change from second to third person throughout, following the pattern in [25:10](../25/10.md). There are a few exceptions which will have their own note. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]].
-EXO 25 2 ygtd figs-quotemarks דַּבֵּר֙ 1 who is motivated by a willing heart At the beginning of this verse, a direct quote begins that continues until the end of [Exo 30:10](../30/10.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +EXO 25 intro t23a 0 # Exodus 25 General Notes\n\n## Structure:\n\n* v. 1-7: Instructions for gifts the Israelites may give to help build the place where they will worship God\n* v. 8-9: Introductory building instructions\n* v. 10-22: Instructions for building the Box of the Testimony\n* v. 23-30: Instructions for building the table\n* v. 31-39: Instructions for building the lampstand\n* v. 40: Summary instruction\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n* The tent of meeting and Box of the Testimony are introduced in this chapter.\n* Translators will need to take special care in translating the concept of atonement.\n\n## Potential Translation Issues in this Chapter:\n\n* There are many unfamiliar items in this chapter. Fortunately they are mostly all physical items. Translators will have to try to understand what each item is and translate it into the closest equivalent in their culture. It may be helpful for translators to try to find images depicting some of the items the Israelites were to make.\n* There are some biblical weights and measurements that translators may not have encountered before.\n* From [verse 11](../25/11.md) until the end of chapter 30, almost every instruction regarding the construction of the tent of meeting and all the associated items are given with a singular form of “you,” as if Moses himself would make them. However, it is clear and made explicit in [chapter 31](../31/01.md) that certain skilled craftsmen will receive these instructions from Moses and make these items. In some languages you may need to change from second to third person throughout, following the pattern in [25:10](../25/10.md). There are a few exceptions which will have their own note. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]. +EXO 25 2 ygtd figs-quotemarks דַּבֵּר֙ 1 who is motivated by a willing heart The beginning of this verse marks the start of a very long direct quote which continues until the end of [Exo 30:10](../30/10.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 25 2 tktu figs-quotations דַּבֵּר֙ אֶל־בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל וְ⁠יִקְחוּ־לִ֖⁠י תְּרוּמָ֑ה 1 who is motivated by a willing heart In some languages you may have to make **and they shall take a contribution for me** a direct quote. Note that this will make it a second-level quotation and you will need to mark it with second-level quotation marking if your language uses them. Alternate translation: “Say to the sons of Israel, ‘You shall take a contribution for me.’ ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -EXO 25 2 r5yr figs-idiom אֲשֶׁ֣ר יִדְּבֶ֣⁠נּוּ לִבּ֔⁠וֹ 1 who is motivated by a willing heart This is an idiom that indicates a person’s desire to give an offering. Many languages will have a similar idiom though the body part may vary. Alternate translation: “who wants to give one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EXO 25 2 r5yr figs-idiom אֲשֶׁ֣ר יִדְּבֶ֣⁠נּוּ לִבּ֔⁠וֹ 1 who is motivated by a willing heart This is an idiom that indicates a person’s desire to give an offering. Many languages will have a similar idiom, though the body part may vary. Alternate translation: “who wants to give one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 25 2 k78q figs-youdual תִּקְח֖וּ 1 You must receive The word **you** is plural and refers to Moses and the leaders. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) EXO 25 4 c1qn figs-explicit וּ⁠תְכֵ֧לֶת וְ⁠אַרְגָּמָ֛ן וְ⁠תוֹלַ֥עַת שָׁנִ֖י 1 blue, purple, and scarlet material Possible meanings are (1) “material that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple and scarlet dye” to dye the linen. The original audience would have known what was meant. This material seems to have been used for embroidery later, so “yarn” or ”thread” may be the best understanding. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 25 4 c958 translate-unknown וְ⁠תוֹלַ֥עַת שָׁנִ֖י 1 scarlet A bright red color for dying cloth was extracted from these worms. Alternate translation: “and bright red” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 25 5 ayup translate-unknown מְאָדָּמִ֛ים 1 scarlet When animal skins are tanned (processed into usable leather) they become reddish. It is not clear if these hides are dyed red or simply reddened in the tanning process. Alternate translation: “tanned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 25 5 va28 translate-unknown תְּחָשִׁ֖ים 1 scarlet The meaning of this word is not known, it may refer to some water mammal that has skin that can be made into a high-quality leather. [Sea cows on Wikipedia](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sirenia) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 25 5 ayup translate-unknown מְאָדָּמִ֛ים 1 scarlet When animal skins are tanned (processed into usable leather), they become reddish in color. It is not clear whetherfff these hides are dyed red or simply reddened in the tanning process. Alternate translation: “tanned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 25 5 va28 translate-unknown תְּחָשִׁ֖ים 1 scarlet The meaning of this word is not known. It may refer to some water mammal that has skin that can be made into a high-quality leather. [Sea cows on Wikipedia](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sirenia) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 25 5 d4fa translate-unknown שִׁטִּֽים 1 scarlet A small tree with spreading foliage and durable wood. [See on Wikipedia](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Shittah_tree) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 25 6 i6gp translate-unknown בְּשָׂמִים֙ 1 spices Here, **spices** are dried plants that people grind into a powder and put in oil or food to give it a nice smell or flavor (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 25 7 mg4f translate-unknown אַבְנֵי־שֹׁ֕הַם 1 onyx An **onyx stone** is a valuable stone that has layers of white and black, red or brown. If this stone is unknown to your people, consider translating it by using a word for a familiar stone with a similar pattern, if possible. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 25 6 i6gp translate-unknown בְּשָׂמִים֙ 1 spices Here, **spices** are parts of dried plants that people chop or grind into a powder and put in oil or food to give it a pleasing smell or flavor. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 25 7 mg4f translate-unknown אַבְנֵי־שֹׁ֕הַם 1 onyx An **onyx** is a valuable stone that has layers of white and black, red or brown. If this stone is unknown to your people, consider translating it by using a word for a familiar stone with a similar pattern, if possible. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 25 7 c3hk וְ⁠אַבְנֵ֖י 1 precious stones Alternate translation: “and valuable gems for” or “ and treasured gems for” EXO 25 9 m1np figs-you אוֹתְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 show you in the plans Here, **you** is singular and refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -EXO 25 9 w4sc כֵּלָ֑י⁠ו 1 tabernacle Here, **utensils** is a general term that you could translate by a broad term that could encompass all of the things used in the tabernacle as described in this and the several following chapters. Alternate translation: “its implements” +EXO 25 9 w4sc כֵּלָ֑י⁠ו 1 tabernacle Here, **utensils** is a general term that you could translate by a broad term that could encompass all of the things used in the tabernacle, as described in this and the several following chapters. Alternate translation: “its implements” EXO 25 9 c9qe figs-youdual תַּעֲשֽׂוּ 1 You must make it Here, **you** is plural and refers to Moses and the people of Israel. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) EXO 25 9 tc2k figs-123person תַּעֲשֽׂוּ 1 You must make it Since Moses does not construct these items himself, you may consider shifting the instructions to the third person if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “they shall make it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) EXO 25 10 o8dl translate-unknown שִׁטִּ֑ים 1 two and a half cubits…one cubit and a half These trees, **acacias**, are small trees with spreading foliage and durable wood. See how you translated this in [25:5](../25/05.md). [See on Wikipedia](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Shittah_tree) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 25 10 cs23 translate-bdistance אַמָּתַ֨יִם וָ⁠חֵ֜צִי…וְ⁠אַמָּ֤ה וָ⁠חֵ֨צִי֙…וְ⁠אַמָּ֥ה וָ⁠חֵ֖צִי 1 two and a half cubits…one cubit and a half You can convert these lengths to a measurement system familiar to your people, if that is the style of translation that you are using. A **cubit** is approximately 46cm. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 115cm … 69cm … 69cm (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) +EXO 25 10 cs23 translate-bdistance אַמָּתַ֨יִם וָ⁠חֵ֜צִי…וְ⁠אַמָּ֤ה וָ⁠חֵ֨צִי֙…וְ⁠אַמָּ֥ה וָ⁠חֵ֖צִי 1 two and a half cubits…one cubit and a half You can convert these lengths to a measurement system familiar to your people if that is the style of translation that you are using. A **cubit** is approximately 46cm. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 115cm … 69cm … 69cm (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) EXO 25 10 saf8 translate-fraction וָ⁠חֵ֜צִי…וָ⁠חֵ֨צִי֙…וָ⁠חֵ֖צִי 1 two and a half cubits…one cubit and a half The word **half** means one part out of two equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) -EXO 25 12 wbq8 translate-unknown וְ⁠יָצַ֣קְתָּ לּ֗⁠וֹ אַרְבַּע֙ טַבְּעֹ֣ת זָהָ֔ב 1 cast four rings of gold Casting was a process in which gold was melted, poured into a mold that was in the shape of a ring, and then allowed to harden. If this sort of metal-working process is unknown to your people, you may simply describe it, or use a word meaning “make” as the UST does. The UST approach is preferred, as the creation process is not in focus here, and it would be cumbersome to include the description in the text. You could use a word meaning “make” and include the description in a footnote, if you are including those, and your team feels it is important to understand. Alternate translation: “You shall make four rings of gold by melting the gold and pouring it into molds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 25 12 wbq8 translate-unknown וְ⁠יָצַ֣קְתָּ לּ֗⁠וֹ אַרְבַּע֙ טַבְּעֹ֣ת זָהָ֔ב 1 cast four rings of gold Casting rings was a process in which gold was melted, poured into a mold that was in the shape of a ring, and then allowed to cool and harden. If this sort of metal-working process is unknown to your people, you may simply describe it, or use a word meaning “make,” as the UST does. The UST approach is preferred, as the creation process is not in focus here, and it would be cumbersome to include the description in the text. You could use a word meaning “make,” and include the description in a footnote if you are including those and your team feels it is important to understand. Alternate translation: “You shall make four rings of gold by melting the gold and pouring it into molds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 25 13 i5mc translate-unknown שִׁטִּ֑ים 1 cast four rings of gold A small tree with spreading foliage and durable wood. See how you translated this in [25:5](../25/05.md). [See on Wikipedia](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Shittah_tree) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 25 15 k67p figs-parallelism בְּ⁠טַבְּעֹת֙ הָ⁠אָרֹ֔ן יִהְי֖וּ הַ⁠בַּדִּ֑ים לֹ֥א יָסֻ֖רוּ מִמֶּֽ⁠נּוּ 1 General Information: These two phrases mean similar things. Yahweh is saying basically the same thing twice to emphasize how important this command is. If it is confusing for your readers to repeat both phrases, you can combine them and show the emphasis in a different way. Alternate translation: “The poles belong in the rings of the box; never is anyone to remove them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -EXO 25 15 aea1 figs-activepassive בְּ⁠טַבְּעֹת֙ הָ⁠אָרֹ֔ן יִהְי֖וּ הַ⁠בַּדִּ֑ים לֹ֥א יָסֻ֖רוּ מִמֶּֽ⁠נּוּ 1 General Information: If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 25 15 aea1 figs-activepassive בְּ⁠טַבְּעֹת֙ הָ⁠אָרֹ֔ן יִהְי֖וּ הַ⁠בַּדִּ֑ים לֹ֥א יָסֻ֖רוּ מִמֶּֽ⁠נּוּ 1 General Information: If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language, as seen in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 25 17 ast8 translate-bdistance אַמָּתַ֤יִם וָ⁠חֵ֨צִי֙…וְ⁠אַמָּ֥ה וָ⁠חֵ֖צִי 1 two and a half cubits…a cubit and a half You can convert these lengths to a measurement system familiar to your people if that is the style of translation that you are using. A **cubit** is approximately 46cm. For your reference, a more precise conversion to the metric system is: 115 centimeters … 69 centimeters … 69 centimeters (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) EXO 25 17 c8o7 translate-fraction וָ⁠חֵ֨צִי֙…וָ⁠חֵ֖צִי 1 two and a half cubits…a cubit and a half The word **half** means one part out of two equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) EXO 25 19 b4l9 מִן־הַ⁠כַּפֹּ֛רֶת תַּעֲשׂ֥וּ אֶת־הַ⁠כְּרֻבִ֖ים עַל־שְׁנֵ֥י קְצוֹתָֽי⁠ו 1 They must be made This seems to indicate that the cherubim should be formed out of the same piece of gold as the rest of the lid. It may, however, mean that at the end they should be one piece, so the gold should be heated to melting and the lid and cherubim joined together. Alternate translation: “You shall join the cherubim to the atonement lid on its two ends” EXO 25 22 zu9u figs-you לְ⁠ךָ֮…אִתְּ⁠ךָ֜…אוֹתְ⁠ךָ֖ 1 It is at the ark that I will meet with you Here, **you** is singular and refers to Moses. If you have been using a plural you for Yahweh’s commands which have been to give to others, make sure you use the singular form of “you” here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -EXO 25 23 t312 translate-bdistance שִׁטִּ֑ים אַמָּתַ֤יִם אָרְכּ⁠וֹ֙ וְ⁠אַמָּ֣ה רָחְבּ֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠אַמָּ֥ה וָ⁠חֵ֖צִי קֹמָתֽ⁠וֹ 1 two cubits…one cubit…a cubit and a half You can convert these lengths to a measurement system familiar to your people, if that is the style of translation that you are using. A **cubit** is approximately 46 centimeters. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 115 centimeters … 46 centimeters … 69 centimeters (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) +EXO 25 23 t312 translate-bdistance שִׁטִּ֑ים אַמָּתַ֤יִם אָרְכּ⁠וֹ֙ וְ⁠אַמָּ֣ה רָחְבּ֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠אַמָּ֥ה וָ⁠חֵ֖צִי קֹמָתֽ⁠וֹ 1 two cubits…one cubit…a cubit and a half You can convert these lengths to a measurement system familiar to your people if that is the style of translation that you are using. A **cubit** is approximately 46 centimeters. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 115 centimeters … 46 centimeters … 69 centimeters (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) EXO 25 23 a2o9 translate-fraction וָ⁠חֵ֖צִי 1 two cubits…one cubit…a cubit and a half The word **half** means one part out of two equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) EXO 25 24 f20e 0 two cubits…one cubit…a cubit and a half This verse is almost identical to [25:11](../25/11.md). -EXO 25 25 awi7 translate-bdistance טֹ֖פַח 1 one handbreadth wide You can convert this length to a measurement system familiar to your people, if that is the style of translation that you are using. A **handbreath** is a measurement of approximately eight centimeters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) +EXO 25 25 awi7 translate-bdistance טֹ֖פַח 1 one handbreadth wide You can convert this length to a measurement system familiar to your people if that is the style of translation that you are using. A **handbreadth** is a measurement of approximately eight centimeters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) EXO 25 25 bit8 לּ֥⁠וֹ 1 frame for it Alternate translation: “for the table” -EXO 25 27 jdh4 figs-idiom לְ⁠בָתִּ֣ים 1 The rings must be attached Here, **to house** means that the rings will hold the poles. Since the rings are where the poles belong for use when carrying the table, the rings are figuratively their **house.** If your language has a similar idiom meaning “place of belonging,” you may use it, or you may translate the idea. Alternate translation: “to be a place for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 25 28 l4fk figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִשָּׂא־בָ֖⁠ם אֶת־הַ⁠שֻּׁלְחָֽן 1 so that the table may be carried with them If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And you shall carry the table with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 25 29 nrmp translate-unknown קְּעָרֹתָ֜י⁠ו וְ⁠כַפֹּתָ֗י⁠ו וּ⁠קְשׂוֹתָי⁠ו֙ וּ⁠מְנַקִּיֹּתָ֔י⁠ו 1 to be used to pour out drink offerings We do not know precisely what these dishes were. It is likely that the **plates** were mostly flat dishes for holding the bread that would be on the table; the **pans** may have been shallow bowls or deep plates for holding incense, or they may have been something more like a ladle or spoon; the **pitchers** probably held wine to be poured into the **bowls** for the drink offerings. You will need to translate using the closest word for each such item in your culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 25 29 v78d figs-activepassive אֲשֶׁ֥ר יֻסַּ֖ךְ בָּ⁠הֵ֑ן 1 to be used to pour out drink offerings If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that the priests will pour out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 25 30 uth7 figs-metonymy לֶ֥חֶם פָּנִ֖ים 1 bread of the presence Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of Yahweh. This bread represented the presence of God. Alternate translation: “the bread of the Presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 25 27 jdh4 figs-idiom לְ⁠בָתִּ֣ים 1 The rings must be attached Here, **to house the poles** means that the rings will hold the poles. Since the rings are where the poles belong for use when carrying the table, the rings are figuratively in their **house.** If your language has a similar idiom meaning “place of belonging,” you may use it, or you may translate the idea. Alternate translation: “to be a place for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EXO 25 28 l4fk figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִשָּׂא־בָ֖⁠ם אֶת־הַ⁠שֻּׁלְחָֽן 1 so that the table may be carried with them If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And you shall carry the table with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 25 29 nrmp translate-unknown קְּעָרֹתָ֜י⁠ו וְ⁠כַפֹּתָ֗י⁠ו וּ⁠קְשׂוֹתָי⁠ו֙ וּ⁠מְנַקִּיֹּתָ֔י⁠ו 1 to be used to pour out drink offerings We do not know precisely what these dishes were. It is likely that the **plates** were mostly flat dishes for holding the bread that would be on the table. The **pans** may have been shallow bowls or deep plates for holding incense, or they may have been something more like a ladle or spoon. The **pitchers** probably held wine to be poured into the **bowls** for the drink offerings. You will need to translate using the closest word in your culture for each such item. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 25 29 v78d figs-activepassive אֲשֶׁ֥ר יֻסַּ֖ךְ בָּ⁠הֵ֑ן 1 to be used to pour out drink offerings If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that the priests will pour out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 25 30 uth7 figs-metonymy לֶ֥חֶם פָּנִ֖ים 1 bread of the presence Here, **faces** figuratively represents the presence of Yahweh. This bread represented the presence of God. Alternate translation: “the bread of the Presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 25 30 kh7c figs-metonymy לְ⁠פָנַ֥⁠י 1 bread of the presence Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “in front of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 25 31 kc3q מִקְשָׁ֞ה 1 hammered gold Alternate translation: “of beaten gold” See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:18](../25/18.md). -EXO 25 31 g25l figs-activepassive תֵּעָשֶׂ֤ה 1 The lampstand is to be made If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you shall make” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 25 31 g25l figs-activepassive תֵּעָשֶׂ֤ה 1 The lampstand is to be made If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you shall make” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 25 33 i7bh translate-unknown מְֽשֻׁקָּדִ֞ים 1 almond blossoms An almond blossom is a white or pink flower that has five petals. (An almond is a kind of nut.) You may want to include a short description as a footnote or in the text (if that is your translation style) the first time this object is encountered. Alternate translation: “shaped like the five-petaled almond flower” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 25 35 lk10 וְ⁠כַפְתֹּ֡ר תַּחַת֩ שְׁנֵ֨י הַ⁠קָּנִ֜ים מִמֶּ֗⁠נָּה וְ⁠כַפְתֹּר֙ תַּ֣חַת שְׁנֵ֤י הַ⁠קָּנִים֙ מִמֶּ֔⁠נָּה וְ⁠כַפְתֹּ֕ר תַּחַת־שְׁנֵ֥י הַ⁠קָּנִ֖ים מִמֶּ֑⁠נָּה לְ⁠שֵׁ֨שֶׁת֙ הַ⁠קָּנִ֔ים הַ⁠יֹּצְאִ֖ים מִן־הַ⁠מְּנֹרָֽה 1 made as one piece with it Alternate translation: “There must be a leafy base under the first pair of branches—made as one piece with it, and a leafy base under the second pair of branches—also made as one piece with it. In the same way there must be a leafy base under the third pair of branches, made as one piece with it. It must be the same for all six branches extending out from the lampstand.” EXO 25 36 r7yz מִקְשָׁ֥ה 1 made as one piece with it Alternate translation: “of beaten gold” See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:18](../25/18.md). EXO 25 37 dfn6 figs-metonymy וְ⁠הֵאִ֖יר עַל־עֵ֥בֶר פָּנֶֽי⁠הָ 1 for them to give light from it Here, **face** figuratively represents the location of the lampstand. Alternate translation: “so they shine light near it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 25 39 ff5p translate-bweight כִּכָּ֛ר 1 one talent You can convert this weight to a measurement system familiar to your people, if that is the style of translation that you are using. A talent weighs about 33 kilograms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) +EXO 25 39 ff5p translate-bweight כִּכָּ֛ר 1 one talent You can convert this weight to a measurement system familiar to your people if that is the style of translation that you are using. A talent weighs about 33 kilograms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) EXO 25 40 y081 figs-explicit וּ⁠רְאֵ֖ה וַ⁠עֲשֵׂ֑ה 1 you are being shown on the mountain All the items described in this chapter are implied as what Moses is told to **see and make**. You could make that explicit in your translation if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “See and make everything I have described” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 25 40 gyte figs-metonymy וּ⁠רְאֵ֖ה וַ⁠עֲשֵׂ֑ה 1 you are being shown on the mountain Here, **see** relates to observing or overseeing. Essentially, Yahweh is telling Moses to be careful as he observes the pattern on the mountain and as he sees the craftsmen of Israel working on these items, so that they are made correctly. Alternate translation: “Watch carefully so you can make these things well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 25 40 l7je figs-activepassive אַתָּ֥ה מָרְאֶ֖ה 1 you are being shown on the mountain If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I am showing you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 26 intro emw7 0 # Exodus 26 General Notes


- The sacred tent has four layers (from inside to out): linen, goats’ hair, tanned rams’ skins, and fine leather.
- There are multiple different curtains described using three different Hebrew words: one sort of curtains to make the walls of the tent ([verses 1-13](../26/01.md)), another to separate the Holy Place and Most Holy Place ([verses 31-34](../26/31.md)), and another for the entrance of the sacred tent ([verses 36-37](../26/36.md)). If there are words in your language that would make a distinction between these sorts of hanging cloths, it would be appropriate to make a distinction in your translation.

## Structure and formatting

This chapter is a continuation of the material in the previous chapter.
- v. 1-30: Instructions for constructing the exterior of the sacred tent
* v. 1-6: Inner covering
* v. 7-14: Outer covering layers
* v. 15-30: Wooden framework
- v. 31-35: Instructions for arranging the interior of the sacred tent
- v. 36-37: Instructions for hanging the entrance curtain

## Special concepts in this chapter


### The tent of meeting

This chapter gives specific instructions regarding the building of a tent where Moses would meet Yahweh and the box would be stored. This would eventually become the tabernacle. Note: “tabernacle” is simply an English word transcribed from the Latin for “tent,” which translates the Hebrew for “dwelling place,” that has taken on religious significance via the King James Version of the Bible. The terms “tabernacle” and “tent” should be considered interchangeable. It was to be considered a very holy place. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]]) +EXO 25 40 l7je figs-activepassive אַתָּ֥ה מָרְאֶ֖ה 1 you are being shown on the mountain If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I am showing you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 26 intro emw7 0 # Exodus 26 General Notes\n\n\n- The sacred tent has four layers (from inside to out): linen, goats’ hair, tanned rams’ skins, and fine leather.\n- There are multiple different curtains described using three different Hebrew words: one sort of curtains to make the walls of the tent ([verses 1-13](../26/01.md)), another to separate the Holy Place and Most Holy Place ([verses 31-34](../26/31.md)), and another for the entrance of the sacred tent ([verses 36-37](../26/36.md)). If there are words in your language that would make a distinction between these sorts of hanging cloths, it would be appropriate to make a distinction in your translation.\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThis chapter is a continuation of the material in the previous chapter.\n- v. 1-30: Instructions for constructing the exterior of the sacred tent\n * v. 1-6: Inner covering\n * v. 7-14: Outer covering layers\n * v. 15-30: Wooden framework\n- v. 31-35: Instructions for arranging the interior of the sacred tent\n- v. 36-37: Instructions for hanging the entrance curtain\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n\n### The tent of meeting\n\nThis chapter gives specific instructions regarding the building of a tent where Moses would meet Yahweh and the box would be stored. This would eventually become the tabernacle. Note: “tabernacle” is simply an English word transcribed from the Latin for “tent,” which translates the Hebrew for “dwelling place and which has taken on religious significance via the King James Version of the Bible. The terms “tabernacle” and “tent” should be considered interchangeable. It was to be considered a very holy place. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]]) EXO 26 1 ks8r figs-you תַּעֲשֶׂ֖ה 1 You must make Yahweh is speaking to Moses, so the word **you** is singular. Yahweh probably expected Moses to tell someone else to do the actual work, but Moses would be the one responsible for seeing that the work was done correctly. “Tell a craftsman to make” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) EXO 26 1 iww4 translate-unknown יְרִיעֹ֑ת 1 curtains The **curtains** were large, heavy sections of woven cloth that were used to form the covering and dividing walls of the tabernacle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 26 1 vre7 וּ⁠תְכֵ֤לֶת וְ⁠אַרְגָּמָן֙ וְ⁠תֹלַ֣עַת שָׁנִ֔י 1 curtains Possible meanings are (1) “material that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple and scarlet dye” to dye the linen. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 25:4](../25/04.md). @@ -1789,7 +1789,7 @@ EXO 26 1 xvs7 translate-unknown וְ⁠תֹלַ֣עַת שָׁנִ֔י 1 scarlet EXO 26 1 ni5d translate-unknown שֵׁ֣שׁ מָשְׁזָ֗ר 1 scarlet wool This was cloth made from fine linen threads that someone twisted together to make a stronger thread. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 26 1 n2vm חֹשֵׁ֖ב 1 craftsman a person who is skilled in making beautiful objects by hand EXO 26 2 dkr6 translate-bdistance שְׁמֹנֶ֤ה וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִים֙ בָּֽ⁠אַמָּ֔ה…אַרְבַּ֣ע בָּ⁠אַמָּ֔ה 1 twenty-eight cubits…four cubits You can convert these lengths to a measurement system familiar to your people if that is the style of translation that you are using. A **cubit** is approximately 46 centimeters. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 12.9 meters … 184 centimeters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) -EXO 26 3 ba6w figs-activepassive חֲמֵ֣שׁ הַ⁠יְרִיעֹ֗ת תִּֽהְיֶ֨יןָ֙ חֹֽבְרֹ֔ת אִשָּׁ֖ה אֶל־אֲחֹתָ֑⁠הּ וְ⁠חָמֵ֤שׁ יְרִיעֹת֙ חֹֽבְרֹ֔ת אִשָּׁ֖ה אֶל־אֲחֹתָֽ⁠הּ 1 Five curtains must be joined to each other…must also be joined to each other If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Join five of the curtains each to another, and join five of the curtains each to another.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 26 3 ba6w figs-activepassive חֲמֵ֣שׁ הַ⁠יְרִיעֹ֗ת תִּֽהְיֶ֨יןָ֙ חֹֽבְרֹ֔ת אִשָּׁ֖ה אֶל־אֲחֹתָ֑⁠הּ וְ⁠חָמֵ֤שׁ יְרִיעֹת֙ חֹֽבְרֹ֔ת אִשָּׁ֖ה אֶל־אֲחֹתָֽ⁠הּ 1 Five curtains must be joined to each other…must also be joined to each other If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Join five of the curtains each to another, and join five of the curtains each to another.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 26 4 ghz8 תְּכֵ֗לֶת 1 one set Alternate translation: “blue yarn” or “blue cloth” EXO 26 4 wdum translate-ordinal הָ⁠אֶחָ֔ת…הַ⁠שֵּׁנִֽית 1 one set (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) EXO 26 4 d0sl בַּ⁠חֹבָ֑רֶת 1 one set Alternate translation: “in one set of five curtains” @@ -1800,7 +1800,7 @@ EXO 26 6 k12s figs-idiom אִשָּׁ֤ה אֶל־אֲחֹתָ⁠הּ֙ 1 clasps EXO 26 6 b242 אֶחָֽד 1 clasps Alternate translation: “as though it were one piece” EXO 26 7 jeaz לְ⁠אֹ֖הֶל 1 eleven This refers to a outer tent over the sacred tent. Alternate translation: “for an outer tent” EXO 26 7 t7t3 translate-numbers עַשְׁתֵּי־עֶשְׂרֵ֥ה 1 eleven Alternate translation: “eleven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 26 8 p423 translate-numbers שְׁלֹשִׁים֙…אַרְבַּ֣ע…לְ⁠עַשְׁתֵּ֥י עֶשְׂרֵ֖ה 1 thirty…four Alternate translation: “thirty … 4 … eleven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) +EXO 26 8 p423 translate-numbers שְׁלֹשִׁים֙…אַרְבַּ֣ע…לְ⁠עַשְׁתֵּ֥י עֶשְׂרֵ֖ה 1 thirty…four Alternate translation: “thirty … four … eleven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) EXO 26 8 v7i1 translate-bdistance שְׁלֹשִׁים֙ בָּֽ⁠אַמָּ֔ה…אַרְבַּ֣ע בָּ⁠אַמָּ֔ה 1 cubits You can convert these lengths to a measurement system familiar to your people if that is the style of translation that you are using. A **cubit** is approximately 46cm. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 13.8 meter … 184 centimeters (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) EXO 26 9 kb9x figs-metonymy אֶל־מ֖וּל פְּנֵ֥י הָ⁠אֹֽהֶל 1 cubits Here, **face** is probably referring to the entrance of the tent. The opening for the protective tent and the sacred tent would have been coordinated so they were in the same place. Alternate translation: “in front of the entrance of the tent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 26 9 q3og הָ⁠אֹֽהֶל 1 cubits As in [verse 7](../26/07.md), **the tent** refers to the outer tent over the sacred tent. Alternate translation: “the outer tent” @@ -1811,96 +1811,96 @@ EXO 26 13 k4ci translate-bdistance וְ⁠הָ⁠אַמָּ֨ה…וְ⁠הָ⁠ EXO 26 14 kii8 translate-unknown תְּחָשִׁ֖ים 1 a covering of ram skins dyed red, and another covering of fine leather The meaning of this word, **sea cows**, is not known. It may refer to a water mammal that has skin that can be made into a high-quality leather. [Sea cows on Wikipedia](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sirenia) See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 25:5](../25/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 26 14 yz3v translate-unknown מְאָדָּמִ֑ים 1 dyed red When animal skins are tanned (processed into usable leather), they become reddish. It is not clear if these hides are dyed red or simply reddened in the tanning process. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 25:5](../25/05.md). Alternate translation: “tanned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 26 15 y85l translate-unknown הַ⁠קְּרָשִׁ֖ים 1 frames This refers to frames or panels that they made by joining together smaller pieces of wood. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 26 15 tw2h translate-unknown שִׁטִּ֖ים 1 frames The **acacias** are small trees with spreading foliage and durable wood. See how you translated this in [25:5](../25/05.md). [See on Wikipedia](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Shittah_tree) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 26 15 tw2h translate-unknown שִׁטִּ֖ים 1 frames The **acacias** are relatively small trees with spreading foliage and durable wood. See how you translated this in [25:5](../25/05.md). [See on Wikipedia](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Shittah_tree) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 26 16 k4b7 translate-numbers עֶ֥שֶׂר…וְ⁠אַמָּה֙ וַ⁠חֲצִ֣י הָֽ⁠אַמָּ֔ה 1 ten cubits…one and a half cubits Alternate translation: “10 … 1.5 cubits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) EXO 26 16 z2rv translate-bdistance עֶ֥שֶׂר אַמּ֖וֹת…וְ⁠אַמָּה֙ וַ⁠חֲצִ֣י הָֽ⁠אַמָּ֔ה 1 ten cubits…one and a half cubits You can convert these lengths to a measurement system familiar to your people, if that is the style of translation that you are using. A **cubit** is approximately 46 centimeters. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 4.6 meters … 69 centimeters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) EXO 26 16 p3av translate-fraction וַ⁠חֲצִ֣י 1 ten cubits…one and a half cubits The word **half** means one part out of two equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) -EXO 26 17 zwfj translate-unknown יָד֗וֹת 1 ten cubits…one and a half cubits This means a part of the wood sticking out from the rest of the frame so that it can be put into a hole in another object. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 26 17 zwfj translate-unknown יָד֗וֹת 1 ten cubits…one and a half cubits Here, the term **tenons** means a part of the wood sticking out from the rest of the frame so that it can be put into a hole in another object. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 26 17 xf6s figs-idiom אִשָּׁ֖ה אֶל־אֲחֹתָ֑⁠הּ 1 ten cubits…one and a half cubits This is an idiom meaning “to each other.” See how you translated this in [26:5](../26/05.md). Alternate translation: “one to the other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 26 19 c9id אַדְנֵי־כֶ֔סֶף 1 silver bases These were silver blocks that had a slot in them to keep the board in place and off the ground. +EXO 26 19 c9id אַדְנֵי־כֶ֔סֶף 1 silver bases The **bases of silver** were silver blocks that had a slot in them to keep the board in place and off the ground. EXO 26 19 o357 figs-explicit שְׁנֵ֨י אֲדָנִ֜ים תַּֽחַת־הַ⁠קֶּ֤רֶשׁ הָ⁠אֶחָד֙ לִ⁠שְׁתֵּ֣י יְדֹתָ֔י⁠ו וּ⁠שְׁנֵ֧י אֲדָנִ֛ים תַּֽחַת־הַ⁠קֶּ֥רֶשׁ הָ⁠אֶחָ֖ד לִ⁠שְׁתֵּ֥י יְדֹתָֽי⁠ו 1 silver bases The effect of this is to start a list, and the hearer will assume it should be completed. Try to translate this in the way that a speaker of your language would give instructions that are meant to be carried out on a whole group of objects. This same phrasing occurs again in [verse 21](../26/21.md) and [verse 25](../26/25.md). Alternate translation: “two bases under the first frame for its two tenons, and then two bases under the next frame for its two tenons, and so on for all the frames” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 26 21 rlcf figs-explicit שְׁנֵ֣י אֲדָנִ֗ים תַּ֚חַת הַ⁠קֶּ֣רֶשׁ הָֽ⁠אֶחָ֔ד וּ⁠שְׁנֵ֣י אֲדָנִ֔ים תַּ֖חַת הַ⁠קֶּ֥רֶשׁ הָ⁠אֶחָֽד 1 silver bases The effect of this is to start a list, and the hearer will assume it should be completed. Try to translate this in the way that a speaker of your language would give instructions that are meant to be carried out on a whole group of objects. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:19](../26/19.md). Alternate translation: “two bases under the first frame, and then two bases under the next frame, and so on for all the frames” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 26 25 cbpl figs-explicit שְׁנֵ֣י אֲדָנִ֗ים תַּ֚חַת הַ⁠קֶּ֣רֶשׁ הָ⁠אֶחָ֔ד וּ⁠שְׁנֵ֣י אֲדָנִ֔ים תַּ֖חַת הַ⁠קֶּ֥רֶשׁ הָ⁠אֶחָֽד 1 silver bases The effect of this is to start a list, and the hearer will assume it should be completed. Try to translate this in the way that a speaker of your language would give instructions that are meant to be carried out on a whole group of objects. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:19](../26/19.md). Alternate translation: “two bases under the first frame, and then two bases under the next frame, and so on for all the frames” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 26 25 p2wu translate-unknown וְ⁠אַדְנֵי⁠הֶ֣ם…אֲדָנִ֑ים…אֲדָנִ֗ים…אֲדָנִ֔ים 1 silver bases These were silver blocks that had a slot in them to keep the frame in place. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:19](../26/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 26 26 fc8p translate-unknown בְרִיחִ֖ם 1 crossbars These are horizontal support beams that give stability to the structure. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 26 25 p2wu translate-unknown וְ⁠אַדְנֵי⁠הֶ֣ם…אֲדָנִ֑ים…אֲדָנִ֗ים…אֲדָנִ֔ים 1 silver bases The **bases** were silver blocks that had a slot in them to keep the frame in place. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:19](../26/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 26 26 fc8p translate-unknown בְרִיחִ֖ם 1 crossbars The **crossbars** are horizontal support beams that give stability to the structure. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 26 29 ji1j בָּתִּ֖ים לַ⁠בְּרִיחִ֑ם 1 for them to serve as holders for the crossbars Alternate translation: “which will hold the crossbars” or “because they will hold the crossbars” -EXO 26 29 nq3m לַ⁠בְּרִיחִ֑ם 1 crossbars These are horizontal support beams that give stability to the structure. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:26](../26/26.md). -EXO 26 30 csf9 figs-activepassive הָרְאֵ֖יתָ בָּ⁠הָֽר 1 you were shown on the mountain If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 26 29 nq3m לַ⁠בְּרִיחִ֑ם 1 crossbars The **crossbars** are horizontal support beams that give stability to the structure. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:26](../26/26.md). +EXO 26 30 csf9 figs-activepassive הָרְאֵ֖יתָ בָּ⁠הָֽר 1 you were shown on the mountain If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 26 31 yqi6 0 General Information: See how you translated very similar text in [Exodus 26:1](../26/01.md). EXO 26 33 p2yq translate-unknown הַ⁠קְּרָסִים֒ 1 clasps The **clasps** fit into the loops to hold the curtains together. See how you translated these in [Exodus 26:6](../26/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 26 33 x28l figs-possession קֹ֥דֶשׁ הַ⁠קֳּדָשִֽׁים 1 clasps Here, **holy of holies** means extremely holy, as in, the holiest of the holy places. If doubling the words like this would not create this strengthening and marking as exclusive meaning in your language, you may need to find another way to express that this item would become uniquely holy. Alternate translation: “the most holy place” or “the extra-ordinarily holy place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -EXO 26 34 u3tu figs-possession בְּ⁠קֹ֖דֶשׁ הַ⁠קֳּדָשִֽׁים 1 clasps Here, **holy of holies** means extremely holy, as in, the holiest of the holy places. If doubling the words like this would not create this strengthening and marking as exclusive meaning in your language, you may need to find another way to express that this item would become uniquely holy. See how you translated it in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “in the most holy place” or “in the extra-ordinarily holy place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +EXO 26 33 x28l figs-possession קֹ֥דֶשׁ הַ⁠קֳּדָשִֽׁים 1 clasps Here, **Holy of Holies** means extremely holy, as in, the holiest of the holy places. If doubling the words like this would not create this strengthening and marking as exclusive meaning in your language, you may need to find another way to express that this item would become uniquely holy. Alternate translation: “the most holy place” or “the extraordinarily holy place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +EXO 26 34 u3tu figs-possession בְּ⁠קֹ֖דֶשׁ הַ⁠קֳּדָשִֽׁים 1 clasps Here, **Holy of Holies** means extremely holy, as in, the holiest of the holy places. If doubling the words like this would not create this strengthening and marking as exclusive meaning in your language, you may need to find another way to express that this item would become uniquely holy. See how you translated it in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “in the most holy place” or “in the extra-ordinarily holy place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) EXO 26 35 lv9e הַ⁠שֻּׁלְחָן֙…הַ⁠מְּנֹרָה֙ 1 The table must be on the north side This is the **table** Yahweh told Moses how to make in [25:23-30](../25/23.md) and the **lampstand** he told him how to make in [25:31-39](../25/31.md). EXO 26 36 tiz7 0 The table must be on the north side See how you translated very similar text in [Exodus 26:1](../26/01.md). EXO 26 36 rr16 תְּכֵ֧לֶת וְ⁠אַרְגָּמָ֛ן וְ⁠תוֹלַ֥עַת שָׁנִ֖י 1 blue, purple, and scarlet material Possible meanings are (1) “yarn that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple, and scarlet dye” to dye the linen. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:4](../25/04.md). EXO 26 36 f6td translate-unknown וְ⁠שֵׁ֣שׁ מָשְׁזָ֑ר 1 fine twined linen This was cloth made from fine linen threads that someone twisted together to make a stronger thread. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 26 36 r2fy translate-unknown רֹקֵֽם 1 an embroiderer Alternate translation: “a person who sews designs into cloth” or “a person who embroiders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 26 36 r2fy translate-unknown רֹקֵֽם 1 an embroiderer Alternate translation: “a person who sews decorative designs into cloth” or “a person who embroiders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 26 37 av60 0 an embroiderer See how you translated very similar instructions in [verse 32](../26/32.md). -EXO 27 intro x4f7 0 # Exodus 27 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter is a continuation of the material in the previous chapter.
- v. 1-8: Instructions for constructing the altar
- v. 9-19: Instructions for constructing the outer curtain walls forming the courtyard around the sacred tent
- v. 20-21: Instructions for the lampstand


## Special concepts in this chapter

### The tent of meeting

This chapter gives specific instructions regarding the building (around the tent of meeting) of the courtyard area containing the altar where priests made sacrifices to Yahweh.

## Potential translation issues

- The verb **make** at the beginning of [verse 9](../27/09.md) is the only verb from verses 9-18. Some languages may be able to translate a clause chain this long without additional verbs, others (including English), will need to supply at least a minimum number of verbs (ULT) or quite a few verbs (UST) for naturalness.
- There continues to be a number of possibly unknown terms, still all tangible objects. +EXO 27 intro x4f7 0 # Exodus 27 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThis chapter is a continuation of the material in the previous chapter.\n- v. 1-8: Instructions for constructing the altar\n- v. 9-19: Instructions for constructing the outer curtain walls forming the courtyard around the sacred tent\n- v. 20-21: Instructions for the lampstand\n\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The tent of meeting\n\nThis chapter gives specific instructions regarding the building (around the tent of meeting) of the courtyard area containing the altar where priests made sacrifices to Yahweh.\n\n## Potential Translation Issues\n\n- The verb **make** at the beginning of [verse 9](../27/09.md) is the only verb from verses 9-18. Some languages may be able to translate a clause chain this long without additional verbs. Others (including English), will need to supply at least a minimum number of verbs (ULT) or quite a few verbs (UST) for naturalness.\n- There continue to be a number of possibly unknown terms, still all tangible objects. EXO 27 1 s8qy translate-bdistance חָמֵשׁ֩ אַמּ֨וֹת…וְ⁠חָמֵ֧שׁ אַמּ֣וֹת…וְ⁠שָׁלֹ֥שׁ אַמּ֖וֹת 1 cubits You can convert these lengths to a measurement system familiar to your people, if that is the style of translation that you are using. A **cubit** is approximately 46 centimeters. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 2.3 meters … 2.3 meters … 138 centimeters (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) EXO 27 4 hsq3 רֶ֣שֶׁת 1 grate a frame of crossed metal bars for holding wood when burning EXO 27 4 vlau 0 grate You may want to refer back to several other passages regarding making rings for carrying poles when translating this verse. See [Exo 25:12](../25/12.md), [Exo 25:26](../25/26.md), & [Exo 25:27](../25/27.md). EXO 27 5 c5em figs-explicit וְ⁠נָתַתָּ֣ה אֹתָ֗⁠הּ תַּ֛חַת כַּרְכֹּ֥ב הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֖חַ מִ⁠לְּ⁠מָ֑טָּה וְ⁠הָיְתָ֣ה הָ⁠רֶ֔שֶׁת עַ֖ד חֲצִ֥י הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּֽחַ 1 You must put the grate under the ledge of the altar The grate was placed inside the altar. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “And you shall put the grate under the rim of the altar, on the inside of the altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 27 7 b3yx figs-activepassive וְ⁠הוּבָ֥א אֶת־בַּדָּ֖י⁠ו 1 The poles must be put into the rings, and the poles must be on the two sides of the altar, to carry it If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And you shall put its poles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 27 7 b3yx figs-activepassive וְ⁠הוּבָ֥א אֶת־בַּדָּ֖י⁠ו 1 The poles must be put into the rings, and the poles must be on the two sides of the altar, to carry it If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And you shall put its poles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 27 8 ecmh figs-123person הֶרְאָ֥ה 1 The poles must be put into the rings, and the poles must be on the two sides of the altar, to carry it Here, **he** refers to Yahweh in the third person. If it would be unnatural in your language for someone to refer to himself in this way, you may need to change it. Alternate translation: “I showed” or “Yahweh showed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) EXO 27 8 frcs figs-123person יַעֲשֽׂוּ 1 The poles must be put into the rings, and the poles must be on the two sides of the altar, to carry it Here, **they** refers to whoever will make all these items. It is an indication that even though Yahweh has been speaking to Moses in the singular throughout, these instructions are meant to be conveyed to craftsmen in Israel. See [25:intro](../25/intro.md) for more. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) EXO 27 9 v748 translate-unknown שֵׁ֣שׁ מָשְׁזָ֗ר 1 fine twined linen This was cloth made from fine linen threads that someone twisted together to make a stronger thread. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:4](../25/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 27 9 ce9a translate-bdistance מֵאָ֤ה בָֽ⁠אַמָּה֙ 1 one hundred cubits You can convert this length to a measurement system familiar to your people, if that is the style of translation that you are using. The **cubits** are each approximately 46 centimeters. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 46 meters (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) -EXO 27 10 qq8f וְ⁠עַמֻּדָ֣י⁠ו עֶשְׂרִ֔ים וְ⁠אַדְנֵי⁠הֶ֥ם עֶשְׂרִ֖ים נְחֹ֑שֶׁת 1 one hundred cubits Here, **bronze** may refer to both the **pillars** and the **bases** or just to the **bases.** The pillars inside the tent were of wood overlaid with gold; these may be wood overlaid with bronze. +EXO 27 9 ce9a translate-bdistance מֵאָ֤ה בָֽ⁠אַמָּה֙ 1 one hundred cubits You can convert this length to a measurement system familiar to your people if that is the style of translation that you are using. The **cubits** are each approximately 46 centimeters. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 46 meters (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) +EXO 27 10 qq8f וְ⁠עַמֻּדָ֣י⁠ו עֶשְׂרִ֔ים וְ⁠אַדְנֵי⁠הֶ֥ם עֶשְׂרִ֖ים נְחֹ֑שֶׁת 1 one hundred cubits Here, **bronze** may refer to both the **pillars** and the **bases**, or just to the **bases.** The pillars inside the tent were of wood overlaid with gold; these may be wood overlaid with bronze. EXO 27 11 gjg5 0 there must be hangings one hundred cubits long See how you translated many similar words in [Exodus 27:9-10](../27/09.md). EXO 27 11 ynao figs-ellipsis מֵ֣אָה 1 there must be hangings one hundred cubits long Here, “cubits” is omitted because it is understood as a repetition of the instructions in verse 9. Alternate translation: “100 cubits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -EXO 27 11 xev2 translate-bdistance מֵ֣אָה 1 there must be hangings one hundred cubits long You can convert this length to a measurement system familiar to your people, if that is the style of translation that you are using. A cubit is approximately 46 centimeters. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 46 meters (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) -EXO 27 12 p4u4 translate-bdistance חֲמִשִּׁ֣ים אַמָּ֑ה 1 there must be a curtain You can convert this length to a measurement system familiar to your people, if that is the style of translation that you are using. The **cubits** are each approximately 46 centimeters. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 23 meters (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) -EXO 27 13 w2sg translate-bdistance חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים אַמָּֽה 1 The courtyard must also be fifty cubits long You can convert this length to a measurement system familiar to your people, if that is the style of translation that you are using. The **cubits** are each approximately 46 centimeters. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 23 meters (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) -EXO 27 14 u8nm translate-bdistance וַ⁠חֲמֵ֨שׁ עֶשְׂרֵ֥ה 1 fifteen cubits You can convert this length to a measurement system familiar to your people, if that is the style of translation that you are using. Each of the **cubits** is approximately 46 centimeters. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 6.9 meters (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) -EXO 27 14 z8n2 עַמֻּדֵי⁠הֶ֣ם 1 posts These were strong pieces of wood set upright and used as supports. See how you translated these in [Exodus 27:10](../27/10.md). -EXO 27 14 gz7s וְ⁠אַדְנֵי⁠הֶ֖ם 1 bases These were metal blocks that had a slot in them to keep the board in place. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:19](../26/19.md). -EXO 27 15 s2cc translate-bdistance חְמֵ֥שׁ עֶשְׂרֵ֖ה 1 fifteen cubits You can convert this length to a measurement system familiar to your people, if that is the style of translation that you are using. A cubit is approximately 46 centimeters. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 6.9 meters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) +EXO 27 11 xev2 translate-bdistance מֵ֣אָה 1 there must be hangings one hundred cubits long You can convert this length to a measurement system familiar to your people if that is the style of translation that you are using. A cubit is approximately 46 centimeters. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 46 meters (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) +EXO 27 12 p4u4 translate-bdistance חֲמִשִּׁ֣ים אַמָּ֑ה 1 there must be a curtain You can convert this length to a measurement system familiar to your people if that is the style of translation that you are using. The **cubits** are each approximately 46 centimeters. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 23 meters (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) +EXO 27 13 w2sg translate-bdistance חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים אַמָּֽה 1 The courtyard must also be fifty cubits long You can convert this length to a measurement system familiar to your people if that is the style of translation that you are using. The **cubits** are each approximately 46 centimeters. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 23 meters (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) +EXO 27 14 u8nm translate-bdistance וַ⁠חֲמֵ֨שׁ עֶשְׂרֵ֥ה 1 fifteen cubits You can convert this length to a measurement system familiar to your people if that is the style of translation that you are using. Each of the **cubits** is approximately 46 centimeters. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 6.9 meters (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) +EXO 27 14 z8n2 עַמֻּדֵי⁠הֶ֣ם 1 posts The **pillars** were strong pieces of wood set upright and used as supports. See how you translated these in [Exodus 27:10](../27/10.md). +EXO 27 14 gz7s וְ⁠אַדְנֵי⁠הֶ֖ם 1 bases The **bases** were metal blocks that had a slot in them to keep the board in place. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:19](../26/19.md). +EXO 27 15 s2cc translate-bdistance חְמֵ֥שׁ עֶשְׂרֵ֖ה 1 fifteen cubits You can convert this length to a measurement system familiar to your people if that is the style of translation that you are using. A cubit is approximately 46 centimeters. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 6.9 meters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) EXO 27 15 hlzp עַמֻּדֵי⁠הֶ֣ם 1 posts These **posts** were strong pieces of wood set upright and used as supports. See how you translated these in [Exodus 27:10](../27/10.md). -EXO 27 15 o49h וְ⁠אַדְנֵי⁠הֶ֖ם 1 bases These were metal blocks that had a slot in them to keep the board in place. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:19](../26/19.md). +EXO 27 15 o49h וְ⁠אַדְנֵי⁠הֶ֖ם 1 bases The **bases** were metal blocks that had a slot in them to keep the board in place. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:19](../26/19.md). EXO 27 16 kn9u 0 blue, purple, and scarlet material and fine twined linen See how you translated a nearly identical passage in [26:36](../26/36.md). -EXO 27 16 g5wi translate-bdistance עֶשְׂרִ֣ים אַמָּ֗ה 1 an embroiderer You can convert this length to a measurement system familiar to your people, if that is the style of translation that you are using. Each of the **cubits** is approximately 46 centimeters. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 9.2m (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) -EXO 27 17 wtng figs-activepassive מְחֻשָּׁקִ֣ים 1 an embroiderer If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Among other options not so relevant here, Wiktionary suggests that a **fillet** could be a “thin strip of any material, in various technical uses,” “thin featureless molding used as separation between broader decorative moldings,” or a rounded corner. Alternate translation: “you shall fillet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 27 16 g5wi translate-bdistance עֶשְׂרִ֣ים אַמָּ֗ה 1 an embroiderer You can convert this length to a measurement system familiar to your people if that is the style of translation that you are using. Each of the **cubits** is approximately 46 centimeters. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 9.2m (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) +EXO 27 17 wtng figs-activepassive מְחֻשָּׁקִ֣ים 1 an embroiderer If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Among other options not so relevant here, Wiktionary suggests that a **fillet** could be a “thin strip of any material, in various technical uses,” “thin featureless molding used as separation between broader decorative moldings,” or a rounded corner. Alternate translation: “you shall fillet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 27 18 wt7n translate-bdistance מֵאָ֨ה בָֽ⁠אַמָּ֜ה…חֲמִשִּׁ֣ים בַּ⁠חֲמִשִּׁ֗ים…חָמֵ֥שׁ אַמּ֖וֹת 1 one hundred cubits You can convert these lengths to a measurement system familiar to your people, if that is the style of translation that you are using. Each of the **cubits** is approximately 46 centimeters. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 46 meters … 23 meters … 2.3 meters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) EXO 27 18 mu6b figs-ellipsis חֲמִשִּׁ֣ים בַּ⁠חֲמִשִּׁ֗ים 1 one hundred cubits Here, “cubits” is omitted because it is understood as a repetition of the instructions in verse 9. Alternate translation: “50 cubits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -EXO 27 19 bs7c translate-unknown יְתֵדֹתָ֛י⁠ו…יִתְדֹ֥ת 1 tent pegs The **tent pegs** are strong, sharp pieces of metal used to secure the corners of a tent to the ground or tied to ropes to create tension on something standing upright, to stabilize it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 27 21 p7ru figs-synecdoche הָ⁠עֵדֻ֗ת 1 ark of testimony This refers to the chest that contains the sacred slabs of stone on which Yahweh had written his commandments. If it would be more clear to your readers you may include a reference to the chest. Alternate translation: “is the Box of the Testimony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +EXO 27 19 bs7c translate-unknown יְתֵדֹתָ֛י⁠ו…יִתְדֹ֥ת 1 tent pegs The **tent pegs** are strong, sharp pieces of metal driven into the ground and used to secure the corners of a tent to the ground or to secure ropes in order to create tension to stabilize something standing upright. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 27 21 p7ru figs-synecdoche הָ⁠עֵדֻ֗ת 1 ark of testimony The **testimony** refers to the chest that contains the sacred slabs of stone on which Yahweh had written his commandments. If it would be more clear to your readers you may include a reference to the chest. Alternate translation: “is the Box of the Testimony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) EXO 27 21 nlwz אֹת֨⁠וֹ יַעֲרֹךְ֩ אֹת֨⁠וֹ 1 ark of testimony Here, **it** refers to the lamp mentioned in the previous verse and **arrange** means to set it up for burning, and light it. Alternate translation: “shall set up the lampstand and light it” EXO 27 21 j41s figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה 1 ark of testimony Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “in front of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 27 21 vr7m חֻקַּ֤ת עוֹלָם֙ לְ⁠דֹ֣רֹתָ֔⁠ם מֵ⁠אֵ֖ת בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 This requirement will be a lasting statute See how you translated a similar statement in [12:14](../12/14.md) -EXO 28 intro r3yx 0 # Exodus 28 General Notes

## Structure

- v. 1: Introduction - Aaron and sons will become priests
- v. 2-5: General introduction of sacred clothing
- v. 6-14: Instructions for the ephod
* v. 9-14: Instructions regarding stones on ephod
- v. 15-28: Instructions for the breastpiece
* v. 17-21: Instructions regarding stones on breastpiece
* v. 22-28: Instructions for mounting the breastpiece on the ephod
- v. 29-30: Aaron should wear things over his heart
- v 31-35: Instructions for making the robe with bells and pomegranates
- v. 36-38: Instructions regarding the turban
- v. 39-41: Closing general instructions regarding clothing
- v. 42-43: Instructions on making and wearing undergarments
- v. 43b: Closing statement

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Holy garments

Because Yahweh is holy, only the priests could approach him, and when they did they must be wearing specially made clothing. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])


## Potential translation issues

- Verses 17-20 list 12 kinds of stone. Scholars are not sure which kinds of stones the Hebrew words refer to. Some translations list different stones. The UST gives the probable color of the gemstone. Translators may use names of familiar gem stones.
-EXO 28 1 e1xb figs-you וְ⁠אַתָּ֡ה 1 Call to yourself Here **you** refers to Moses, in this case it is something he must do. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +EXO 28 intro r3yx 0 # Exodus 28 General Notes\n\n## Structure\n\n- v. 1: Introduction - Aaron and sons will become priests\n- v. 2-5: General introduction of sacred clothing\n- v. 6-14: Instructions for the ephod\n * v. 9-14: Instructions regarding stones on ephod\n- v. 15-28: Instructions for the breastpiece\n * v. 17-21: Instructions regarding stones on breastpiece\n * v. 22-28: Instructions for mounting the breastpiece on the ephod\n- v. 29-30: Aaron should wear things over his heart\n- v 31-35: Instructions for making the robe with bells and pomegranates\n- v. 36-38: Instructions regarding the turban\n- v. 39-41: Closing general instructions regarding clothing\n- v. 42-43: Instructions on making and wearing undergarments\n- v. 43b: Closing statement\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Holy garments\n\nBecause Yahweh is holy, only the priests could approach him, and when they did they had to be wearing specially made clothing. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])\n\n\n## Potential Translation Issues\n\n- Verses 17-20 list 12 kinds of stone. Scholars are not sure which kinds of stones the Hebrew words refer to. Some translations list different stones. The UST gives the probable color of the gemstones. Translators may use names of familiar gem stones.\n +EXO 28 1 e1xb figs-you וְ⁠אַתָּ֡ה 1 Call to yourself Here, **you** refers to Moses; in this case it is about something he must do. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) EXO 28 1 w9ls translate-kinship אַהֲרֹ֨ן אָחִ֜י⁠ךָ 1 Call to yourself Aaron is older than Moses. If your language uses a different term for the sibling relationship based on gender and age order, choose the appropriate one. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) EXO 28 1 ofgr translate-names נָדָ֧ב וַ⁠אֲבִיה֛וּא אֶלְעָזָ֥ר וְ⁠אִיתָמָ֖ר 1 Call to yourself These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 28 3 n17y figs-you וְ⁠אַתָּ֗ה 1 Call to yourself Here **you** refers to Moses, in this case it is something he must do. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -EXO 28 3 c9pv figs-parallelism אֶל־כָּל־חַכְמֵי־לֵ֔ב אֲשֶׁ֥ר מִלֵּאתִ֖י⁠ו ר֣וּחַ חָכְמָ֑ה 1 Call to yourself There is a little bit of parallelism here. Yahweh is clarifying who causes someone to be **wise of heart**. You could translate this in a more causal way if that would make more sense. Alternate translation: “to anyone whom I have filled with the spirit of wisdom making them wise of heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -EXO 28 3 wt7m figs-metonymy אֶל־כָּל־חַכְמֵי־לֵ֔ב אֲשֶׁ֥ר מִלֵּאתִ֖י⁠ו ר֣וּחַ חָכְמָ֑ה 1 Call to yourself Here, **heart** and **spirit** are both referring to innate possession by a person that is, traits of a person. **Wisdom** refers to skill or talent with crafting in this case. Together **wise of heart** and **filled with the spirit of wisdom** both essentially mean “a talented craftsman.” If it is more clear to your readers you may consider making some of this more explicit. Alternate translation: “to every talented craftsman, those whom I have made skilled in their work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 28 4 tr5e וּ⁠כְתֹ֥נֶת תַּשְׁבֵּ֖ץ 1 a coat of woven work We do not know what word translated **of woven work** means as it only occurs here and in [verse 39](../28/39.md) as a verb. Alternate translation: “and a chequered tunic” -EXO 28 4 dz5h translate-unknown מִצְנֶ֣פֶת 1 turban This is a tall head covering made from cloth wrapped around the head several times. You may translate it using a word commonly used for a similar item in your culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 28 4 k184 translate-unknown וְ⁠אַבְנֵ֑ט 1 sash This a piece of cloth that people wear around their waist or across their chest. You may translate it using a word commonly used for a similar item in your culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 28 3 n17y figs-you וְ⁠אַתָּ֗ה 1 Call to yourself Here, **you** refers to Moses. In this case it is about something he must do. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +EXO 28 3 c9pv figs-parallelism אֶל־כָּל־חַכְמֵי־לֵ֔ב אֲשֶׁ֥ר מִלֵּאתִ֖י⁠ו ר֣וּחַ חָכְמָ֑ה 1 Call to yourself There is a little bit of parallelism here. Yahweh is clarifying who causes someone to be **wise of heart**. You could translate this in a more causal way if that would make more sense. Alternate translation: “to anyone whom I have filled with the spirit of wisdom, making them wise of heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +EXO 28 3 wt7m figs-metonymy אֶל־כָּל־חַכְמֵי־לֵ֔ב אֲשֶׁ֥ר מִלֵּאתִ֖י⁠ו ר֣וּחַ חָכְמָ֑ה 1 Call to yourself Here, **heart** and **spirit** are both referring to innate possession by a person that is, traits of a person. **Wisdom** refers to skill or talent with crafting in this case. Together **wise of heart** and **filled with the spirit of wisdom** both essentially mean “a talented craftsman.” If it would be more clear to your readers, you may consider making some of this more explicit. Alternate translation: “to every talented craftsman, those whom I have made skilled in their work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 28 4 tr5e וּ⁠כְתֹ֥נֶת תַּשְׁבֵּ֖ץ 1 a coat of woven work We do not know what word translated **of woven work** means, as it only occurs here and in [verse 39](../28/39.md) as a verb. Alternate translation: “and a checkered tunic” or "an embroidered garment" +EXO 28 4 dz5h translate-unknown מִצְנֶ֣פֶת 1 turban This is a head covering made from cloth wrapped around the head several times. You may translate it using a word commonly used for a similar item in your culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 28 4 k184 translate-unknown וְ⁠אַבְנֵ֑ט 1 sash The **sash** is a piece of cloth that people wear around their waist or across their chest. You may translate it with a word commonly used for a similar item in your culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 28 5 rxke translate-unknown וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠תְּכֵ֖לֶת וְ⁠אֶת־הָֽ⁠אַרְגָּמָ֑ן וְ⁠אֶת־תּוֹלַ֥עַת הַ⁠שָּׁנִ֖י 1 sash Possible meanings are (1) “material that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple and scarlet dye” to dye the linen. The original audience would have known what was meant. This material seems to have been used for embroidery later, so “yarn” or ”thread” may be the best understanding. See how you translated this in [25:4](../25/04.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 28 5 pfq5 translate-unknown תּוֹלַ֥עַת הַ⁠שָּׁנִ֖י 1 sash A bright red color for dying cloth was extracted from these worms. Alternate translation: “and bright red” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 28 6 u3rx translate-unknown וְ⁠שֵׁ֥שׁ מָשְׁזָ֖ר 1 fine-twined linen This was cloth made from fine linen threads that someone twisted together to make a stronger thread. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:36](../26/36.md). Alternate translation: “finely-twined linen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 28 6 k3bj חֹשֵֽׁב 1 skillful craftsman This refers to a person who can make beautiful objects by hand. -EXO 28 7 dpph שְׁתֵּ֧י כְתֵפֹ֣ת חֹֽבְרֹ֗ת יִֽהְיֶה־לּ֛⁠וֹ אֶל־שְׁנֵ֥י קְצוֹתָ֖י⁠ו וְ⁠חֻבָּֽר 1 skillful craftsman This likely meant creating some sort of fastening at the top by the shoulders to attach the front of the ephod to its back. Alternate translation: “They shall make it so that the front and back attach to each other at the shoulders” -EXO 28 7 wt20 figs-activepassive וְ⁠חֻבָּֽר 1 skillful craftsman If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “join it together that way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 28 6 u3rx translate-unknown וְ⁠שֵׁ֥שׁ מָשְׁזָ֖ר 1 fine-twined linen This was cloth made from fine linen threads that someone twisted together to make a stronger thread. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:36](../26/36.md). Alternate translation: “fine twined linen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 28 6 k3bj חֹשֵֽׁב 1 skillful craftsman The description **skillful craftsman** refers to a person who can make beautiful objects by hand. +EXO 28 7 dpph שְׁתֵּ֧י כְתֵפֹ֣ת חֹֽבְרֹ֗ת יִֽהְיֶה־לּ֛⁠וֹ אֶל־שְׁנֵ֥י קְצוֹתָ֖י⁠ו וְ⁠חֻבָּֽר 1 skillful craftsman This likely meant creating some sort of fastening up by the shoulders to attach the front of the ephod to its back. Alternate translation: “They shall make it so that the front and back attach to each other at the shoulders” +EXO 28 7 wt20 figs-activepassive וְ⁠חֻבָּֽר 1 skillful craftsman If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “join it together that way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 28 8 u5av אֲשֶׁ֣ר עָלָ֔י⁠ו כְּ⁠מַעֲשֵׂ֖⁠הוּ מִמֶּ֣⁠נּוּ 1 it must be made of one piece This is saying that the sash should be attached to the ephod, perhaps cut from the same material used to make the rest of the ephod. -EXO 28 9 c4ia translate-unknown אַבְנֵי־שֹׁ֑הַם 1 onyx stones These are valuable stones that have layers of white and black, red or brown. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:7](../25/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 28 9 c4ia translate-unknown אַבְנֵי־שֹׁ֑הַם 1 onyx stones These **stones of onyx** are valuable stones that have layers of white and black, red or brown. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:7](../25/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 28 9 s2yd translate-numbers שְׁתֵּ֖י 1 onyx stones Alternate translation: “2” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) EXO 28 10 h5mr translate-numbers שִׁשָּׁה֙…הַ⁠שִּׁשָּׁ֧ה 1 onyx stones Alternate translation: “6 of … the 6” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) EXO 28 10 zlte כְּ⁠תוֹלְדֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 onyx stones Alternate translation: “according to their birth order” EXO 28 11 dv8k פִּתּוּחֵ֣י חֹתָ֗ם 1 With the work of an engraver in stone, like the engraving on a signet Alternate translation: “in the same way a person engraves on a seal” -EXO 28 11 x1xc translate-unknown חָרַשׁ֮ אֶבֶן֒ 1 engraver This is a person who cuts designs into a hard material such as wood, stone, or metal. Alternate translation: “of a detailed stone cutter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 28 11 cm3f translate-unknown חֹתָ֗ם 1 signet This is an engraved stone used to stamp a design into a wax seal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 28 11 x1xc translate-unknown חָרַשׁ֮ אֶבֶן֒ 1 engraver A **craftsman of stone** is a person who cuts designs into a hard material such as wood, stone, or metal. Alternate translation: “a detailed stone cutter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 28 11 cm3f translate-unknown חֹתָ֗ם 1 signet This is an engraved stone often set into a ring and used to stamp a design into a wax seal to authenticate an official document. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 28 11 gh2r translate-unknown מִשְׁבְּצ֥וֹת 1 settings These are pieces of metal that hold the stones onto the ephod. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 28 12 ypfd זִכָּרֹ֖ן…לְ⁠זִכָּרֹֽן 1 settings The text does not specify if Yahweh or Aaron or someone else is the one being reminded by the stones. It also does not specify exactly what the reminder is of. Try to maintain this ambiguity if possible in your translation. EXO 28 12 shn5 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֧י 1 settings Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “in the presence of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 28 13 pi4x translate-unknown מִשְׁבְּצֹ֖ת 1 settings These are pieces of metal that hold each stone onto the ephod. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:11](../28/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 28 13 pi4x translate-unknown מִשְׁבְּצֹ֖ת 1 settings The **ornamental settings** are pieces of precious metal that surround the sides of hold each stone to hold it onto the ephod. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:11](../28/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 28 14 e746 וּ⁠שְׁתֵּ֤י שַׁרְשְׁרֹת֙ זָהָ֣ב טָה֔וֹר מִגְבָּלֹ֛ת תַּעֲשֶׂ֥ה אֹתָ֖⁠ם מַעֲשֵׂ֣ה עֲבֹ֑ת 1 two braided chains of pure gold like cords Alternate translation: “and you shall make two chains of pure gold that are braided like cords” EXO 28 15 sf8e מַעֲשֵׂ֣ה חֹשֵׁ֔ב כְּ⁠מַעֲשֵׂ֥ה אֵפֹ֖ד תַּעֲשֶׂ֑⁠נּוּ 1 the work of a skillful workman, fashioned like the ephod Alternate translation: “a skillful workman will make it like the ephod” EXO 28 16 cny4 translate-bdistance זֶ֥רֶת…וְ⁠זֶ֥רֶת 1 span You can convert this length to a measurement system familiar to your people if that is the style of translation that you are using. A span is approximately 23 centimeters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) -EXO 28 16 onj6 רָב֥וּעַ יִֽהְיֶ֖ה כָּפ֑וּל 1 span Alternate translation: “fold it in half so it will be square” -EXO 28 17 spd4 translate-unknown 0 General Information: Twelve kinds of stone are listed in the next four verses. Scholars are not sure which kinds of stones the Hebrew words refer to. Some translations list different stones. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 28 16 onj6 רָב֥וּעַ יִֽהְיֶ֖ה כָּפ֑וּל 1 span Alternate translation: “Fold it in half so it will be square” +EXO 28 17 spd4 translate-unknown 0 General Information: Twelve kinds of stones are listed in the next four verses. Scholars are not sure which kinds of stones the Hebrew words refer to. Some translations list different stones. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 28 17 n1ys translate-unknown אֹ֤דֶם פִּטְדָה֙ וּ⁠בָרֶ֔קֶת 1 ruby…topaz…garnet These are precious stones. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 28 18 qq9g translate-ordinal וְ⁠הַ⁠טּ֖וּר הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֑י 1 emerald…diamond Alternate translation: “And row 2:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) EXO 28 18 ga1v translate-unknown נֹ֥פֶךְ סַפִּ֖יר וְ⁠יָהֲלֹֽם 1 emerald…diamond These are precious stones. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) @@ -1909,148 +1909,148 @@ EXO 28 19 uw42 translate-ordinal וְ⁠הַ⁠טּ֖וּר הַ⁠שְּׁלִ EXO 28 19 z17r translate-unknown לֶ֥שֶׁם שְׁב֖וֹ וְ⁠אַחְלָֽמָה 1 jacinth…agate…amethyst These are precious stones (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 28 20 ekaf translate-ordinal וְ⁠הַ⁠טּוּר֙ הָ⁠רְבִיעִ֔י 1 jacinth…agate…amethyst Alternate translation: “And row 4:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) EXO 28 20 ul2e translate-unknown תַּרְשִׁ֥ישׁ וְ⁠שֹׁ֖הַם וְ⁠יָשְׁפֵ֑ה 1 beryl…jasper These are precious stones. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 28 20 rgf6 translate-unknown וְ⁠שֹׁ֖הַם 1 onyx This is a valuable stone that has layers of white and black, red or brown. See how you translated these in [Exodus 25:7](../25/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 28 20 pw5h figs-activepassive מְשֻׁבָּצִ֥ים זָהָ֛ב יִהְי֖וּ 1 They must be mounted in gold settings If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You shall set them in gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 28 20 rgf6 translate-unknown וְ⁠שֹׁ֖הַם 1 onyx An **onyx** is a valuable stone that has layers of white and black, red or brown. See how you translated these in [Exodus 25:7](../25/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 28 20 pw5h figs-activepassive מְשֻׁבָּצִ֥ים זָהָ֛ב יִהְי֖וּ 1 They must be mounted in gold settings If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You shall set them in gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 28 21 z8mw translate-unknown פִּתּוּחֵ֤י חוֹתָם֙ 1 signet ring A signet is an engraved stone used to stamp a design into a wax seal. Here the stone is mounted on a ring. See how you translated “signet” in [Exodus 28:11](../28/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 28 22 m7yl translate-unknown שַֽׁרְשֹׁ֥ת גַּבְלֻ֖ת מַעֲשֵׂ֣ה עֲבֹ֑ת זָהָ֖ב טָהֽוֹר 1 chains like cords, braided work of pure gold Alternate translation: “chains that are made of pure gold and are braided like cords.” See how you translated similar phrases in [Exodus 28:14](../28/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 28 25 d8y3 figs-metonymy אֶל־מ֥וּל פָּנָֽי⁠ו 1 braided chains Here, **face** simply refers to the object (the ephod). Alternate translation: “on its front side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 28 25 a4lc figs-explicit עַל־שְׁתֵּ֣י הַֽ⁠מִּשְׁבְּצ֑וֹת 1 to the two settings These are two settings that enclose the stones. This can be clearly stated in the translation. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 28 27 f2nn figs-metonymy פָּנָ֔י⁠ו 1 braided chains Here, **face** simply refers to the object (the ephod). Alternate translation: “on its front side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 28 27 vw1w translate-unknown לְ⁠חֵ֖שֶׁב 1 finely-woven waistband This was a cloth belt made from narrow linen threads that someone twisted together to make a stronger thread. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:8](../28/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 28 28 se56 figs-activepassive וְ⁠לֹֽא־יִזַּ֣ח הַ⁠חֹ֔שֶׁן מֵ⁠עַ֖ל 1 so that it might be attached If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that the breastpiece shall stay attached to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 28 27 vw1w translate-unknown לְ⁠חֵ֖שֶׁב 1 finely-woven waistband The **waistband** was a cloth belt made from narrow linen threads that someone twisted together to make a stronger thread. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:8](../28/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 28 28 se56 figs-activepassive וְ⁠לֹֽא־יִזַּ֣ח הַ⁠חֹ֔שֶׁן מֵ⁠עַ֖ל 1 so that it might be attached If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that the breastpiece shall stay attached to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 28 28 wf9v figs-doublenegatives וְ⁠לֹֽא־יִזַּ֣ח הַ⁠חֹ֔שֶׁן מֵ⁠עַ֖ל 1 the breastpiece might not become unattached from the ephod This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “so that the breastpiece shall stay attached to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) EXO 28 29 z1mz שְׁמ֨וֹת בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל 1 he must carry the names of the people of Israel over his heart in the breastpiece This refers to the names of the tribes engraved on the twelve stones the breastplate as described in [Exodus 28:17-21](./17.md). EXO 28 29 cc97 עַל־לִבּ֖⁠וֹ 1 over his heart Alternate translation: “over Aaron’s heart” or “on his chest” -EXO 28 30 dgn9 translate-unknown הָ⁠אוּרִים֙ וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠תֻּמִּ֔ים 1 the Urim and the Thummim It not clear what these are. They were objects, possibly stones, that the priest used to determine somehow the will of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 28 30 dgn9 translate-unknown הָ⁠אוּרִים֙ וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠תֻּמִּ֔ים 1 the Urim and the Thummim It not clear what **the Urim and the Thummim** are. They were objects, possibly stones, that the priest used to somehow determine the will of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 28 30 f537 translate-unknown וְ⁠נָשָׂ֣א אַ֠הֲרֹן אֶת־מִשְׁפַּ֨ט בְּנֵי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֧ל עַל־לִבּ֛⁠וֹ לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָ֖ה תָּמִֽיד 1 the Urim and the Thummim…the means for making decisions The second phrase appears to refer to the Urim and Thummim and explain their purpose. Alternate translation: “And Aaron shall bear the decisions for the sons of Israel over his heart before Yahweh continually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 28 30 fep5 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה…לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָ֖ה 1 the Urim and the Thummim…the means for making decisions Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “before Yahweh … before Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 28 32 x42n מַעֲשֵׂ֣ה אֹרֵ֗ג 1 This must be the work of a weaver This can be stated as a command. Alternate translation: “A weaver must make this robe” -EXO 28 32 rw96 translate-unknown אֹרֵ֗ג 1 a weaver Alternate translation: “a person who weaves” or “a person who creates cloth using thread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 28 32 x42n מַעֲשֵׂ֣ה אֹרֵ֗ג 1 This must be the work of a weaver This can be stated as a command. Alternate translation: "made by a weaver" +EXO 28 32 rw96 translate-unknown אֹרֵ֗ג 1 a weaver Alternate translation: “a person who weaves” or “a person who creates cloth using thread, yarns and wool” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 28 32 t60l translate-unknown תַחְרָ֛א 1 a weaver We do not know what this term means, but the implication seems to be that the collar should be made strong. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 28 32 ubhg figs-activepassive לֹ֥א יִקָּרֵֽעַ 1 a weaver If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 28 32 ubhg figs-activepassive לֹ֥א יִקָּרֵֽעַ 1 a weaver If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language, as modeled in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 28 33 qm1f translate-unknown תְּכֵ֤לֶת וְ⁠אַרְגָּמָן֙ וְ⁠תוֹלַ֣עַת שָׁנִ֔י 1 pomegranates Possible meanings are (1) “material that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple and scarlet dye” to dye the linen. The original audience would have known what was meant. This material seems to have been used for embroidery later, so “yarn” or ”thread” may be the best understanding. See how you translated this in [25:4](../25/04.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 28 34 kl55 פַּעֲמֹ֤ן זָהָב֙ וְ⁠רִמּ֔וֹן פַּֽעֲמֹ֥ן זָהָ֖ב וְ⁠רִמּ֑וֹן 1 a golden bell and a pomegranate This phrase is repeated to show the pattern of the design on the robe. Alternate translation: “alternate pomegranates and golden bells” -EXO 28 35 pf61 figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִשְׁמַ֣ע ק֠וֹל⁠וֹ 1 so that its sound can be heard If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that the bells make a sound” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 28 35 pf61 figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִשְׁמַ֣ע ק֠וֹל⁠וֹ 1 so that its sound can be heard If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that the bells make a sound” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 28 35 fmqu figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֧י יְהוָ֛ה 1 so that its sound can be heard Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “before Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 28 35 ky8s figs-123person יְהוָ֛ה 1 so that its sound can be heard Here, Yahweh refers to himself in the third person, if it would be more natural in your language you may need to change this to first person. Alternate translation: “me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +EXO 28 35 ky8s figs-123person יְהוָ֛ה 1 so that its sound can be heard Here, Yahweh refers to himself in the third person. If it would be more natural in your language, you may need to change this to first person. Alternate translation: “me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) EXO 28 35 qtf9 figs-explicit וְ⁠לֹ֥א יָמֽוּת 1 This is so that he does not die The probable implication is that he would die because he did not obey Yahweh. This can be stated. Alternate translation: “As a result, he will not die because of disobeying my instructions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 28 36 mzej translate-unknown צִּ֖יץ 1 engrave on it, like the engraving on a signet We do not know exactly what this was. It was probably a thin piece of gold smaller than the palm of someone’s hand. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 28 36 nd2q translate-unknown וּ⁠פִתַּחְתָּ֤ עָלָי⁠ו֙ פִּתּוּחֵ֣י חֹתָ֔ם 1 engrave on it, like the engraving on a signet Alternate translation: “write on it in the same way a person engraves on a seal.” See how you translated similar words in [Exodus 28:11](../28/11.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 28 37 qka6 translate-unknown הַ⁠מִּצְנָ֑פֶת…הַ⁠מִּצְנֶ֖פֶת 1 turban This was a tall head covering made from cloth wrapped around the head several times. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 28 37 qka6 translate-unknown הַ⁠מִּצְנָ֑פֶת…הַ⁠מִּצְנֶ֖פֶת 1 turban This was a head covering made from cloth wrapped around the head several times. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 28 37 lxq8 figs-metonymy אֶל־מ֥וּל פְּנֵֽי־הַ⁠מִּצְנֶ֖פֶת 1 turban Here, **face** means the front. Alternate translation: “to the front of the turban” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 28 38 frqm figs-metaphor וְ⁠נָשָׂ֨א אַהֲרֹ֜ן אֶת־עֲוֺ֣ן הַ⁠קֳּדָשִׁ֗ים 1 turban Here, **iniquity** is pictured as something that can be carried or worn like the turban. It also seems to be picturing handing off the iniquity from the people to Aaron. Also, here, **iniquity** actually seems to refer to the punishment for anything that might be wrong regarding the things the Israelites offer Yahweh. You may need to use a different word than **bear** to convey the transfer of responsibility for wrongs from the people to Aaron. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “and Aaron shall be responsible for any wrong related to the holy things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 28 38 frqm figs-metaphor וְ⁠נָשָׂ֨א אַהֲרֹ֜ן אֶת־עֲוֺ֣ן הַ⁠קֳּדָשִׁ֗ים 1 turban Here, **iniquity** is pictured as something that can be carried or worn like the turban. It also seems to picture handing off the iniquity from the people to Aaron. Also here, **iniquity** actually seems to refer to the punishment for anything that might be wrong regarding the things the Israelites offer Yahweh. You may need to use a different word than **bear** to convey the transfer of responsibility for wrongs from the people to Aaron. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “and Aaron shall be responsible for any wrong related to the holy things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 28 38 chuz figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה 1 turban Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “before Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 28 38 jbt4 figs-123person יְהוָֽה 1 turban Here, Yahweh refers to himself in the third person, if it would be more natural in your language you may need to change this to first person. Alternate translation: “me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -EXO 28 39 t5vj translate-unknown מִצְנֶ֣פֶת 1 turban This was a tall head covering made from cloth wrapped around the head several times. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 28 39 yi1l translate-unknown וְ⁠אַבְנֵ֥ט 1 sash A sash is a decorative piece of cloth that a person wears around his waist or across his chest. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 28 39 i62z translate-unknown רֹקֵֽם 1 the work of an embroiderer An embroiderer is a person who sews designs into cloth. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:36](../26/36.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 28 40 pfs2 translate-unknown אַבְנֵטִ֑ים 1 sashes A sash is a decorative piece of cloth that a person wears around his waist or across his chest. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 28 40 v2tj translate-unknown וּ⁠מִגְבָּעוֹת֙ 1 headbands A headband is a narrow, decorative strip of cloth that is worn around the head above the eyes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 28 39 t5vj translate-unknown מִצְנֶ֣פֶת 1 turban This was a head covering made from cloth wrapped around the head several times. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 28 39 yi1l translate-unknown וְ⁠אַבְנֵ֥ט 1 sash A **sash** is a decorative piece of cloth that a person wears around his waist or across his chest. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 28 39 i62z translate-unknown רֹקֵֽם 1 the work of an embroiderer An embroiderer is a person who sews decorative designs onto cloth. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:36](../26/36.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 28 40 pfs2 translate-unknown אַבְנֵטִ֑ים 1 sashes The **sashes** are decorative pieces of cloth that people wear around the waist or across the chest. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 28 40 v2tj translate-unknown וּ⁠מִגְבָּעוֹת֙ 1 headbands A headband is a decorative, narrow strip of cloth that is worn around the head above the eyes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 28 41 xa75 translate-kinship אַהֲרֹ֣ן אָחִ֔י⁠ךָ 1 You must clothe Aaron your brother Aaron is older than Moses. If your language uses a different term for the sibling relationship based on gender and age order, choose the appropriate one. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) EXO 28 41 agey figs-idiom וּ⁠מִלֵּאתָ֧ אֶת־יָדָ֛⁠ם 1 You must clothe Aaron your brother This seems to be an idiom for giving authority to someone. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “and you shall ordain them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 28 42 vz62 translate-unknown מִכְנְסֵי 1 undergarments These are clothing worn under the outer clothes, next to the skin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 28 42 vz62 translate-unknown מִכְנְסֵי 1 undergarments These are articles of clothing worn under the outer clothes, next to the skin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 28 42 m1bi figs-euphemism בְּשַׂ֣ר עֶרְוָ֑ה 1 undergarments This is an euphemism for the male genitalia. You may translate it using an appropriate euphemism in your culture. Alternate translation: “their private parts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -EXO 29 intro xmd9 0 # Exodus 29 General Notes

Large translation teams working on multiple books at the same time should note that this chapter is very similar to Leviticus 8.

## Structure

As you translate, you may perceive a different structure in this chapter than what is below. Feel free to organize in a way that is clear in your language. This chapter is really one united whole, the outline below is one possible way of subdividing it.
The Consecration of the Priests
- v. 1-3 Preparing items
- v. 4-9 Preparing Aaron and his sons
- v. 10-14 Sacrificing the bull to purify the altar
- v. 15-34 Sacrificing the rams
* v. 15-18 The first ram wholly burned
* v. 19-28 The second ram used for consecrating and divided for eating
* v. 29-30 Priestly succession
* v. 31-34 More instructions regarding eating the second ram
- v. 35-37 Instructions to do all this for seven days
- v. 38-41 Instructions for perpetual offerings
- v. 42-46 Yahweh’s affirmation

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Consecrating priests

This chapter records the process of consecrating priests. The priests were to be set apart from the rest of Israel because Yahweh is holy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter


### Forms of you

For this chapter, it seems that the singular you that Yahweh has been using to give Moses general instructions for the last several chapters actually refers to Moses himself. If you have been translating the instructions using a plural form of you or by shifting the instructions to the third person, you should switch back to a singular form referring directly to Moses for this chapter.

### “I will live among the Israelites”

As God, Yahweh is everywhere and cannot be limited to a single space. This phrase indicates that he permanently remains within Israel in a special way while they have the ark. -EXO 29 1 d6gk writing-newevent וְ⁠זֶ֨ה 1 Now A new scene begins here, there is a change in topic from instructions for making garments for priests to consecrating priests. This may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -EXO 29 1 z78h writing-pronouns תַּעֲשֶׂ֥ה 1 you must do Here **you** refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +EXO 29 intro xmd9 0 # Exodus 29 General Notes\n\nLarge translation teams working on multiple books at the same time should note that this chapter is very similar to Leviticus 8.\n\n## Structure\n\nAs you translate, you may perceive a different structure in this chapter than what is below. Feel free to organize in a way that is clear in your language. This chapter is really one united whole; the outline below is one possible way of subdividing it.\nThe Consecration of the Priests\n- v. 1-3 Preparing items\n- v. 4-9 Preparing Aaron and his sons\n- v. 10-14 Sacrificing the bull to purify the altar\n- v. 15-34 Sacrificing the rams\n * v. 15-18 The first ram wholly burned\n * v. 19-28 The second ram used for consecrating and divided for eating\n * v. 29-30 Priestly succession\n * v. 31-34 More instructions regarding eating the second ram\n- v. 35-37 Instructions to do all this for seven days\n- v. 38-41 Instructions for perpetual offerings\n- v. 42-46 Yahweh’s affirmation\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Consecrating priests\n\nThis chapter records the process of consecrating priests. The priests were to be set apart from the rest of Israel because Yahweh is holy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n\n### Forms of you\n\nFor this chapter, it seems that the singular "you: that Yahweh has been using to give Moses general instructions for the last several chapters now actually refers to Moses himself. If you have been translating the instructions using a plural form of you or by shifting the instructions to the third person, you should switch back to a singular form referring directly to Moses for this chapter.\n\n### “I will live among the Israelites”\n\nAs God, Yahweh is everywhere and cannot be limited to a single space. This phrase indicates that he permanently remains within Israel in a special way while they have the ark. +EXO 29 1 d6gk writing-newevent וְ⁠זֶ֨ה 1 Now A new scene begins here. There is a change in topic from instructions for making garments for priests to consecrating priests. This may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) +EXO 29 1 z78h writing-pronouns תַּעֲשֶׂ֥ה 1 you must do Here, **you** refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) EXO 29 1 ld5s writing-pronouns לָ⁠הֶ֛ם 1 to set them apart Alternate translation: “to Aaron and his sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) EXO 29 1 dq2c writing-pronouns לִ֑⁠י 1 serve me Here **me** refers to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) EXO 29 1 jhj3 figs-idiom בֶּן־בָּקָ֛ר 1 serve me This is an idiom meaning young. If you do not have a similar idiom you may translate the meaning. Alternate translation: “a young one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 29 2 ptm7 figs-activepassive בְּלוּלֹ֣ת בַּ⁠שֶּׁ֔מֶן…מְשֻׁחִ֣ים בַּ⁠שָּׁ֑מֶן 1 Also take wafers without yeast rubbed with oil If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. You may need to shorten the sentences and make the alternate translation content separate sentences or mark it off with special punctuation. Alternate translation: “(mix them with oil) … (rub them with oil)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 29 2 ptm7 figs-activepassive בְּלוּלֹ֣ת בַּ⁠שֶּׁ֔מֶן…מְשֻׁחִ֣ים בַּ⁠שָּׁ֑מֶן 1 Also take wafers without yeast rubbed with oil If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. You may need to shorten the sentences and make the alternate translation content separate sentences or mark it off with special punctuation. Alternate translation: “(mix them with oil) … (rub them with oil)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 29 2 wkyb וּ⁠רְקִיקֵ֥י מַצּ֖וֹת מְשֻׁחִ֣ים בַּ⁠שָּׁ֑מֶן 1 Also take wafers without yeast rubbed with oil These may have been rubbed with oil before or after baking. -EXO 29 2 r449 translate-unknown וְ⁠חַלֹּ֤ת…וּ⁠רְקִיקֵ֥י 1 bread…cakes…wafers These are different kinds of food made from flour. While all the breads were somewhat flat because they were unleavened, the **cakes** were a bread enriched with oil and the **wafers** were especially thin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 29 3 gm58 writing-pronouns אוֹתָ⁠ם֙ 1 You must put them Alternate translation: “the bread, cake, and wafer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -EXO 29 3 cd6m וְ⁠הִקְרַבְתָּ֥ אֹתָ֖⁠ם בַּ⁠סָּ֑ל וְ⁠אֶ֨ת־הַ⁠פָּ֔ר וְ⁠אֵ֖ת שְׁנֵ֥י הָ⁠אֵילִֽם 1 present them with the bull and the two rams Here, **in the basket** is almost parenthetical. You may need to restructure the sentence or use punctuation to make it clear that **the bull and the two rams** are connected to **bring** not, **in the basket.** Alternate translation: “and you shall bring them near (in the basket) along with the bull and the two rams” -EXO 29 4 a6rz אֹ֣הֶל מוֹעֵ֑ד 1 tent of meeting This is another name for the tabernacle. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:21](../27/21.md). +EXO 29 2 r449 translate-unknown וְ⁠חַלֹּ֤ת…וּ⁠רְקִיקֵ֥י 1 bread…cakes…wafers These are different kinds of food made from flour. While all the breads were somewhat flat because they were unleavened, the **cakes** were a bread enriched with oil, and the **wafers** were especially thin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 29 3 gm58 writing-pronouns אוֹתָ⁠ם֙ 1 You must put them Alternate translation: “the bread, cakes, and wafers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +EXO 29 3 cd6m וְ⁠הִקְרַבְתָּ֥ אֹתָ֖⁠ם בַּ⁠סָּ֑ל וְ⁠אֶ֨ת־הַ⁠פָּ֔ר וְ⁠אֵ֖ת שְׁנֵ֥י הָ⁠אֵילִֽם 1 present them with the bull and the two rams Here, **in the basket** is almost parenthetical. You may need to restructure the sentence or use punctuation to make it clear that **the bull and the two rams** are connected to **bring**, and not to **in the basket.** Alternate translation: “and you shall bring them near (in the basket) along with the bull and the two rams” +EXO 29 4 a6rz אֹ֣הֶל מוֹעֵ֑ד 1 tent of meeting The **tent of meeting** is another name for the tabernacle. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:21](../27/21.md). EXO 29 5 pr4i translate-unknown בְּ⁠חֵ֖שֶׁב 1 finely-woven waistband This was a cloth belt made from narrow linen threads that someone twisted together to make a stronger thread. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:8](../28/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 29 6 ap2x translate-unknown הַ⁠מִּצְנֶ֖פֶת…הַ⁠מִּצְנָֽפֶת 1 turban This was a tall head covering made from cloth wrapped around the head several times. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 29 6 y59s translate-unknown נֵ֥זֶר הַ⁠קֹּ֖דֶשׁ 1 holy crown This crown is described in [Exodus 28:36](../28/36.md) as being engraved with the words “Holy to Yahweh” and made of pure gold. There it is referred to by a different Hebrew word, translated “rosette.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 29 7 rwuj translate-unknown שֶׁ֣מֶן הַ⁠מִּשְׁחָ֔ה 1 holy crown See how you translated this in [25:6](../25/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 29 6 ap2x translate-unknown הַ⁠מִּצְנֶ֖פֶת…הַ⁠מִּצְנָֽפֶת 1 turban This was a head covering made from cloth wrapped around the head several times. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 29 6 y59s translate-unknown נֵ֥זֶר הַ⁠קֹּ֖דֶשׁ 1 holy crown This **crown** is described in [Exodus 28:36](../28/36.md) as being engraved with the words “Holy to Yahweh” and made of pure gold. There it is referred to by a different Hebrew word, which is translated as “rosette.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 29 7 rwuj translate-unknown שֶׁ֣מֶן הַ⁠מִּשְׁחָ֔ה 1 holy crown See how you translated **oil of anointing" in [25:6](../25/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 29 8 v46k writing-pronouns בָּנָ֖י⁠ו 1 bring his sons Alternate translation: “Aaron’s sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -EXO 29 8 jtc7 translate-unknown כֻּתֳּנֹֽת 1 coats These were coats with a design woven into them. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 29 9 j3a8 translate-unknown אַבְנֵ֜ט 1 sashes A sash is a decorative piece of cloth that people wear around their waist or across their chest. See how you translated this word in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 29 8 jtc7 translate-unknown כֻּתֳּנֹֽת 1 coats The **tunics** were coats with a design woven into them. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 29 9 j3a8 translate-unknown אַבְנֵ֜ט 1 sashes A **sash** is a decorative piece of cloth that people wear around their waist or across their chest. See how you translated this word in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 29 9 bh2d translate-unknown מִגְבָּעֹ֔ת 1 headbands A headband is a narrow, decorative strip of cloth that is worn around the head above the eyes. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:40](../28/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 29 9 r1x4 translate-unknown כְּהֻנָּ֖ה 1 The work of the priesthood Here, **priesthood** means the official office of priest. Alternate translation: “the duty of being priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 29 9 r1x4 translate-unknown כְּהֻנָּ֖ה 1 The work of the priesthood Here, **the priesthood** means the official office of priest. Alternate translation: “the duty of being priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 29 9 ze9l figs-explicit וְ⁠הָיְתָ֥ה לָ⁠הֶ֛ם 1 will belong to them The duty of being priests will also belong to the descendants of Aaron’s sons. You can state this clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “And … will belong to them and their descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 29 9 p7m9 לְ⁠חֻקַּ֣ת עוֹלָ֑ם 1 permanent law Alternate translation: “a law that will not end.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:43](../28/43.md). -EXO 29 9 zbzk figs-idiom וּ⁠מִלֵּאתָ֥ יַֽד־אַהֲרֹ֖ן וְ⁠יַד־בָּנָֽי⁠ו 1 permanent law This seems to be an idiom for giving authority to someone. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:41](../28/41.md). Alternate translation: “And you shall ordain Aaron and his sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 29 9 jhwb וּ⁠מִלֵּאתָ֥ יַֽד־אַהֲרֹ֖ן וְ⁠יַד־בָּנָֽי⁠ו 1 tent of meeting Interpretations of this phrase vary. Some take it to mean that the actions previous to this statement describe the consecrating of Aaron and his sons as priests. And at this point they are ordained. Others suggest this phrase may introduce the following material as the consecration process. However, because there are several statements regarding this consecration (literally filling the hand) throughout the chapter (see verses 29, 33, and 35), it may also merely be a summary and reminder statement of the purpose of the entire process as the instructions transition from dressing the priests to the sacrificial portion of the ritual. It would probably be best to translate this in the way a mid-text summary reminder phrase would be spoken in your language, avoiding any indication that it refers only to the previous or following text. -EXO 29 10 wjko 0 tent of meeting The sacrifice explained here through verse 14 is to purify or cleanse the altar. This is made more clear in [verses 36-37](../29/36.md). +EXO 29 9 zbzk figs-idiom וּ⁠מִלֵּאתָ֥ יַֽד־אַהֲרֹ֖ן וְ⁠יַד־בָּנָֽי⁠ו 1 permanent law The phrase, **fill the hand**, seems to be an idiom for giving authority to someone. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:41](../28/41.md). Alternate translation: “And you shall ordain Aaron and his sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EXO 29 9 jhwb וּ⁠מִלֵּאתָ֥ יַֽד־אַהֲרֹ֖ן וְ⁠יַד־בָּנָֽי⁠ו 1 tent of meeting Interpretations of this phrase, **fill the hand**, vary. Some take it to mean that the actions previous to this statement describe the consecrating of Aaron and his sons as priests, and at this point they are ordained. Others suggest that this phrase may introduce the following material as the consecration process. However, because there are several statements regarding this consecration (literally filling the hand) throughout the chapter (see verses 29, 33, and 35), it may also merely be a summary and reminder statement of the purpose of the entire process as the instructions transition from dressing the priests to the sacrificial portion of the ritual. It would probably be best to translate this in the way a mid-text summary reminder phrase would be spoken in your language, avoiding any indication that it refers only to the previous or following text. +EXO 29 10 wjko 0 tent of meeting The purpose of the sacrifice explained here through verse 14 is to purify or cleanse the altar. This is made more clear in [verses 36-37](../29/36.md). EXO 29 10 sgur figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֖י אֹ֣הֶל מוֹעֵ֑ד 1 tent of meeting Here, **face** refers to the front of the tent. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 29 10 rf0w grammar-connect-time-simultaneous וְ⁠סָמַ֨ךְ אַהֲרֹ֧ן וּ⁠בָנָ֛י⁠ו אֶת־יְדֵי⁠הֶ֖ם עַל־רֹ֥אשׁ הַ⁠פָּֽר 1 tent of meeting The slaughter of the bull in the next verse occurs while they continue to have their hands on the bull’s head. Take care to arrange the phrases and to use words or forms that indicate that the two events happened at the same time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]]) +EXO 29 10 rf0w grammar-connect-time-simultaneous וְ⁠סָמַ֨ךְ אַהֲרֹ֧ן וּ⁠בָנָ֛י⁠ו אֶת־יְדֵי⁠הֶ֖ם עַל־רֹ֥אשׁ הַ⁠פָּֽר 1 tent of meeting The slaughter of the bull in the next verse occurs while the priests continue to have their hands on the bull’s head. Take care to arrange the phrases and to use words or forms that indicate that the two events happened at the same time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]]) EXO 29 12 c2ud translate-unknown קַרְנֹ֥ת 1 the horns These were projections that looked like ox horns attached to the four corners of the altar. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:2](../27/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 29 12 xdl5 כָּל־הַ⁠דָּ֣ם 1 the rest of the blood Alternate translation: “the remaining blood” EXO 29 13 x2c5 וְ⁠הִקְטַרְתָּ֖ 1 covers the inner parts Alternate translation: “and burn them to make smoke” -EXO 29 13 nsg6 translate-unknown הַ⁠כָּבֵ֔ד…הַ⁠כְּלָיֹ֔ת 1 liver…kidneys These are organs in the body. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 29 13 nsg6 translate-unknown הַ⁠כָּבֵ֔ד…הַ⁠כְּלָיֹ֔ת 1 liver…kidneys The **liver** and **kidneys** are organs in the body. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 29 14 eza8 וְ⁠אֶת־בְּשַׂ֤ר הַ⁠פָּר֙ וְ⁠אֶת־עֹר֣⁠וֹ וְ⁠אֶת 1 But as for the bull’s flesh, as well as its skin and dung Alternate translation: “But as for the remaining parts of the bull, including the flesh and” EXO 29 14 o262 מִ⁠ח֖וּץ לַֽ⁠מַּחֲנֶ֑ה 1 But as for the bull’s flesh, as well as its skin and dung Alternate translation: “outside the borders of where the Israelites are camped” EXO 29 15 pd0t grammar-connect-time-simultaneous וְ⁠סָ֨מְכ֜וּ אַהֲרֹ֧ן וּ⁠בָנָ֛י⁠ו אֶת־יְדֵי⁠הֶ֖ם עַל־רֹ֥אשׁ הָ⁠אָֽיִל 1 But as for the bull’s flesh, as well as its skin and dung The slaughter of the ram in the next verse occurs while they continue to have their hands on the ram’s head. Take care to arrange the phrases and to use words or forms that indicate that the two events happened at the same time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]]) EXO 29 17 w2nb translate-unknown קִרְבּ⁠וֹ֙ 1 the inner parts Alternate translation: “the organs” See how you translated this in [Exodus 29:13](../29/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 29 18 qc2i וְ⁠הִקְטַרְתָּ֤ אֶת־כָּל־הָ⁠אַ֨יִל֙ 1 on the altar Alternate translation: “and burn all of the ram to make smoke” -EXO 29 18 pwjk figs-parallelism עֹלָ֥ה ה֖וּא לַֽ⁠יהוָ֑ה רֵ֣יחַ נִיח֔וֹחַ אִשֶּׁ֥ה לַ⁠יהוָ֖ה הֽוּא 1 on the altar These phrases are in parallel with the second expanding and clarifying the first. In some languages, you may need to use a different structure to expand and clarify the **burnt offering.** Alternate translation: “It is a pleasing smelling burnt offering made by fire to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +EXO 29 18 pwjk figs-parallelism עֹלָ֥ה ה֖וּא לַֽ⁠יהוָ֑ה רֵ֣יחַ נִיח֔וֹחַ אִשֶּׁ֥ה לַ⁠יהוָ֖ה הֽוּא 1 on the altar These phrases are in parallel, with the second expanding and clarifying the first. In some languages, you may need to use a different structure to expand and clarify the **burnt offering**. Alternate translation: “It is a pleasant smelling burnt offering made by fire to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) EXO 29 19 zzsi הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֑י 1 on the altar Except for **the second,** this verse is identical to [verse 15](../29/15.md). -EXO 29 20 j6b1 figs-explicit וְ⁠שָׁחַטְתָּ֣ אֶת־הָ⁠אַ֗יִל 1 Then you must kill the ram They killed the ram by cutting its throat. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “Then kill the ram by cutting its throat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +EXO 29 20 j6b1 figs-explicit וְ⁠שָׁחַטְתָּ֣ אֶת־הָ⁠אַ֗יִל 1 Then you must kill the ram They killed the ram by cutting its throat. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “and kill the ram by cutting its throat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 29 21 bxs6 figs-explicit וְ⁠לָקַחְתָּ֞ מִן־הַ⁠דָּ֨ם אֲשֶׁ֥ר עַֽל־הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּחַ֮ וּ⁠מִ⁠שֶּׁ֣מֶן הַ⁠מִּשְׁחָה֒ וְ⁠הִזֵּיתָ֤ 1 Aaron will then be set apart for me Moses would mix the blood and oil. You may need to make this explicit. Alternate translation: “And you shall take some of the blood that is on the altar and mix it with some of the oil of anointing and sprinkle it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 29 22 i3dc translate-unknown הַ⁠קֶּ֗רֶב…הַ⁠כָּבֵד֙…הַ⁠כָּבֵד֙ 1 inner parts…liver…kidney These refer to organs inside the body. See how you translated this in [Exodus 29:13](../29/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 29 22 i3dc translate-unknown הַ⁠קֶּ֗רֶב…הַ⁠כָּבֵד֙…הַ⁠כָּבֵד֙ 1 inner parts…liver…kidney The **entrails** and **liver** refer to organs inside the body. See how you translated this in [Exodus 29:13](../29/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 29 23 mcko וְ⁠כִכַּ֨ר לֶ֜חֶם אַחַ֗ת וַֽ⁠חַלַּ֨ת לֶ֥חֶם שֶׁ֛מֶן אַחַ֖ת וְ⁠רָקִ֣יק אֶחָ֑ד מִ⁠סַּל֙ הַ⁠מַּצּ֔וֹת אֲשֶׁ֖ר לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה 1 Take one loaf…before Yahweh All of these items were in the basket mentioned in [verse 2](../29/02.md), not just the wafer. Be sure this is clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “and from the basket of bread without yeast that is before the face of Yahweh: one round loaf of bread, and one cake of bread of oil, and one wafer” -EXO 29 23 td8w וְ⁠כִכַּ֨ר לֶ֜חֶם אַחַ֗ת וַֽ⁠חַלַּ֨ת לֶ֥חֶם שֶׁ֛מֶן אַחַ֖ת וְ⁠רָקִ֣יק אֶחָ֑ד מִ⁠סַּל֙ הַ⁠מַּצּ֔וֹת 1 Take one loaf…before Yahweh For 29:23 see how you translated similar words in [Exodus 29:2](../29/02.md). +EXO 29 23 td8w וְ⁠כִכַּ֨ר לֶ֜חֶם אַחַ֗ת וַֽ⁠חַלַּ֨ת לֶ֥חֶם שֶׁ֛מֶן אַחַ֖ת וְ⁠רָקִ֣יק אֶחָ֑ד מִ⁠סַּל֙ הַ⁠מַּצּ֔וֹת 1 Take one loaf…before Yahweh For 29:23, see how you translated similar words in [Exodus 29:2](../29/02.md). EXO 29 23 i7vx figs-metonymy אֲשֶׁ֖ר לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה 1 that is before Yahweh This means in the presence of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “that you have placed before Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 29 24 b9bj writing-pronouns הַ⁠כֹּ֔ל 1 You must put these Here, **all these** refers to the parts of the sacrifice mentioned in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) EXO 29 24 q6k5 figs-123person וְ⁠הֵנַפְתָּ֥ 1 You must put these While the text reads, **you shall raise**, logically, it is Aaron and his sons who will raise the offerings at this point. It may be clearer to your readers to change the person here. Alternate translation: “and they shall raise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -EXO 29 24 xhhf translate-symaction וְ⁠הֵנַפְתָּ֥ אֹתָ֛⁠ם תְּנוּפָ֖ה לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה 1 You must put these The act of raising the meat and bread symbolized dedicating it to Yahweh. The priests would be acting out handing the offering to him. You may need to make this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “and they shall show that they are giving them to me by holding them up to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +EXO 29 24 xhhf translate-symaction וְ⁠הֵנַפְתָּ֥ אֹתָ֛⁠ם תְּנוּפָ֖ה לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה 1 You must put these The act of raising the meat and bread symbolized dedicating it to Yahweh. The priests would be acting out the process of handing the offering to him. You may need to make this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “and they shall show that they are giving them to me by holding them up to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) EXO 29 24 ypit figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה 1 You must put these This means in the presence of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “before Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 29 25 e6bj וְ⁠הִקְטַרְתָּ֥ הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֖חָ⁠ה עַל־הָ⁠עֹלָ֑ה לְ⁠רֵ֤יחַ נִיח֨וֹחַ֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה אִשֶּׁ֥ה ה֖וּא לַ⁠יהוָֽה 1 You must put these See how you translated similar phrases in [verse 18](../29/18.md). -EXO 29 26 bf71 מֵ⁠אֵ֤יל הַ⁠מִּלֻּאִים֙ 1 ram of dedication See how you translated this in [verse 22](../29/22.md). Alternate translation: “ram that you dedicated” +EXO 29 26 bf71 מֵ⁠אֵ֤יל הַ⁠מִּלֻּאִים֙ 1 ram of dedication See how you translated this in [verse 22](../29/22.md). Alternate translation: “from the ram that you dedicated” EXO 29 26 c21f translate-symaction וְ⁠הֵנַפְתָּ֥ אֹת֛⁠וֹ תְּנוּפָ֖ה 1 Aaron’s ram of dedication The act of raising the meat symbolized dedicating it to Yahweh. The priests would be acting out handing the offering to him. You may need to make this clear in your language. See how you translated this in [verse 24](../29/24.md). Alternate translation: “and show that you are giving it to me by holding it up to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) EXO 29 27 dzkx translate-symaction הַ⁠תְּנוּפָ֗ה וְ⁠אֵת֙ שׁ֣וֹק הַ⁠תְּרוּמָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר הוּנַ֖ף וַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֣ר הוּרָ֑ם 1 Aaron’s ram of dedication The act of raising the meat symbolized dedicating it to Yahweh. The priests would be acting out handing the offering to him. You may need to make this clear in your language. See how you translated this in [verse 24](../29/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) EXO 29 28 uc2d וְ⁠הָיָה֩ לְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֨ן וּ⁠לְ⁠בָנָ֜י⁠ו לְ⁠חָק־עוֹלָ֗ם מֵ⁠אֵת֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל כִּ֥י תְרוּמָ֖ה ה֑וּא 1 This will be a perpetual share for Aaron and his sons Alternate translation: “This offering is what Aaron and his sons will always receive from the people” EXO 29 28 q3ms מֵ⁠אֵת֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל כִּ֥י תְרוּמָ֖ה ה֑וּא וּ⁠תְרוּמָ֞ה יִהְיֶ֨ה מֵ⁠אֵ֤ת בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ מִ⁠זִּבְחֵ֣י שַׁלְמֵי⁠הֶ֔ם תְּרוּמָתָ֖⁠ם לַ⁠יהוָֽה 1 This will be a perpetual share for Aaron and his sons The amount of repetition in this verse may make it difficult to translate smoothly. You may consider combining some of them if that would work better in your language. Alternate translation: “for the Israelites must offer this portion from what they bring to Yahweh as peace offerings to them” EXO 29 29 a59z figs-idiom וּ⁠לְ⁠מַלֵּא־בָ֖⁠ם אֶת־יָדָֽ⁠ם 1 The holy garments of Aaron must also be reserved for his sons after him This seems to be an idiom for giving authority to someone. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:41](../28/41.md). Alternate translation: “to ordain them in them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 29 31 l3xk אֵ֥יל הַ⁠מִּלֻּאִ֖ים 1 the ram for the installation of the priests This refers to the second ram, the one described in [verses 19](../29/19.md) and following. +EXO 29 31 l3xk אֵ֥יל הַ⁠מִּלֻּאִ֖ים 1 the ram for the installation of the priests The **ram of consecration** refers to the second ram, the one described in [verses 19](../29/19.md) and following. EXO 29 31 u9kl figs-explicit בְּ⁠מָקֹ֥ם קָדֹֽשׁ 1 in a holy place This is not the same as the holy place outside of the most holy place. This probably refers to a place within the courtyard. However, exactly where it is is not otherwise specified. Alternate translation: “at the entrance to the tent of meeting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 29 33 mcdc figs-idiom לְ⁠מַלֵּ֥א אֶת־יָדָ֖⁠ם 1 in a holy place This seems to be an idiom for giving authority to someone. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:41](../28/41.md). Alternate translation: “to ordain them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 29 34 rhp7 figs-activepassive לֹ֥א יֵאָכֵ֖ל 1 It must not be eaten If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “No one may eat it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 29 35 yo59 כָּ֔כָה 1 General Information: **Thus** means, “like this” and, as the next verses make clear, refers to the sacrificial ceremony outlined in this chapter which they must repeat seven times. +EXO 29 34 rhp7 figs-activepassive לֹ֥א יֵאָכֵ֖ל 1 It must not be eaten If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “No one may eat it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 29 35 yo59 כָּ֔כָה 1 General Information: Here, **thus** means “like this” and, as the next verses make clear, refers to the sacrificial ceremony outlined in this chapter which they must repeat seven times. EXO 29 35 wrfs translate-numbers שִׁבְעַ֥ת 1 General Information: Alternate translation: “7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) EXO 29 35 c2si figs-idiom תְּמַלֵּ֥א יָדָֽ⁠ם 1 General Information: This seems to be an idiom for giving authority to someone. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:41](../28/41.md). Alternate translation: “you shall ordain them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 29 36 r5tx 0 General Information: This verse and the next explain the purpose of the sacrifice detailed in [verses 10-14](../29/10.md). -EXO 29 36 s81n grammar-connect-logic-goal וּ⁠פַ֨ר חַטָּ֜את תַּעֲשֶׂ֤ה לַ⁠יּוֹם֙ עַל־הַ⁠כִּפֻּרִ֔ים וְ⁠חִטֵּאתָ֙ עַל־הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֔חַ בְּ⁠כַפֶּרְ⁠ךָ֖ עָלָ֑י⁠ו 1 General Information: The phrase **and you shall purify the altar by making atonement for it** describes the purpose of offering the bull. You may want to use a stronger connector, or in languages that need to put purpose first you may need to re-order the clauses. Alternate translation: “And you shall offer a bull of purification for atonement daily, thus you shall purify the altar, by making atonement for it.” or “You shall purify the altar by making atonement for it: you shall offer a bull of purification daily for its atonement.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -EXO 29 37 pq5d figs-possession קֹ֣דֶשׁ קָֽדָשִׁ֔ים 1 Then the altar will be completely set apart to me Here, **holy of holies** means extremely holy, as in, the holiest of the holy things. If doubling the words like this would not create this strengthening and marking as exclusive meaning in your language, you may need to find another way to express that this item would become uniquely holy. Alternate translation: “a most holy thing” or “extra-ordinarily holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +EXO 29 36 s81n grammar-connect-logic-goal וּ⁠פַ֨ר חַטָּ֜את תַּעֲשֶׂ֤ה לַ⁠יּוֹם֙ עַל־הַ⁠כִּפֻּרִ֔ים וְ⁠חִטֵּאתָ֙ עַל־הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֔חַ בְּ⁠כַפֶּרְ⁠ךָ֖ עָלָ֑י⁠ו 1 General Information: The phrase **and you shall purify the altar by making atonement for it** describes the purpose of offering the bull. You may want to use a stronger connector. In languages that need to put purpose first, you may need to re-order the clauses. Alternate translation: “And you shall offer a bull of purification for atonement daily, thus you shall purify the altar, by making atonement for it.” or “You shall purify the altar by making atonement for it: you shall offer a bull of purification daily for its atonement.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +EXO 29 37 pq5d figs-possession קֹ֣דֶשׁ קָֽדָשִׁ֔ים 1 Then the altar will be completely set apart to me Here, **holy of holies** means extremely holy, as in, the holiest of the holy things. If doubling the words like this would not create this strengthening and marking as exclusive meaning in your language, you may need to find another way to express that this item would become uniquely holy. Alternate translation: “a most holy thing” or “extraordinarily holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) EXO 29 37 qk5h יִקְדָּֽשׁ 1 will be set apart to Yahweh Alternate translation: “will also become set apart” -EXO 29 38 e4r9 figs-idiom בְּנֵֽי־שָׁנָ֛ה 1 General Information: This is an idiom meaning one year old. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 29 39 qxst figs-idiom בֵּ֥ין הָ⁠עַרְבָּֽיִם 1 General Information: The exact meaning of this phrase is debated. Since the priests ate many of the sacrifices it may have been offered around the time of the evening meal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EXO 29 38 e4r9 figs-idiom בְּנֵֽי־שָׁנָ֛ה 1 General Information: The phrase **sons of a year** is an idiom meaning one year old. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EXO 29 39 qxst figs-idiom בֵּ֥ין הָ⁠עַרְבָּֽיִם 1 General Information: The exact meaning of this phrase is debated. Since the priests ate many of the sacrifices, it may have been offered around the time of the evening meal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 29 40 x6i4 translate-fraction וְ⁠עִשָּׂרֹ֨ן…רֶ֣בַע…רְבִעִ֥ית 1 a tenth…the fourth part Alternate translation: “1/10 of … 1/4 of … 1/4 of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) EXO 29 40 nd8q figs-explicit וְ⁠עִשָּׂרֹ֨ן סֹ֜לֶת 1 a tenth…the fourth part Many commentators suggest that this means one tenth of an “ephah” even though “ephah” is not written. If your translation style retains the original measurement words, you may need to insert the word you are using for “ephah” here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 29 40 oxsl translate-bvolume וְ⁠עִשָּׂרֹ֨ן סֹ֜לֶת…רֶ֣בַע הַ⁠הִ֔ין…רְבִעִ֥ית הַ⁠הִ֖ין 1 a tenth…the fourth part The values given in the UST are approximations, the exact size of an ephah and hin is not precisely known. An ephah (the implied measurement) may have been around 22 liters, so this is about 2.2 liters of flour. A hin may have been around 3.7 liters, so this is about one liter of both oil and wine. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) -EXO 29 41 ibch figs-idiom בֵּ֣ין הָ⁠עַרְבָּ֑יִם 1 a tenth…the fourth part The exact meaning of this phrase is debated. Since the priests ate many of the sacrifices it may have been offered around the time of the evening meal. See how you translated it in [verse 39](../29/39.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EXO 29 40 oxsl translate-bvolume וְ⁠עִשָּׂרֹ֨ן סֹ֜לֶת…רֶ֣בַע הַ⁠הִ֔ין…רְבִעִ֥ית הַ⁠הִ֖ין 1 a tenth…the fourth part The values given in the UST are approximations as the exact size of an ephah and a hin is not precisely known. An ephah (the implied measurement) may have been around 22 liters, so this is about 2.2 liters of flour. A hin may have been around 3.7 liters, so this is about one liter of both oil and wine. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) +EXO 29 41 ibch figs-idiom בֵּ֣ין הָ⁠עַרְבָּ֑יִם 1 a tenth…the fourth part The exact meaning of the phrase **between the evenings** is debated. Since the priests ate many of the sacrifices, it may have been offered around the time of the evening meal. See how you translated it in [verse 39](../29/39.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 29 42 j8cg לְ⁠דֹרֹ֣תֵי⁠כֶ֔ם 1 throughout your generations Alternate translation: “through all the generations of your descendants.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 12:14](../12/14.md). EXO 29 42 h5r7 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה 1 tent of meeting This means in the presence of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “before Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 29 43 ic8i figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִקְדַּ֖שׁ בִּ⁠כְבֹדִֽ⁠י 1 the tent will be set apart for me by my glory If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “My awesome presence will dedicate the tent to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 30 intro z3yc 0 # Exodus 30 General Notes

This chapter is mostly a return to instructions for building worship equipment for the sacred tent.
The forms of you are mostly singular, however, they again refer to the workmen that Moses will instruct so you should return to whatever form you have been following in chapters 25-28.


## Structure:

- v. 1-10: Incense altar
* v. 1-6: Instructions for making the incense altar
* v. 7-10: Use of the incense altar
- v. 11-16: Ransom money for taking a census
- v. 17-21: Instructions for a washbasin
- v. 22-30: Anointing oil
* v. 22-25: Instructions for making the oil
* v. 26-33: Instructions for using the oil
v- 34-38: Making and using sacred incense

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Atonement

Through the offering of blood and money things and people were kept in God’s favor. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/atonement]])


### Holiness

Some items in this chapter became so holy that they could make other things holy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])


### Unknown terms

There are a number of ingredient terms that are unknown even to scholars. -EXO 30 1 v8vb figs-you וְ⁠עָשִׂ֥יתָ 1 You must make Here **you** refers to Moses and the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +EXO 29 43 ic8i figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִקְדַּ֖שׁ בִּ⁠כְבֹדִֽ⁠י 1 the tent will be set apart for me by my glory If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “My awesome presence will dedicate the tent to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 30 intro z3yc 0 # Exodus 30 General Notes\n\nThis chapter is mostly a return to instructions for building worship equipment for the sacred tent.\nThe forms of "you" are mostly singular. However, they again refer to the workmen that Moses will instruct, so you should return to whatever form you have been following in chapters 25-28.\n\n\n## Structure:\n\n- v. 1-10: Incense altar\n * v. 1-6: Instructions for making the incense altar\n * v. 7-10: Use of the incense altar\n- v. 11-16: Ransom money for taking a census\n- v. 17-21: Instructions for a washbasin\n- v. 22-30: Anointing oil\n * v. 22-25: Instructions for making the oil\n * v. 26-33: Instructions for using the oil\nv- 34-38: Making and using sacred incense\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Atonement\n\nThrough the offering of blood and money, things and people were kept in God’s favor. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/atonement]])\n\n\n### Holiness\n\nSome items in this chapter became so holy that they could make other things holy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])\n\n\n### Unknown terms\n\nThere are a number of ingredient terms that are unknown even to scholars. +EXO 30 1 v8vb figs-you וְ⁠עָשִׂ֥יתָ 1 You must make Here, **you** refers to Moses and the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) EXO 30 2 w56e translate-unknown קַרְנֹתָֽי⁠ו 1 Its horns must be made See how you translated **horns** in [Exodus 27:2](../27/02.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 30 2 a39m translate-bdistance אַמָּ֨ה…וְ⁠אַמָּ֤ה…וְ⁠אַמָּתַ֖יִם 1 Its horns must be made You can convert these lengths to a measurement system familiar to your people if that is the style of translation that you are using. A **cubit** is approximately 46cm. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 46cm … 46cm … 94cm (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) -EXO 30 3 d3uu 0 General Information: This verse is very similar to [Exodus 25:11](../25/11.md), see how you translated there. -EXO 30 4 qyg4 0 to be attached to it You may want to refer back to several other passages regarding making rings for carrying poles when translating this verse. See [Exo 25:12](../25/12.md), [Exo 25:26](../25/26.md), [Exo 25:27](../25/27.md), & [Exo 27:4](../27/04.md). -EXO 30 4 bvxi figs-idiom לְ⁠בָתִּ֣ים 1 to be attached to it Here, **housings** means that the rings will hold the poles. Since they are where the poles belong for use, they are figuratively their **house.** If you have a similar idiom meaning “place of belonging” you may use it or you may translate the idea. Alternate translation: “to be a place for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EXO 30 3 d3uu 0 General Information: This verse is very similar to [Exodus 25:11](../25/11.md), so see how you translated there. +EXO 30 4 qyg4 0 to be attached to it When translating this verse, you may want to refer back to several other passages regarding making rings for carrying poles. See [Exo 25:12](../25/12.md), [Exo 25:26](../25/26.md), [Exo 25:27](../25/27.md), & [Exo 27:4](../27/04.md). +EXO 30 4 bvxi figs-idiom לְ⁠בָתִּ֣ים 1 to be attached to it Here, the word **housings** means that the rings will hold the poles. Since they are where the poles belong for use, they are figuratively their house. If you have a similar idiom meaning “place of belonging,” you may use it or you may translate the idea. Alternate translation: “a place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 30 6 ulvn figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י…לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י 1 to be attached to it Here, **before the face of** means in front of. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 30 6 e87s figs-you לְ⁠ךָ֖ 1 to be attached to it Here **you** refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -EXO 30 7 o1zo בַּ⁠בֹּ֣קֶר בַּ⁠בֹּ֗קֶר 1 General Information: Alternate translation: “each morning” or “daily, in the morning” -EXO 30 7 l2rl בְּ⁠הֵיטִיב֛⁠וֹ אֶת־הַ⁠נֵּרֹ֖ת 1 General Information: The lamps had burned overnight and weren’t needed during the day so he would put them out and do whatever maintenance was required for them to be ready in the evening. Alternate translation: “trims the lamps” -EXO 30 8 nrgk וּ⁠בְ⁠הַעֲלֹ֨ת אַהֲרֹ֧ן אֶת־הַ⁠נֵּרֹ֛ת 1 throughout your generations This may indicate that in the morning Aaron had taken the lamps down and he would light them and then put them up on the holders in the evening. +EXO 30 6 e87s figs-you לְ⁠ךָ֖ 1 to be attached to it Here, **you** refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +EXO 30 7 o1zo בַּ⁠בֹּ֣קֶר בַּ⁠בֹּ֗קֶר 1 General Information: Alternate translation: “Each morning” or “Daily, in the morning” +EXO 30 7 l2rl בְּ⁠הֵיטִיב֛⁠וֹ אֶת־הַ⁠נֵּרֹ֖ת 1 General Information: The lamps had burned overnight and weren’t needed during the day, so he would put them out and do whatever maintenance was required for them to be ready to burn again in the evening. Alternate translation: “trims the lamps” +EXO 30 8 nrgk וּ⁠בְ⁠הַעֲלֹ֨ת אַהֲרֹ֧ן אֶת־הַ⁠נֵּרֹ֛ת 1 throughout your generations This may indicate that in the morning Aaron had taken the lamps down, and he would light them and then put them up on the holders in the evening. EXO 30 8 sq7x figs-idiom בֵּ֥ין הָ⁠עֲרְבַּ֖יִם 1 throughout your generations The exact meaning of this phrase is debated. See how you translated it in [29:39](../29/39.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 30 8 qm7i לְ⁠דֹרֹתֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 throughout your generations Alternate translation: “through all the generations of your descendants.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 12:14](../12/14.md). EXO 30 9 ckf9 לֹא־תַעֲל֥וּ עָלָ֛י⁠ו קְטֹ֥רֶת זָרָ֖ה וְ⁠עֹלָ֣ה וּ⁠מִנְחָ֑ה 1 But you must offer Later, in [verses 34](../30/34.md) and following, God describes how to make the one sort of incense that he wants burnt on this altar. Alternate translation: “You shall only offer up the kind of incense I tell you. You shall not make burnt or grain offerings on it.” EXO 30 10 dgny grammar-connect-logic-goal קֹֽדֶשׁ־קָֽדָשִׁ֥ים ה֖וּא לַ⁠יהוָֽה 1 horns This last clause defines the purpose of the ritual described in this verse. See [Exo 29:37](../29/37.md). Alternate translation: “This is to make it holy of holies to Yahweh.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -EXO 30 10 k6xk קַרְנֹתָ֔י⁠ו 1 horns These were projections that looked like ox horns attached to the four corners of the altar. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:2](../27/02.md). +EXO 30 10 k6xk קַרְנֹתָ֔י⁠ו 1 horns These were projections that looked like ox horns and were attached to the four corners of the altar. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:2](../27/02.md). EXO 30 10 san2 לְ⁠דֹרֹ֣תֵי⁠כֶ֔ם 1 throughout your generations Alternate translation: “through all the generations of your descendants.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 12:14](../12/14.md). -EXO 30 10 jxn0 figs-possession קֹֽדֶשׁ־קָֽדָשִׁ֥ים 1 throughout your generations Here, **holy of holies** means extremely holy, as in, the holiest of the holy things. If doubling the words like this would not create this strengthening and marking as exclusive meaning in your language, you may need to find another way to express that this item would become uniquely holy. See how you translated this in [Exodus 29:37](../29/37.md). Alternate translation: “a most holy thing” or “extra-ordinarily holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +EXO 30 10 jxn0 figs-possession קֹֽדֶשׁ־קָֽדָשִׁ֥ים 1 throughout your generations Here, **holy of holies** means extremely holy, as in, the holiest of the holy things. If doubling the words like this would not create this strengthening and marking as exclusive meaning in your language, you may need to find another way to express that this item would become uniquely holy. See how you translated this in [Exodus 29:37](../29/37.md). Alternate translation: “a most holy thing” or “extraordinarily holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) EXO 30 10 uxb4 figs-quotemarks לַ⁠יהוָֽה 1 throughout your generations After **Yahweh**, the direct quote that began in [Exo 25:2](../25/02.md) ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 30 12 dprx figs-idiom תִשָּׂ֞א אֶת־רֹ֥אשׁ 1 When you take In this context, **lift up the head** means to take a census. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “take a census” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 30 12 s73c figs-you תִשָּׂ֞א 1 When you take Possible meanings are (1) **you** refers to Moses and the leaders of Israel in future generations when they take a census or (2) **you** refers to just Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) EXO 30 12 k5p1 אִ֣ישׁ 1 a census of the Israelites The leaders only counted the Israelite men. EXO 30 13 y1kn figs-idiom כָּל־הָ⁠עֹבֵר֙ עַל־הַ⁠פְּקֻדִ֔ים 1 half a shekel of silver This is an idiom that suggests that the men were counted by walking past someone who was counting people as they walked by. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Everyone counted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 30 13 i4wk translate-bweight הַ⁠שֶּׁ֖קֶל…בְּ⁠שֶׁ֣קֶל…גֵּרָה֙ הַ⁠שֶּׁ֔קֶל…הַ⁠שֶּׁ֔קֶל 1 half a shekel of silver These are units of weight. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) +EXO 30 13 i4wk translate-bweight הַ⁠שֶּׁ֖קֶל…בְּ⁠שֶׁ֣קֶל…גֵּרָה֙ הַ⁠שֶּׁ֔קֶל…הַ⁠שֶּׁ֔קֶל 1 half a shekel of silver The **shekel** and the **gerah** are units of weight. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) EXO 30 13 a2py translate-bmoney הַ⁠שֶּׁ֖קֶל…בְּ⁠שֶׁ֣קֶל…הַ⁠שֶּׁ֔קֶל…הַ⁠שֶּׁ֔קֶל 1 half a shekel of silver The **shekel** was used as both a weight and a unit of money. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) EXO 30 13 w3hx translate-fraction מַחֲצִ֥ית…מַחֲצִ֣ית 1 half a shekel of silver Alternate translation: “1/2” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) EXO 30 13 nfp6 בְּ⁠שֶׁ֣קֶל הַ⁠קֹּ֑דֶשׁ עֶשְׂרִ֤ים גֵּרָה֙ הַ⁠שֶּׁ֔קֶל 1 according to the weight of the shekel of the sanctuary There were evidently shekels of more than one weight at the time. This specified which one was to be used. @@ -2059,47 +2059,47 @@ EXO 30 14 vhim figs-idiom מִ⁠בֶּ֛ן עֶשְׂרִ֥ים שָׁנָ֖ה EXO 30 14 k4h9 figs-metaphor מִ⁠בֶּ֛ן עֶשְׂרִ֥ים שָׁנָ֖ה וָ⁠מָ֑עְלָ⁠ה 1 from twenty years old and up Larger numbers are spoken of as being up or above smaller numbers. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “from twenty years old and more” or “who is twenty years old or older” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 30 15 e8xa translate-bmoney מִֽ⁠מַּחֲצִ֖ית הַ⁠שָּׁ֑קֶל 1 the half shekel See how you translated this in [Exodus 3:13](../03/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) EXO 30 15 ew8p figs-123person נַפְשֹׁתֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 the half shekel The plural form of you is used here. In many cases, since Yahweh is speaking to Moses about the people that will be counted, it may make more sense to change to the third person. However, Moses would be counted as well and would have to pay the ransom, so a form of you that could include Moses and all the other Israelite men would also be an appropriate translation. Alternate translation: “for their lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -EXO 30 16 z6tn וְ⁠הָיָה֩ לִ⁠בְנֵ֨י יִשְׂרָאֵ֤ל לְ⁠זִכָּרוֹן֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה לְ⁠כַפֵּ֖ר עַל־נַפְשֹׁתֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 It must be a reminder to the Israelites before me, to make atonement for your lives This sentence is very unclear. It is not clear who is being reminded of what. This could mean: (1) It will remind Yahweh that the Israelites have given money for their lives. Therefore he should welcome them. (2) It will remind the Israelites that they have given Yahweh money for their lives. Therefore he will welcome them. +EXO 30 16 z6tn וְ⁠הָיָה֩ לִ⁠בְנֵ֨י יִשְׂרָאֵ֤ל לְ⁠זִכָּרוֹן֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה לְ⁠כַפֵּ֖ר עַל־נַפְשֹׁתֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 It must be a reminder to the Israelites before me, to make atonement for your lives This sentence is very unclear. It is not clear who is being reminded of what. This could mean: (1) that it will remind Yahweh that the Israelites have given money for their lives, and therefore he should welcome them. (2) that it will remind the Israelites that they have given Yahweh money for their lives. Therefore, Yahweh will welcome them. EXO 30 16 mwix figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה 1 It must be a reminder to the Israelites before me, to make atonement for your lives Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “before Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 30 18 v88y translate-unknown כִּיּ֥וֹר נְחֹ֛שֶׁת 1 bronze basin Alternate translation: “bronze bowl” or “bronze tub” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 30 18 bh82 וְ⁠כַנּ֥⁠וֹ 1 a bronze stand This is what the basin would be put on. -EXO 30 18 iq8n לְ⁠רָחְצָ֑ה 1 a basin for washing This phrase explains what the priests were to use the bronze basin for. +EXO 30 18 bh82 וְ⁠כַנּ֥⁠וֹ 1 a bronze stand The **base** is what the basin would be put upon. +EXO 30 18 iq8n לְ⁠רָחְצָ֑ה 1 a basin for washing This phrase, **for washing**, explains the purpose for which the priests were to use the bronze basin. EXO 30 19 ivb1 מִמֶּ֑⁠נּוּ 1 water in it Alternate translation: “in the water in the basin” -EXO 30 20 dyku grammar-connect-logic-goal וְ⁠לֹ֣א יָמֻ֑תוּ 1 water in it The priests must wash in order to not die. If the goal of some action needs to be placed elsewhere in the structure of your language move it to the usual location. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -EXO 30 20 it0h grammar-connect-logic-goal וְ⁠לֹ֣א יָמֻ֑תוּ 1 water in it The priests must wash in order to not die. If the goal of some action needs to be placed elsewhere in the structure of your language move it to the usual location. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +EXO 30 20 dyku grammar-connect-logic-goal וְ⁠לֹ֣א יָמֻ֑תוּ 1 water in it The priests must wash in order that God would not put them to death. If the goal of some action needs to be placed elsewhere in the structure of your language, move it to the usual location. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +EXO 30 20 it0h grammar-connect-logic-goal וְ⁠לֹ֣א יָמֻ֑תוּ 1 water in it The priests must wash in order to remain alive. If the goal of some action needs to be placed elsewhere in the structure of your language move it to the usual location. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) EXO 30 21 hp35 וְ⁠הָיְתָ֨ה לָ⁠הֶ֧ם חָק־עוֹלָ֛ם ל֥⁠וֹ וּ⁠לְ⁠זַרְע֖⁠וֹ לְ⁠דֹרֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 for Aaron and his descendants throughout their people’s generations See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 12:17](../12/17.md). -EXO 30 23 m9g7 translate-unknown בְּשָׂמִ֣ים 1 spices These are dried plants that people grind into a powder and put in oil or food to give it a nice smell or flavor. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:6](../25/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 30 23 zq43 figs-explicit חֲמֵ֣שׁ מֵא֔וֹת…חֲמִשִּׁ֣ים וּ⁠מָאתָ֑יִם…חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים וּ⁠מָאתָֽיִם 1 five hundred shekels…250 shekels [The next verse](../30/24.md) mentions that these are shekel weight measurements, you may want to include some indication of that here. Alternate translation: “500 shekels … 250 shekels … 250 shekels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 30 23 xga2 translate-unknown וְ⁠קִנְּמָן 1 cinnamon…cane This is a sweet spice taken from the inside of the bark of a tree that grows in south-east Asia. [See Wikipeda](https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Cinnamon) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 30 23 m9g7 translate-unknown בְּשָׂמִ֣ים 1 spices These are parts of dried plants (other than the leaves) which people grind into a powder and put in oil or food to give it a nice smell or flavor. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:6](../25/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 30 23 zq43 figs-explicit חֲמֵ֣שׁ מֵא֔וֹת…חֲמִשִּׁ֣ים וּ⁠מָאתָ֑יִם…חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים וּ⁠מָאתָֽיִם 1 five hundred shekels…250 shekels [The next verse](../30/24.md) mentions that these are shekel weight measurements. You may want to include some indication of that here. Alternate translation: “500 shekels … 250 shekels … 250 shekels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +EXO 30 23 xga2 translate-unknown וְ⁠קִנְּמָן 1 cinnamon…cane We know that **cinnamon** is a sweet spice taken from the inside of the bark of a tree that grows in south-east Asia. [See Wikipeda](https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Cinnamon) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 30 23 t2me translate-unknown וּ⁠קְנֵה 1 cinnamon…cane This plant is unknown to scholars. Alternate translation: “and reed of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 30 24 p9jh translate-unknown וְ⁠קִדָּ֕ה 1 cassia This is a sweet spice taken from the bark of a tree that grows in east Asia. It is slightly different than the spice cinnamon in the previous verse. [See Wikipeda](https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Cinnamomum_cassia) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 30 24 p9jh translate-unknown וְ⁠קִדָּ֕ה 1 cassia It is known that **cassia** is a sweet spice taken from the bark of a tree that grows in east Asia. It is slightly different than the spice cinnamon in the previous verse. [See Wikipeda](https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Cinnamomum_cassia) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 30 24 n38f translate-bweight בְּ⁠שֶׁ֣קֶל הַ⁠קֹּ֑דֶשׁ 1 the weight of the shekel of the sanctuary There were evidently shekels of more than one weight at the time. This specified which one was to be used. See how you translated this in [Exodus 30:13](../30/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) EXO 30 24 dv89 translate-bvolume הִֽין 1 one hin Translators may use units that people know. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) EXO 30 25 k3s5 מַעֲשֵׂ֣ה רֹקֵ֑חַ 1 the work of a perfumer This could mean: (1) Moses was to have an ointment mixer do the work. (2) Moses was to do the work himself the way an ointment mixer would do it. EXO 30 25 yv9l translate-unknown רֹקֵ֑חַ 1 a perfumer This is a person who is skilled in mixing spices and oils. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 30 26 u241 figs-you וּ⁠מָשַׁחְתָּ֥ 1 You must anoint Here **you** may refer to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -EXO 30 29 np7g אֹתָ֔⁠ם 1 set them apart This refers to the items listed in [Exodus 30:26-28](../30/26.md). -EXO 30 29 m062 figs-possession קֹ֣דֶשׁ קָֽדָשִׁ֑ים 1 set them apart Here, **holy of holies** means extremely holy, as in, the holiest of the holy things. If doubling the words like this would not create this strengthening and marking as exclusive meaning in your language, you may need to find another way to express that this item would become uniquely holy. See how you translated this in [Exodus 29:37](../29/37.md). Alternate translation: “a most holy thing” or “extra-ordinarily holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +EXO 30 26 u241 figs-you וּ⁠מָשַׁחְתָּ֥ 1 You must anoint Here, **you** may refer to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +EXO 30 29 np7g אֹתָ֔⁠ם 1 set them apart Here, **them** refers to the items listed in [Exodus 30:26-28](../30/26.md). +EXO 30 29 m062 figs-possession קֹ֣דֶשׁ קָֽדָשִׁ֑ים 1 set them apart Here, **holy of holies** means extremely holy, as in, the holiest of the holy things. If doubling the words like this would not create this strengthening and marking as exclusive meaning in your language, you may need to find another way to express that this item would become uniquely holy. See how you translated this in [Exodus 29:37](../29/37.md). Alternate translation: “a most holy thing” or “extraordinarily holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) EXO 30 31 k4s7 לְ⁠דֹרֹתֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 throughout your people’s generations Alternate translation: “all the generations of your descendants.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 12:14](../12/14.md). -EXO 30 32 rlk4 figs-activepassive עַל־בְּשַׂ֤ר אָדָם֙ לֹ֣א יִיסָ֔ךְ 1 It must not be applied to people’s skin If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You shall not pour it on the body of a man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 30 32 rlk4 figs-activepassive עַל־בְּשַׂ֤ר אָדָם֙ לֹ֣א יִיסָ֔ךְ 1 It must not be applied to people’s skin If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You shall not pour it on the body of a man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 30 32 v3br וּ⁠בְ⁠מַ֨תְכֻּנְתּ֔⁠וֹ 1 with the same formula Alternate translation: “and … with the same ingredients” or “and … with the same items” or “and … according to this recipe” -EXO 30 32 it0x grammar-connect-logic-result קֹ֣דֶשׁ ה֔וּא קֹ֖דֶשׁ יִהְיֶ֥ה לָ⁠כֶֽם 1 with the same formula The second half of this statement (**it shall be holy to you**) explains to the people the result of this oil being holy, which is, they must respect it as a holy thing. It may make more sense in some languages to move this whole statement to the beginning of the verse because the rule about pouring on someone’s body is an application of the result. Alternate translation (placed at the beginning of the verse): “Because it is sacred, you must treat it like it is sacred, therefore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +EXO 30 32 it0x grammar-connect-logic-result קֹ֣דֶשׁ ה֔וּא קֹ֖דֶשׁ יִהְיֶ֥ה לָ⁠כֶֽם 1 with the same formula The second half of this statement (**it shall be holy to you**) explains to the people the result of this oil being holy, which is, they must respect it as a holy thing. It may make more sense in some languages to move this whole statement to the beginning of the verse, because the rule about pouring on someone’s body is an application of the result. Alternate translation (placed at the beginning of the verse): “Because it is sacred, you must treat it like it is sacred, therefore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) EXO 30 33 pa53 figs-metaphor וְ⁠נִכְרַ֖ת מֵ⁠עַמָּֽי⁠ו 1 that person must be cut off from his people See how you translated the metaphor **cut off** in [Exodus 12:15](../12/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 30 33 yhgi figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִכְרַ֖ת מֵ⁠עַמָּֽי⁠ו 1 that person must be cut off from his people See how you translated **cuff off** in [12:15](../12/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 30 34 uo57 translate-unknown נָטָ֤ף׀ וּ⁠שְׁחֵ֨לֶת֙ וְ⁠חֶלְבְּנָ֔ה…וּ⁠לְבֹנָ֣ה זַכָּ֑ה 1 General Information: Here is a brief description of these materials, though we really do not know exactly what they are. Stacte is a resin from certain gum plants. Onycha is from certain shellfish or mollusks. Galbanum is another kind of gum resin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 30 35 y8yj וְ⁠עָשִׂ֤יתָ אֹתָ⁠הּ֙ קְטֹ֔רֶת רֹ֖קַח מַעֲשֵׂ֣ה רוֹקֵ֑חַ 1 blended by a perfumer Possible meanings are (1) Moses was to have a perfumer do the work or (2) Moses was to do the work himself the way a perfumer would do it. See how you translated these words in [Exodus 30:25](../30/25.md). -EXO 30 36 nz2a figs-you וְ⁠שָֽׁחַקְתָּ֣…וְ⁠נָתַתָּ֨ה 1 You will grind it Alternate translation: “You will crush it.” Here **you** refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +EXO 30 33 yhgi figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִכְרַ֖ת מֵ⁠עַמָּֽי⁠ו 1 that person must be cut off from his people See how you translated **cut off** in [12:15](../12/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 30 34 uo57 translate-unknown נָטָ֤ף׀ וּ⁠שְׁחֵ֨לֶת֙ וְ⁠חֶלְבְּנָ֔ה…וּ⁠לְבֹנָ֣ה זַכָּ֑ה 1 General Information: Here is a brief description of these materials, though we really do not know exactly what they are: **stacte** is a resin from certain gum plants, **onycha** is from certain shellfish or mollusks, and **galbanum** is another kind of gum resin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 30 35 y8yj וְ⁠עָשִׂ֤יתָ אֹתָ⁠הּ֙ קְטֹ֔רֶת רֹ֖קַח מַעֲשֵׂ֣ה רוֹקֵ֑חַ 1 blended by a perfumer Possible meanings are: (1) Moses was to have a perfumer do the work or (2) Moses was to do the work himself the way a perfumer would do it. See how you translated these words in [Exodus 30:25](../30/25.md). +EXO 30 36 nz2a figs-you וְ⁠שָֽׁחַקְתָּ֣…וְ⁠נָתַתָּ֨ה 1 You will grind it Alternate translation: “You will crush” Here, **you** refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) EXO 30 36 oj2r figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֤י 1 You will grind it Alternate translation: “in front of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 30 36 mxww figs-metonymy הָ⁠עֵדֻת֙ 1 You will grind it Here, **testimony** probably refers to the sacred chest that contained the tablets of the law. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 30 36 i71b figs-possession קֹ֥דֶשׁ קָֽדָשִׁ֖ים 1 You will grind it Here, **holy of holies** means extremely holy, as in, the holiest of the holy things. If doubling the words like this would not create this strengthening and marking as exclusive meaning in your language, you may need to find another way to express that this item would become uniquely holy. See how you translated this in [Exodus 29:37](../29/37.md). Alternate translation: “a most holy thing” or “extra-ordinarily holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -EXO 30 36 t8y9 figs-you לָ⁠כֶֽם 1 You will regard Here **you** is plural and refers to Moses and all the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +EXO 30 36 i71b figs-possession קֹ֥דֶשׁ קָֽדָשִׁ֖ים 1 You will grind it Here, **holy of holies** means extremely holy, as in, the holiest of the holy things. If doubling the words like this would not create this strengthening and marking as exclusive meaning in your language, you may need to find another way to express that this item would become uniquely holy. See how you translated this in [Exodus 29:37](../29/37.md). Alternate translation: “a most holy thing” or “extraordinarily holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +EXO 30 36 t8y9 figs-you לָ⁠כֶֽם 1 You will regard Here, **you** is plural and refers to Moses and all the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) EXO 30 37 dq6c figs-you תַעֲשׂ֖וּ 1 you must not make any The word **you** here refers to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) EXO 30 37 yv1y בְּ⁠מַ֨תְכֻּנְתָּ֔⁠הּ 1 with the same formula Alternate translation: “with the same ingredients” or “with the same items.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 30:32](../30/32.md). EXO 30 37 wh25 קֹ֛דֶשׁ תִּהְיֶ֥ה לְ⁠ךָ֖ לַ⁠יהוָֽה 1 It must be most holy to you Alternate translation: “You must consider it to be most holy” EXO 30 38 xn6v לְ⁠הָרִ֣יחַ בָּ֑⁠הּ 1 perfume This could mean: (1) to enjoy the scent for oneself (2) to wear as a perfume. EXO 30 38 sa1m figs-metaphor וְ⁠נִכְרַ֖ת מֵ⁠עַמָּֽי⁠ו 1 must be cut off from his people See how you translated the metaphor **cut off** in [Exodus 12:15](../12/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 30 38 o6v0 figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִכְרַ֖ת מֵ⁠עַמָּֽי⁠ו 1 must be cut off from his people See how you translated **cuff off** in [12:15](../12/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 31 intro wfk7 0 # Exodus 31 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter is the end of Exodus’ recording of the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Sabbath

As described in this chapter, the Sabbath is more than just a day of worship or celebration. Its significance extends beyond a way to help people rest. It is a major part of the identity of the Hebrew people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]]) +EXO 30 38 o6v0 figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִכְרַ֖ת מֵ⁠עַמָּֽי⁠ו 1 must be cut off from his people See how you translated **cut off** in [12:15](../12/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 31 intro wfk7 0 # Exodus 31 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThis chapter is the end of Exodus’ recording of the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Sabbath\n\nAs described in this chapter, the Sabbath is more than just a day of worship or celebration. Its significance extends beyond a way to help people rest. It is a major part of the identity of the Hebrew people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]]) EXO 31 2 m8ju figs-idiom קָרָ֣אתִֽי בְ⁠שֵׁ֑ם 1 I have called by name Yahweh speaks of choosing specific people as calling them by name. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I have chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 31 2 hf5r translate-names בְּצַלְאֵ֛ל…אוּרִ֥י…ח֖וּר 1 Bezalel…Uri…Hur These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 31 3 f7sk figs-metaphor וָ⁠אֲמַלֵּ֥א אֹת֖⁠וֹ ר֣וּחַ אֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 I have filled Bezalel with my Spirit Yahweh speaks of giving Bezalel his spirit as if Bezalel were a container and God’s spirit were a liquid. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “I have given my spirit to Bezalel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -2114,102 +2114,102 @@ EXO 31 13 bveg figs-quotemarks לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר 1 You must certainly keep Yahwe EXO 31 13 i1lw figs-metaphor אַ֥ךְ אֶת־שַׁבְּתֹתַ֖⁠י תִּשְׁמֹ֑רוּ 1 You must certainly keep Yahweh’s Sabbath days God speaks of obeying his instructions about the Sabbath as keeping the Sabbath as if it was a precious thing you guard. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “You must certainly obey Yahweh’s instructions about the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 31 13 gw13 לְ⁠דֹרֹ֣תֵי⁠כֶ֔ם 1 throughout your people’s generations Alternate translation: “through all the generations of your descendants.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 12:14](../12/14.md). EXO 31 14 dsya figs-quotemarks לָ⁠כֶ֑ם 1 throughout your people’s generations One possible ending place for the second-level quotation that began in the previous verse is after **to you**. The rest of Yahweh’s instructions to Moses in this section do not use the second person to address Israel directly, so you may close the second-level quotation here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 31 14 plq5 figs-activepassive מ֣וֹת יוּמָ֔ת 1 must surely be put to death If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must surely kill” or “you must surely execute” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 31 14 fz1g figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֛ה 1 must surely be cut off from his people See how you translated **cuff off** in [12:15](../12/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 31 14 plq5 figs-activepassive מ֣וֹת יוּמָ֔ת 1 must surely be put to death If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must surely kill” or “you must surely execute” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 31 14 fz1g figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֛ה 1 must surely be cut off from his people See how you translated **cut off** in [12:15](../12/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 31 15 v4dv translate-numbers שֵׁ֣שֶׁת 1 but the seventh day Alternate translation: “6” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) EXO 31 15 fvga translate-ordinal הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֗י 1 but the seventh day Alternate translation: “the 7th” or “day number 7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) EXO 31 15 lrat שַׁבַּ֧ת שַׁבָּת֛וֹן 1 but the seventh day Alternate translation: “a Sabbath of complete rest” -EXO 31 15 fxuo figs-activepassive מ֥וֹת יוּמָֽת 1 must surely be put to death If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must surely kill” or “you must surely execute” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 31 15 fxuo figs-activepassive מ֥וֹת יוּמָֽת 1 must surely be put to death If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must surely kill” or “you must surely execute” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 31 16 t9hw figs-metaphor וְ⁠שָׁמְר֥וּ בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל אֶת־הַ⁠שַּׁבָּ֑ת 1 must keep the Sabbath God speaks of obeying his instructions about the Sabbath as keeping the Sabbath as if it was a precious thing you guard. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “And the sons of Israel must obey Yahweh’s instructions about the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 31 16 n7q2 לְ⁠דֹרֹתָ֖⁠ם 1 They must observe it throughout their people’s generations Alternate translation: “They and all the generations of their descendants must observe it.” See how you translated “throughout their people’s generations” in [Exodus 12:42](../12/42.md). -EXO 31 16 yef8 בְּרִ֥ית עוֹלָֽם 1 lasting covenant Alternate translation: “a covenant that will always exist” or “a lasting covenant” -EXO 31 17 oc30 figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּנָּפַֽשׁ 1 lasting covenant If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and he refreshed himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 31 18 xc6h figs-activepassive כְּתֻבִ֖ים בְּ⁠אֶצְבַּ֥ע אֱלֹהִֽים 1 written on by his own hand If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which Yahweh wrote on with his own hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 32 intro vv2w 0 # Exodus 32 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The events in verses 1-6 of this chapter occur while Moses spoke with God and therefore happen some time during the events recorded between Exodus 24:15 and Exodus 31. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])


- v. 1-6: The people ask Aaron to make them a god and he makes the golden calf
- v. 7-29 - Yahweh and Moses’ reaction
* v. 11-14 - Moses intercedes for the people
- v. 30-34 - Moses intercedes for the people

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 32:18.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Idolatry

The making of the golden calf was considered a form of idolatry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +EXO 31 16 yef8 בְּרִ֥ית עוֹלָֽם 1 lasting covenant Alternate translation: “A covenant that will always exist” or “A lasting covenant” +EXO 31 17 oc30 figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּנָּפַֽשׁ 1 lasting covenant If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and he refreshed himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 31 18 xc6h figs-activepassive כְּתֻבִ֖ים בְּ⁠אֶצְבַּ֥ע אֱלֹהִֽים 1 written on by his own hand If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which Yahweh wrote on with his own hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 32 intro vv2w 0 # Exodus 32 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThe events in verses 1-6 of this chapter occured while Moses spoke with God and therefore happened sometime during the events recorded between Exodus 24:15 and Exodus 31. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])\n\n\n- v. 1-6: The people ask Aaron to make them a god and he makes the golden calf\n- v. 7-29 - Yahweh and Moses’ reaction\n * v. 11-14 - Moses intercedes for the people\n- v. 30-34 - Moses intercedes for the people\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 32:18.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Idolatry\n\nThe making of the golden calf was considered a form of idolatry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 32 1 oan6 writing-newevent 0 the people saw This chapter begins with a major scene shift, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -EXO 32 1 cfk8 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יַּ֣רְא הָ⁠עָ֔ם 1 the people saw Here understanding something is spoken of as if it were being seen. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “And the people realized” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 32 1 lnau figs-rpronouns וַ⁠יִּקָּהֵ֨ל הָ⁠עָ֜ם 1 the people saw This means the people were not summoned by Aaron, they decided to come **gather themselves.** (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) -EXO 32 1 k2i1 figs-idiom ק֣וּם 1 Come, make us an idol **Arise** strengthens the force of the command following it. The people were demanding that Aaron make an idol for them. It did not necessarily mean to literally stand up. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EXO 32 1 cfk8 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יַּ֣רְא הָ⁠עָ֔ם 1 the people saw Here, the word **saw** is used to indicate understanding or realization of a situation. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “And the people realized” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 32 1 lnau figs-rpronouns וַ⁠יִּקָּהֵ֨ל הָ⁠עָ֜ם 1 the people saw This means the people were not summoned by Aaron to come to him, but instead they decided to **gather themselves.** (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) +EXO 32 1 k2i1 figs-idiom ק֣וּם 1 Come, make us an idol **Arise** strengthens the force of the command following it. The people were demanding that Aaron make an idol for them. It did not necessarily mean that he should literally stand up. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 32 1 mrb5 figs-metonymy יֵֽלְכוּ֙ לְ⁠פָנֵ֔י⁠נוּ 1 go before us Here, **before our faces** means ahead of. The Israelites want idols to lead them. Alternate translation: “shall lead us” or “shall be our leader” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 32 1 wulk כִּי־זֶ֣ה׀ מֹשֶׁ֣ה 1 go before us People showed disrespect by putting the word **this** before his name, as if Moses were someone they did not know and could not trust. They were creating distance between him and themselves socially. When translating, use a form in your language that communicates the same sense of disassociation between people. -EXO 32 2 p86s writing-pronouns וְ⁠הָבִ֖יאוּ 1 bring them to me The word **them** refers to the golden rings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -EXO 32 3 ckg2 figs-hyperbole כָּל־הָ⁠עָ֔ם 1 All the people This refers to all the people who rejected Moses as their leader and Yahweh as their God. Later parts of the text reveal that there were people still faithful to Moses and Yahweh, and a great deal more gold. Alternate translation: “many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -EXO 32 4 uf9e translate-unknown וַ⁠יָּ֤צַר אֹת⁠וֹ֙ בַּ⁠חֶ֔רֶט וַֽ⁠יַּעֲשֵׂ֖⁠הוּ עֵ֣גֶל מַסֵּכָ֑ה 1 fashioned it with an engraving tool and he made a cast idol in the shape of a calf Most likely this means that Aaron melted the gold and poured it into a mold that had the shape of a calf. When the gold became hard, he removed the mold, and the hardened gold had the shape of a calf. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 32 1 wulk כִּי־זֶ֣ה׀ מֹשֶׁ֣ה 1 go before us People showed disrespect by putting the word **this** before his name, as if Moses were someone they did not know and could not trust. They were creating social distance between him and themselves. When translating, use a form in your language that communicates the same sense of disassociation between people. +EXO 32 2 p86s writing-pronouns וְ⁠הָבִ֖יאוּ 1 bring them to me The word **them** here refers to the golden rings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +EXO 32 3 ckg2 figs-hyperbole כָּל־הָ⁠עָ֔ם 1 All the people This refers to all the people who rejected Moses as their leader and Yahweh as their God. Later parts of the text reveal that there were people still faithful to Moses and Yahweh and that the Israelites had a great deal more gold. Alternate translation: “many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +EXO 32 4 uf9e translate-unknown וַ⁠יָּ֤צַר אֹת⁠וֹ֙ בַּ⁠חֶ֔רֶט וַֽ⁠יַּעֲשֵׂ֖⁠הוּ עֵ֣גֶל מַסֵּכָ֑ה 1 fashioned it with an engraving tool and he made a cast idol in the shape of a calf Most likely this means that Aaron melted the gold and poured it into a mold that had the shape of a calf. When the gold cooled and became hard, he removed the mold, and the hardened gold had the shape of a calf. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 32 4 cc7s writing-pronouns וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמְר֔וּ 1 fashioned it with an engraving tool and he made a cast idol in the shape of a calf It is not clear who **they** is who spoke. Alternate translation: “And someone said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) EXO 32 4 ence figs-123person אֱלֹהֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙…הֶעֱל֖וּ⁠ךָ 1 fashioned it with an engraving tool and he made a cast idol in the shape of a calf Because the speaker of this sentence is unknown and mentioned in the plural, it is possible that it is the people speaking. In that case, it would be possible for a translation to use the first person rather than second person here. Alternate translation: “our gods … brought us up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) EXO 32 4 n17v אֵ֤לֶּה אֱלֹהֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ 1 fashioned it with an engraving tool and he made a cast idol in the shape of a calf In the text, there only appears to be one “god” (the golden calf idol) presented to Israel. If it would be clearer to your audience, you may consider translating **these … gods** as singular. Alternate translation: “this is your god” -EXO 32 5 ztx4 figs-explicit וַ⁠יַּ֣רְא אַהֲרֹ֔ן 1 When Aaron saw this You may need to make explicit what he saw. “When Aaron saw what the people did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +EXO 32 5 ztx4 figs-explicit וַ⁠יַּ֣רְא אַהֲרֹ֔ן 1 When Aaron saw this You may need to make explicit what he saw. “Aaron saw what the people did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 32 5 odaq figs-metonymy לְ⁠פָנָ֑י⁠ו 1 When Aaron saw this Here, **before its face** means in front of. Alternate translation: “in front of it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 32 5 p2df figs-explicit לְ⁠פָנָ֑י⁠ו 1 When Aaron saw this Here, **it** is the golden bull-calf. Alternate translation: “in front of the bull-calf idol” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 32 6 as6u figs-euphemism לְ⁠צַחֵֽק 1 to carouse in wild celebration This word may imply drunken and sexual sin (for a sexual implication see [Genesis 26:8](../GEN/26/08)). However, the only actions mentioned in the text are singing ([v. 18](../32/18.md)) and dancing ([v. 19](../32/19.md)) so translators should avoid using a term that is overly suggestive. Alternate translation: “to revel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -EXO 32 7 iajs writing-newevent 0 to carouse in wild celebration There is a scene shift back to the top of the mountain with Moses and Yahweh here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -EXO 32 7 tcek figs-rpronouns שִׁחֵ֣ת 1 to carouse in wild celebration Here, the reflexive **themselves** is used to translate the fact that the Israelites actions made the Israelites corrupt. Alternate translation: “have acted corruptly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) -EXO 32 8 eua5 figs-metaphor סָ֣רוּ מַהֵ֗ר מִן־הַ⁠דֶּ֨רֶךְ֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר צִוִּיתִ֔⁠ם 1 left the way that I commanded them Here God speaks of the people disobeying what he commanded them as if he had told them to walk on a certain road and they left that road. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “They have quickly stopped doing what I commanded them to do” or “They have quickly stopped obeying what I commanded them to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 32 6 as6u figs-euphemism לְ⁠צַחֵֽק 1 to carouse in wild celebration This word may imply drunken and sexual sin (for a sexual implication see [Genesis 26:8](../GEN/26/08)). However, the only actions mentioned in the text are singing ([v. 18](../32/18.md)) and dancing ([v. 19](../32/19.md)), so translators should avoid using a term that is overly suggestive. Alternate translation: “to revel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +EXO 32 7 iajs writing-newevent 0 to carouse in wild celebration Here there is a scene shift back to the top of the mountain with Moses and Yahweh, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) +EXO 32 7 tcek figs-rpronouns שִׁחֵ֣ת 1 to carouse in wild celebration Here, the reflexive pronoun **themselves** is used to translate the fact that the Israelites actions made the Israelites corrupt. Alternate translation: “have acted corruptly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) +EXO 32 8 eua5 figs-metaphor סָ֣רוּ מַהֵ֗ר מִן־הַ⁠דֶּ֨רֶךְ֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר צִוִּיתִ֔⁠ם 1 left the way that I commanded them Here God speaks of the people disobeying what he commanded them as if he had told them to walk on a certain road, and they left that road. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “They have quickly stopped doing what I commanded them to do” or “They have quickly stopped obeying what I commanded them to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 32 8 tg9e figs-quotemarks אֵ֤לֶּה אֱלֹהֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל אֲשֶׁ֥ר הֶֽעֱל֖וּ⁠ךָ מֵ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 left the way that I commanded them This is a second-level direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 32 8 w7v8 figs-quotesinquotes אֵ֤לֶּה אֱלֹהֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל אֲשֶׁ֥ר הֶֽעֱל֖וּ⁠ךָ מֵ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 left the way that I commanded them You may want to translate this as an indirect quotation in order to reduce the layers of quotations in this passage. Alternative translation: “that these are your gods, Israel, that brought you up from the land of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) -EXO 32 8 sjj1 אֵ֤לֶּה אֱלֹהֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ 1 left the way that I commanded them In the text, there only appears to be one “god” (the golden calf idol) presented to Israel. If it would be clearer to your audience, you may consider translating **these … gods** as singular. See how you translated this in [verse 4](../32/04.md). Alternate translation: “this is your god” +EXO 32 8 sjj1 אֵ֤לֶּה אֱלֹהֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ 1 left the way that I commanded them In the text, there only appears to be one “god” (the golden calf idol) presented to Israel. If it would be clearer to your audience, you may consider translating **these … gods** as singular. See how you translated this in [verse 4](../32/04.md). Alternate translation: “This is your god” EXO 32 8 f62v figs-123person אֱלֹהֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙…הֶֽעֱל֖וּ⁠ךָ 1 left the way that I commanded them Because the speaker of this sentence is unknown and mentioned in the plural, it is possible that it is the people speaking. In that case, it would be possible for a translation to use the first person rather than second person here. See how you translated this in [verse 4](../32/04.md). Alternate translation: “our gods … brought us up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) EXO 32 9 ffe2 figs-metaphor עַם־קְשֵׁה־עֹ֖רֶף 1 a stiff-necked people Yahweh speaks of the people being rebellious as if they had hard necks. The image comes from an animal that does not want to go the way his master is trying to direct him (not going in the way God commanded). If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “is a rebellious people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 32 9 my87 grammar-collectivenouns הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה…הֽוּא 1 a stiff-necked people **People** is a collective noun so the pronouns refering to the people are singular. You may use plural pronouns if that is the normal usage in your language. Alternate translation: “these … they” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) +EXO 32 9 my87 grammar-collectivenouns הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה…הֽוּא 1 a stiff-necked people The word **people** is a collective noun, so the pronouns referring to the people are singular. You may use plural pronouns if that is the normal usage in your language. Alternate translation: “these … they” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) EXO 32 10 fmk3 grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠עַתָּה֙ 1 Now then **So now** is used here to mark that Yahweh’s next statements are a result of what he has said in the previous verses. Alternate translation: “Therefore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) EXO 32 10 sd9w figs-idiom וְ⁠יִֽחַר־אַפִּ֥⁠י בָ⁠הֶ֖ם 1 My anger will burn hot against them This is an idiom meaning that Yahweh is angry. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “And let me be angry with them”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 32 10 vc2u writing-pronouns אוֹתְ⁠ךָ֖ 1 from you The word **you** refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) EXO 32 11 h62e figs-rquestion לָ⁠מָ֤ה יְהוָה֙ יֶחֱרֶ֤ה אַפְּ⁠ךָ֙ בְּ⁠עַמֶּ֔⁠ךָ אֲשֶׁ֤ר הוֹצֵ֨אתָ֙ מֵ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרַ֔יִם בְּ⁠כֹ֥חַ גָּד֖וֹל וּ⁠בְ⁠יָ֥ד חֲזָקָֽה 1 why does your anger burn against your people…a mighty hand? Moses used this question to try to persuade Yahweh not to be so angry with his people. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, do not let your nose burn against your people whom you have brought out from the land of Egypt with great power and with a strong hand.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -EXO 32 11 nuwf figs-idiom יֶחֱרֶ֤ה אַפְּ⁠ךָ֙ בְּ⁠עַמֶּ֔⁠ךָ 1 My anger will burn hot against them This is an idiom meaning that Yahweh is angry. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “are you angry with your people”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EXO 32 11 nuwf figs-idiom יֶחֱרֶ֤ה אַפְּ⁠ךָ֙ בְּ⁠עַמֶּ֔⁠ךָ 1 My anger will burn hot against them This is an idiom meaning that Yahweh is angry with his people. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “are you angry with your people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 32 11 t2cv figs-doublet בְּ⁠כֹ֥חַ גָּד֖וֹל וּ⁠בְ⁠יָ֥ד חֲזָקָֽה 1 great power…mighty hand These two phrases share similar meanings and are combined for emphasis. If doubling in this way would not convey emphasis in your language, you will need to find a way to translate it that does give emphasis. Alternate translation: “using your very strong power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) EXO 32 11 ph43 figs-metonymy וּ⁠בְ⁠יָ֥ד חֲזָקָֽה 1 a mighty hand Here, **hand** represents God’s actions or works. See how you translated this in [Exodus 6:1](../06/01.md). Alternate translation: “and with powerful works” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 32 12 r8ij figs-rquestion לָ⁠מָּה֩ יֹאמְר֨וּ מִצְרַ֜יִם לֵ⁠אמֹ֗ר בְּ⁠רָעָ֤ה הֽוֹצִיאָ⁠ם֙ לַ⁠הֲרֹ֤ג אֹתָ⁠ם֙ בֶּֽ⁠הָרִ֔ים וּ֨⁠לְ⁠כַלֹּתָ֔⁠ם מֵ⁠עַ֖ל פְּנֵ֣י הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָ֑ה 1 Why should the Egyptians say, ‘He led them out…to destroy them from the face of the earth?’ Moses used this question to try to persuade God not to destroy his people. This rhetorical question can be translated with a statement. Alternate translation: If you destroy your people, the Egyptians might say, ‘He brought them out with evil intent, to kill them in the mountains and to destroy them from on the face of the earth.’ (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -EXO 32 12 yvez figs-quotesinquotes יֹאמְר֨וּ מִצְרַ֜יִם לֵ⁠אמֹ֗ר בְּ⁠רָעָ֤ה הֽוֹצִיאָ⁠ם֙ לַ⁠הֲרֹ֤ג אֹתָ⁠ם֙ בֶּֽ⁠הָרִ֔ים וּ֨⁠לְ⁠כַלֹּתָ֔⁠ם מֵ⁠עַ֖ל פְּנֵ֣י הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָ֑ה 1 Why should the Egyptians say, ‘He led them out…to destroy them from the face of the earth?’ After **saying,** this is a second-level quote. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation.
However, you may want to translate this as an indirect quotation in order to reduce the layers of quotations in this passage. Alternative translation: “the Egyptians say that you brought them out with evil intent, to kill them in the mountains and to destroy them from on the face of the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) -EXO 32 12 kzh7 figs-metonymy מֵ⁠עַ֖ל פְּנֵ֣י הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָ֑ה 1 face of the earth Here, **face** means “surface.” Alternate translation: “from the surface of the earth” or “from the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 32 12 r8ij figs-rquestion לָ⁠מָּה֩ יֹאמְר֨וּ מִצְרַ֜יִם לֵ⁠אמֹ֗ר בְּ⁠רָעָ֤ה הֽוֹצִיאָ⁠ם֙ לַ⁠הֲרֹ֤ג אֹתָ⁠ם֙ בֶּֽ⁠הָרִ֔ים וּ֨⁠לְ⁠כַלֹּתָ֔⁠ם מֵ⁠עַ֖ל פְּנֵ֣י הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָ֑ה 1 Why should the Egyptians say, ‘He led them out…to destroy them from the face of the earth?’ Moses used this question to try to persuade God not to destroy his people. This rhetorical question can be translated with a statement. Alternate translation: If you destroy your people, the Egyptians might say, ‘He brought them out with evil intent, to kill them in the mountains and to destroy them from on the face of the ground.’ (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +EXO 32 12 yvez figs-quotesinquotes יֹאמְר֨וּ מִצְרַ֜יִם לֵ⁠אמֹ֗ר בְּ⁠רָעָ֤ה הֽוֹצִיאָ⁠ם֙ לַ⁠הֲרֹ֤ג אֹתָ⁠ם֙ בֶּֽ⁠הָרִ֔ים וּ֨⁠לְ⁠כַלֹּתָ֔⁠ם מֵ⁠עַ֖ל פְּנֵ֣י הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָ֑ה 1 Why should the Egyptians say, ‘He led them out…to destroy them from the face of the earth?’ After **saying,** this is a second-level quote. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation.\nHowever, you may want to translate this as an indirect quotation in order to reduce the layers of quotations in this passage. Alternative translation: “the Egyptians say that you brought them out with evil intent, to kill them in the mountains and to destroy them from on the face of the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) +EXO 32 12 kzh7 figs-metonymy מֵ⁠עַ֖ל פְּנֵ֣י הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָ֑ה 1 face of the earth Here, **face** means “surface.” Alternate translation: “from the surface of the land” or “from the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 32 12 fns1 שׁ֚וּב מֵ⁠חֲר֣וֹן אַפֶּ֔⁠ךָ 1 Turn from your burning anger Alternate translation: “Stop your burning anger” or “Stop being so angry” -EXO 32 12 iz5q figs-idiom שׁ֚וּב מֵ⁠חֲר֣וֹן אַפֶּ֔⁠ךָ וְ⁠הִנָּחֵ֥ם עַל־הָ⁠רָעָ֖ה לְ⁠עַמֶּֽ⁠ךָ 1 Turn from your burning anger Here, Yahweh’s anger (burning nose) and plan to punish the people are spoken of as things that he could turn away from and repent of (repentence also means to turn from). This imagry may not translate into your langauge and you may need to use a different expression. Alternate translation: “Calm down and please do not stay determined to do evil to your people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 32 12 p1df figs-idiom מֵ⁠חֲר֣וֹן אַפֶּ֔⁠ךָ 1 your burning anger This is an idiom that means anger. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “your terrible anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EXO 32 12 iz5q figs-idiom שׁ֚וּב מֵ⁠חֲר֣וֹן אַפֶּ֔⁠ךָ וְ⁠הִנָּחֵ֥ם עַל־הָ⁠רָעָ֖ה לְ⁠עַמֶּֽ⁠ךָ 1 Turn from your burning anger Here, Yahweh’s anger (burning nose) and plan to punish the people are spoken of as things that he could turn away from and repent of (repentance also means to turn from). This imagery may not translate into your language, and you may need to use a different expression. Alternate translation: “Calm down, and please do not stay determined to do evil to your people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EXO 32 12 p1df figs-idiom מֵ⁠חֲר֣וֹן אַפֶּ֔⁠ךָ 1 your burning anger This is an idiom that means anger. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “from your terrible anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 32 13 t9sa זְכֹ֡ר 1 Call to mind Abraham Alternate translation: “Think about” EXO 32 13 p8jq נִשְׁבַּ֣עְתָּ 1 you swore Alternate translation: “you made an oath” EXO 32 13 q1g1 וְ⁠כָל־הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ הַ⁠זֹּ֜את אֲשֶׁ֣ר אָמַ֗רְתִּי אֶתֵּן֙ לְ⁠זַרְעֲ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 They will inherit it forever That is, the land of Canaan. -EXO 32 15 cx7z figs-activepassive לֻחֹ֗ת כְּתֻבִים֙ מִ⁠שְּׁנֵ֣י עֶבְרֵי⁠הֶ֔ם מִ⁠זֶּ֥ה וּ⁠מִ⁠זֶּ֖ה הֵ֥ם כְּתֻבִֽים 1 tablets of the covenant decrees If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh had written on both the sides of the tablets, on this side and on that side he had written.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 32 16 w3ua figs-infostructure וְ⁠הַ֨⁠לֻּחֹ֔ת מַעֲשֵׂ֥ה אֱלֹהִ֖ים הֵ֑מָּה וְ⁠הַ⁠מִּכְתָּ֗ב מִכְתַּ֤ב אֱלֹהִים֙ ה֔וּא 1 The tablets were God’s own work, and the writing was God’s own writing These two sentences have an unusual structure that places emphasis on **tablets** and **writing**. If your language would emphasize these topics in a different way than moving them to the front of the sentence follow your language’s natural usage for emphasis. Alternate translation: “And the tablets themselves were the work of God. And the writing itself was the writing of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) +EXO 32 15 cx7z figs-activepassive לֻחֹ֗ת כְּתֻבִים֙ מִ⁠שְּׁנֵ֣י עֶבְרֵי⁠הֶ֔ם מִ⁠זֶּ֥ה וּ⁠מִ⁠זֶּ֖ה הֵ֥ם כְּתֻבִֽים 1 tablets of the covenant decrees If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh had written on both the sides of the tablets, on this side and on that side he had written.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 32 16 w3ua figs-infostructure וְ⁠הַ֨⁠לֻּחֹ֔ת מַעֲשֵׂ֥ה אֱלֹהִ֖ים הֵ֑מָּה וְ⁠הַ⁠מִּכְתָּ֗ב מִכְתַּ֤ב אֱלֹהִים֙ ה֔וּא 1 The tablets were God’s own work, and the writing was God’s own writing These two sentences have an unusual structure that places emphasis on **tablets** and **writing**. If your language would emphasize these topics in a different way than moving them to the beginning of the sentence, follow your language’s natural usage for emphasis. Alternate translation: “And the tablets themselves were the work of God. And the writing itself was the writing of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) EXO 32 17 cua3 writing-participants יְהוֹשֻׁ֛עַ 1 he said to Moses Joshua was last mentioned in [Exodus 24:13](../24/13.md). The text does not say if he was on top of the mountain with Moses or if he waited for him part way up. Consider if your language will need to re-introduce Joshua in any way here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) EXO 32 18 r0gm writing-poetry אֵ֥ין קוֹל֙ עֲנ֣וֹת גְּבוּרָ֔ה וְ⁠אֵ֥ין ק֖וֹל עֲנ֣וֹת חֲלוּשָׁ֑ה ק֣וֹל עַנּ֔וֹת אָנֹכִ֖י שֹׁמֵֽעַ 1 he said to Moses These lines are widely considered to be poetic. It is not clear why a poetic form is used here. In some languages it may not be appropriate to convey this response in poetic form, in which case another form may be used. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]]) -EXO 32 18 m4k0 figs-parallelism אֵ֥ין קוֹל֙ עֲנ֣וֹת גְּבוּרָ֔ה וְ⁠אֵ֥ין ק֖וֹל עֲנ֣וֹת חֲלוּשָׁ֑ה ק֣וֹל עַנּ֔וֹת אָנֹכִ֖י שֹׁמֵֽעַ 1 he said to Moses The poetic form here is parallelism in the repetition of **sound of singing**. If it would be unclear to say that Moses heard **the sound of singing** in the third line after saying he didn’t hear the sound of singing twice before, something more like the UST may be followed that is more contrastive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +EXO 32 18 m4k0 figs-parallelism אֵ֥ין קוֹל֙ עֲנ֣וֹת גְּבוּרָ֔ה וְ⁠אֵ֥ין ק֖וֹל עֲנ֣וֹת חֲלוּשָׁ֑ה ק֣וֹל עַנּ֔וֹת אָנֹכִ֖י שֹׁמֵֽעַ 1 he said to Moses The poetic form here is parallelism in the repetition of **sound of singing**. If it would be unclear to say that Moses heard **the sound of singing** in the third line after saying he didn’t hear the sound of singing twice before, something more like the more contrastive UST may be followed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) EXO 32 18 fdg8 figs-explicit ק֣וֹל עַנּ֔וֹת אָנֹכִ֖י שֹׁמֵֽעַ 1 he said to Moses If it is unclear to say that Moses hears **the sound of singing** after twice saying he didn’t hear that, you may want to make the type of singing explicit. Consider referring to your translation of the last word of [verse 6](../32/06.md) (to play in the ULT). Alternate translation: “the sound of playful singing I hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 32 19 hr2j figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּֽחַר־אַ֣ף 1 the tablets This is an idiom for being angry. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “And Moses was very angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 32 19 d8zo תַּ֥חַת 1 the tablets Alternate translation: “at the bottom of” -EXO 32 21 du5l figs-quotesinquotes וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר מֹשֶׁה֙ אֶֽל־אַהֲרֹ֔ן מֶֽה־עָשָׂ֥ה לְ⁠ךָ֖ הָ⁠עָ֣ם הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה כִּֽי־הֵבֵ֥אתָ עָלָ֖י⁠ו חֲטָאָ֥ה גְדֹלָֽה׃ 1 Then Moses said to Aaron, “What did this people…a great sin on them?” Moses’ question is a second-level quote. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation.
However, you may want to translate this as an indirect quotation in order to reduce the layers of quotations in this passage.. Alternate translation: “Then Moses asked Aaron what the people did to him, that he had brought such a great sin on them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) +EXO 32 21 du5l figs-quotesinquotes וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר מֹשֶׁה֙ אֶֽל־אַהֲרֹ֔ן מֶֽה־עָשָׂ֥ה לְ⁠ךָ֖ הָ⁠עָ֣ם הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה כִּֽי־הֵבֵ֥אתָ עָלָ֖י⁠ו חֲטָאָ֥ה גְדֹלָֽה׃ 1 Then Moses said to Aaron, “What did this people…a great sin on them?” Moses’ question is a second-level quote. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation.\nHowever, you may want to translate this as an indirect quotation in order to reduce the layers of quotations in this passage. Alternate translation: “Then Moses asked Aaron what the people did to him, that he had brought such a great sin on them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) EXO 32 21 np73 figs-metaphor כִּֽי־הֵבֵ֥אתָ עָלָ֖י⁠ו חֲטָאָ֥ה גְדֹלָֽה 1 you have brought such a great sin on them Moses spoke of causing people to **sin** as if sin were an object and Aaron put it **on them**. Alternate translation: “that you have caused them to sin greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 32 22 z2ch figs-idiom אַל־יִ֥חַר אַ֖ף 1 Do not let your anger burn hot This is an idiom for anger. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Do not be angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 32 22 vdy2 figs-idiom כִּ֥י בְ⁠רָ֖ע הֽוּא 1 they are set on doing evil This is probably an idiom that could mean (1) that the people are prone to evil or (2) that the people were in trouble (that is, they felt troubled because of not having contact with God). If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “that they are set on evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 32 22 h6dm figs-123person הֽוּא 1 they are set on doing evil Here, **it** is used because **people** is grammatically singular in Hebrew. Alternate translation: “they are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) EXO 32 23 w91d figs-quotesinquotes עֲשֵׂה־לָ֣⁠נוּ אֱלֹהִ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר יֵלְכ֖וּ לְ⁠פָנֵ֑י⁠נוּ כִּי־זֶ֣ה׀ מֹשֶׁ֣ה הָ⁠אִ֗ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֤ר הֶֽעֱלָ֨⁠נוּ֙ מֵ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרַ֔יִם לֹ֥א יָדַ֖עְנוּ מֶה־הָ֥יָה לֽ⁠וֹ׃ 1 they are set on doing evil This is a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) -EXO 32 23 zn68 זֶ֣ה׀ מֹשֶׁ֣ה הָ⁠אִ֗ישׁ 1 this Moses People showed disrespect by putting the word **this** before his name, as if Moses were someone they did not know and could not trust. They were creating distance between him and themselves socially. When translating, use a form in your language that communicates the same sense of disassociation between people. See how you translated this in [verse 1](../32/01.md). -EXO 32 24 yq7s figs-quotesinquotes וָ⁠אֹמַ֤ר לָ⁠הֶם֙ לְ⁠מִ֣י זָהָ֔ב הִתְפָּרָ֖קוּ 1 So I said to them, ‘Whoever has any gold, let him take it off.’ **Whoever has gold, take it off yourself** is a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation.
However, this can be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “So I told them that whoever had any gold should take it off” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) +EXO 32 23 zn68 זֶ֣ה׀ מֹשֶׁ֣ה הָ⁠אִ֗ישׁ 1 this Moses People showed disrespect by putting the word **this** before his name, as if Moses were someone they did not know and could not trust. They were creating social distance between him and themselves. When translating, use a form in your language that communicates the same sense of disassociation between people. See how you translated this in [verse 1](../32/01.md). +EXO 32 24 yq7s figs-quotesinquotes וָ⁠אֹמַ֤ר לָ⁠הֶם֙ לְ⁠מִ֣י זָהָ֔ב הִתְפָּרָ֖קוּ 1 So I said to them, ‘Whoever has any gold, let him take it off.’ **Whoever has gold, take it off yourself** is a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. However, this can be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “So I told them that whoever had any gold should take it off” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) EXO 32 24 yy82 figs-rpronouns הִתְפָּרָ֖קוּ 1 So I said to them, ‘Whoever has any gold, let him take it off.’ He instructs people to take their own gold off. Alternate translation: “you take off your own” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) EXO 32 24 wvin grammar-connect-logic-result וָ⁠אַשְׁלִכֵ֣⁠הוּ בָ⁠אֵ֔שׁ וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֖א הָ⁠עֵ֥גֶל הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 So I said to them, ‘Whoever has any gold, let him take it off.’ Aaron claims an unusual sequence of events here. The translation should surprise an audience unfamiliar with the story. He states that the result of simply throwing gold in the fire is the apperance (by its own power or volition it seems) of the calf. This is a lie. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) EXO 32 25 ck1f פָרֻ֖עַ 1 were running wild Alternate translation: “were behaving wildly” or “were not controlling themselves” EXO 32 25 csg0 grammar-collectivenouns כִּ֥י פָרֻ֖עַ ה֑וּא כִּֽי־פְרָעֹ֣⁠ה אַהֲרֹ֔ן 1 were running wild Here, the pronoun **it** agrees with the grammatical number of **people** (singular). Alternate translation: “that they were let loose, for Aaron had let them loose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) EXO 32 26 jis7 figs-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר מִ֥י לַ⁠יהוָ֖ה אֵלָ֑⁠י 1 Then Moses stood at the entrance…“Whoever is on Yahweh’s side, come to me.” You can state this as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “and said that whoever was for Yahweh should come to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) EXO 32 26 ryb5 figs-idiom מִ֥י לַ⁠יהוָ֖ה 1 Whoever is on Yahweh’s side Moses speaks of being loyal to Yahweh as being **for Yahweh**. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Whoever serves Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 32 27 xsl3 עִבְר֨וּ וָ⁠שׁ֜וּבוּ מִ⁠שַּׁ֤עַר לָ⁠שַׁ֨עַר֙ בַּֽ⁠מַּחֲנֶ֔ה 1 go back and forth from entrance to entrance Alternate translation: “Go from side of the camp to the other, starting at one entrance to the camp and going to the entrance on the other side of the camp” +EXO 32 27 xsl3 עִבְר֨וּ וָ⁠שׁ֜וּבוּ מִ⁠שַּׁ֤עַר לָ⁠שַׁ֨עַר֙ בַּֽ⁠מַּחֲנֶ֔ה 1 go back and forth from entrance to entrance Alternate translation: “Go from one side of the camp to the other, starting at one entrance to the camp and going to the entrance on the other side of the camp” EXO 32 28 at4i translate-numbers כִּ⁠שְׁלֹ֥שֶׁת אַלְפֵ֖י 1 three thousand of the people Alternate translation: “about three thousand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 32 29 to5d figs-idiom מִלְא֨וּ יֶדְ⁠כֶ֤ם 1 You have been placed into Yahweh’s service This seems to be an idiom for giving authority to someone. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:41](../28/41.md). However, this usage is different from that text as here it is not specified what authority they are given or what they are consecrated for other than **for Yahweh**. Alternate translation: “Consecrate yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 32 29 rkp6 מִלְא֨וּ יֶדְ⁠כֶ֤ם הַ⁠יּוֹם֙ לַֽ⁠יהוָ֔ה 1 You have been placed into Yahweh’s service Here it is unclear if **fill** should be rightly understood in the past or as a command. You may want to follow the decision of another translation your people are familiar with. Alternate translation: “You have filled your hand for Yahweh today” -EXO 32 29 c6fg figs-explicit כִּ֛י אִ֥ישׁ בִּ⁠בְנ֖⁠וֹ וּ⁠בְ⁠אָחִ֑י⁠ו 1 for each of you has taken action against his son and his brother The fact that they did this in obedience to God can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “for you have obeyed Yahweh and killed your sons and your brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 32 29 l54l וְ⁠לָ⁠תֵ֧ת עֲלֵי⁠כֶ֛ם הַ⁠יּ֖וֹם בְּרָכָֽה 1 for each of you has taken action against his son and his brother This phrase is difficult to interpret. Several options depend on exactly how the conjunction, preposition, and verb combination are interpreted. The first difficulty is related to the difficulty with the previous verb, have they already been blessed or are they going to be blessed? (Alternate translation: “and to have given a blessing over you today”) The second is, should the clause connections be understood to say that the blessing is because of their actions, or more strongly, that a desire for blessing motivated them to take action? (Alternate translation: “and therefore to give a blessing over you today” or “so that a blessing may be given over you today”) The third is, while ultimately all blessing is from Yahweh, is Yahweh or the Levites the subject? (Alternate translation: “and to give a blessing over yourselves today” or “and so Yahweh gives a blessing over you today”) As with the previous clause, you may want to follow the decision of another translation your people are familiar with. Alternate translation: “by that you brought blessing on yourselves” -EXO 32 30 kvj4 figs-doublet חֲטָאתֶ֖ם חֲטָאָ֣ה גְדֹלָ֑ה 1 You have committed a very great sin Here, **sin** is repeated as a verb and then noun for emphasis. Along with **great** it suggests that the people sinned very very badly. If the repetition of words in this way would not create emphasis use another form in your language that does. Alternate translation: “you have sinned extremally badly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +EXO 32 29 to5d figs-idiom מִלְא֨וּ יֶדְ⁠כֶ֤ם 1 You have been placed into Yahweh’s service This seems to be an idiom for giving authority to someone. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:41](../28/41.md). However, this usage is different from that text, as here it is not specified what authority they are given or what they are consecrated for other than **for Yahweh**. Alternate translation: “Consecrate yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EXO 32 29 rkp6 מִלְא֨וּ יֶדְ⁠כֶ֤ם הַ⁠יּוֹם֙ לַֽ⁠יהוָ֔ה 1 You have been placed into Yahweh’s service Here it is unclear if **fill** should be rightly understood as in the past or as a new command. You may want to follow the decision of another translation your people are familiar with. Alternate translation: “You have filled your hand for Yahweh today” +EXO 32 29 c6fg figs-explicit כִּ֛י אִ֥ישׁ בִּ⁠בְנ֖⁠וֹ וּ⁠בְ⁠אָחִ֑י⁠ו 1 for each of you has taken action against his son and his brother The fact that they did this in obedience to God can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “For you have obeyed Yahweh and killed your sons and your brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +EXO 32 29 l54l וְ⁠לָ⁠תֵ֧ת עֲלֵי⁠כֶ֛ם הַ⁠יּ֖וֹם בְּרָכָֽה 1 for each of you has taken action against his son and his brother This phrase is difficult to interpret. Several options depend on exactly how the conjunction, preposition, and verb combination are interpreted. The first difficulty is related to the difficulty with the previous verb: have they already been blessed or are they going to be blessed? (Alternate translation: “and to have given a blessing over you today”) The second difficulty is: should the clause connections be understood to say that the blessing is because of their actions, or more strongly, that a desire for blessing motivated them to take action? (Alternate translation: “and therefore to give a blessing over you today” or “so that a blessing may be given over you today”) The third difficulty is: while ultimately all blessing is from Yahweh, which is the subject here, Yahweh or the Levites? (Alternate translation: “and to give a blessing over yourselves today” or “and so Yahweh gives a blessing over you today”) As with the previous clause, you may want to follow the decision of another translation your people are familiar with. Alternate translation: “by that you brought blessing on yourselves” +EXO 32 30 kvj4 figs-doublet חֲטָאתֶ֖ם חֲטָאָ֣ה גְדֹלָ֑ה 1 You have committed a very great sin Here, **sin** used as a verb and then repeated as a noun for emphasis. Along with **great**, it suggests that the people sinned very, very badly. If the repetition of words in this way would not create emphasis, use another form in your language that would. Alternate translation: “You have sinned extremally badly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) EXO 32 30 r5fn figs-abstractnouns חֲטָאתֶ֖ם חֲטָאָ֣ה גְדֹלָ֑ה 1 You have committed a very great sin If your language does not use an abstract noun for **sin**, you could express the idea behind it in another way. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -EXO 32 31 ccpg figs-doublet חָטָ֞א הָ⁠עָ֤ם הַ⁠זֶּה֙ חֲטָאָ֣ה 1 You have committed a very great sin Here, **sin** is repeated as a verb and then noun for emphasis. Along with **great** it suggests that the people sinned very very badly. If the repetition of words in this way would not create emphasis use another form in your language that does. Alternate translation: “this people has sinned extremally badly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +EXO 32 31 ccpg figs-doublet חָטָ֞א הָ⁠עָ֤ם הַ⁠זֶּה֙ חֲטָאָ֣ה 1 You have committed a very great sin Here, **sin** is used as a verb and then repeated as a noun for emphasis. Along with **great**, it suggests that the people sinned very, very badly. If the repetition of words in this way would not create emphasis, use another form in your language that would. Alternate translation: “this people has sinned extremely badly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) EXO 32 31 y049 figs-abstractnouns חֲטָאָ֣ה 1 You have committed a very great sin If your language does not use an abstract noun for **sin**, you could express the idea behind it in another way. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) EXO 32 31 yeta אֱלֹהֵ֥י 1 You have committed a very great sin Alternate translation: “a god” -EXO 32 32 brpu figs-ellipsis וְ⁠עַתָּ֖ה אִם־תִּשָּׂ֣א חַטָּאתָ֑⁠ם 1 blot me out of the book Moses leaves out his conclusion, perhaps as a way of making this conditional phrase into a request, perhaps to avoid suggesting to God what would be good for him to do. However, if leaving out a conclusion would be misunderstood in your language you may need to rephrase it or add the implied conclusion. Alternate translation: “But now, if you forgive their sin, good!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -EXO 32 32 c72y figs-metonymy מְחֵ֣⁠נִי 1 blot me out of the book Here, **me** refers to the name of Moses. Alternate translation: “erase my name from the book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 32 32 brpu figs-ellipsis וְ⁠עַתָּ֖ה אִם־תִּשָּׂ֣א חַטָּאתָ֑⁠ם 1 blot me out of the book Moses leaves out his conclusion, perhaps as a way of making this conditional phrase into a request, or perhaps to avoid suggesting to God what would be good for him to do. However, if leaving out a conclusion would be misunderstood in your language you may need to rephrase it or add the implied conclusion. Alternate translation: “But now, if you forgive their sin, good!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +EXO 32 32 c72y figs-metonymy מְחֵ֣⁠נִי 1 blot me out of the book Here, **me** refers to the name of Moses. Alternate translation: “erase my name from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 32 32 ahb3 figs-explicit כָּתָֽבְתָּ 1 the book that you have written What God had written in the book can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “the book in which you have written the names of your people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 32 33 igb4 figs-metonymy אֶמְחֶ֖⁠נּוּ מִ⁠סִּפְרִֽ⁠י 1 that person I will blot out of my book Here, **him** represents that person’s name. Alternate translation: “I will erase that person’s name from my book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 32 33 qwk9 מִ⁠סִּפְרִֽ⁠י 1 my book This refers to the book of Yahweh that Moses spoke of in [Exodus 32:32](../32/32.md). -EXO 32 34 xn8p grammar-connect-logic-result וּ⁠בְ⁠י֣וֹם פָּקְדִ֔⁠י וּ⁠פָקַדְתִּ֥י עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֖ם חַטָּאתָֽ⁠ם 1 But on the day that I punish them, I will punish them Yahweh makes it clear that he will punish the people because they sinned by making and worshipping the idol. If it would be more clear in your language to place the reason first you may consider reordering the clauses. Alternate translation: “However, because they sinned, one day I will come to punish them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -EXO 32 35 wv1v figs-explicit עָשׂ֣וּ אֶת־הָ⁠עֵ֔גֶל אֲשֶׁ֥ר עָשָׂ֖ה אַהֲרֹֽן 1 they had made the calf, the one that Aaron made The first **made** here could mean (1) “do” which could imply worship (2) the people are being spoken of as having made the calf themselves (as well as Aaron) because they demanded it and gave their gold for it. Alternate translation: “they had worshiped the calf that Aaron made” or “they were guilty along with Aaron of making the calf” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 32 35 h3kl grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠יִּגֹּ֥ף יְהוָ֖ה אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֑ם עַ֚ל אֲשֶׁ֣ר עָשׂ֣וּ אֶת־הָ⁠עֵ֔גֶל אֲשֶׁ֥ר עָשָׂ֖ה אַהֲרֹֽן 1 they had made the calf, the one that Aaron made If your language requires placing the reason before the result you may reorder these clauses. Alternate translation: “And on account that they had made the calf (that Aaron made), Yahweh plagued the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -EXO 33 intro g5k3 0 # Exodus 33 General Notes

This chapter is largely about Moses continuing to negotiate for a closer relationship between Yahweh and himself and Yahweh and the people. There are a number of important theological issues addressed especially Yahweh’s holiness and character. Several key terms appear.

## Potential Translation Issues

Yahweh’s statement to Moses in verse 5 seems to have happened before the people’s reaction in verse 4, so in some languages you may need to reverse them.

Verses 7-11 seem to be background, general information about a somewhat unspecified time period. Be sure this is clear in how you structure these verses. See the beginning of verse 7 in the UST. While the term in verses 7-11 is often used interchangeably with the tabernacle that will be built in chapters 35-39, it is a temporary and different tent. One distinguishing feature is that it is well outside the camp while the tabernacle will be in the center of the tent.

The word **tent** in verses 7-11 refers either to this temporary “tent of meeting” that Moses set up, or to the tents that the Israelites lived in. Pay attention throughout these verses to which tent is referred to.
-EXO 33 1 p8xp figs-quotesinquotes לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר לְ⁠זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֖ אֶתְּנֶֽ⁠נָּה 1 General Information: The words following **saying** are a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation.
However, you may want to translate this as an indirect quotation in order to reduce the layers of quotations in this passage. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) +EXO 32 34 xn8p grammar-connect-logic-result וּ⁠בְ⁠י֣וֹם פָּקְדִ֔⁠י וּ⁠פָקַדְתִּ֥י עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֖ם חַטָּאתָֽ⁠ם 1 But on the day that I punish them, I will punish them Yahweh makes it clear that he will punish the people because they sinned by making and worshiping the idol. If it would be more clear in your language to place the reason first, you may consider reordering the clauses. Alternate translation: “However, because they sinned, one day I will come to punish them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +EXO 32 35 wv1v figs-explicit עָשׂ֣וּ אֶת־הָ⁠עֵ֔גֶל אֲשֶׁ֥ר עָשָׂ֖ה אַהֲרֹֽן 1 they had made the calf, the one that Aaron made The first instance of **had made** here could mean (1) “had done,” which would imply worship of the calf (2) the people are being spoken of as having made the calf themselves (along with Aaron) because they demanded it and gave their gold for it. Alternate translation: “they had worshiped the calf that Aaron made” or “they were guilty along with Aaron of making the calf” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +EXO 32 35 h3kl grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠יִּגֹּ֥ף יְהוָ֖ה אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֑ם עַ֚ל אֲשֶׁ֣ר עָשׂ֣וּ אֶת־הָ⁠עֵ֔גֶל אֲשֶׁ֥ר עָשָׂ֖ה אַהֲרֹֽן 1 they had made the calf, the one that Aaron made If your language requires placing the reason before the result, you may reorder these clauses. Alternate translation: “And on account that they had made the calf (that Aaron made), Yahweh plagued the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +EXO 33 intro g5k3 0 # Exodus 33 General Notes\n\nThis chapter is largely about Moses continuing to negotiate for a closer relationship between Yahweh and himself and Yahweh and the people. There are a number of important theological issues addressed, especially Yahweh’s holiness and character. Several key terms appear.\n\n## Potential Translation Issues\n\nYahweh’s statement to Moses in verse 5 seems to have happened before the people’s reaction in verse 4, so in some languages you may need to reverse them.\n\nVerses 7-11 seem to be background, general information about a somewhat unspecified time period. Be sure this is clear in how you structure these verses. See the beginning of verse 7 in the UST. While the term in verses 7-11 is often used interchangeably with the tabernacle that will be built in chapters 35-39, it is a temporary and different tent. One distinguishing feature is that it is well outside the camp, while the tabernacle will be in the center of the tent.\n\nThe word **tent** in verses 7-11 refers either to this temporary “tent of meeting” that Moses set up or to the tents that the Israelites lived in. Pay attention throughout these verses to which tent is referred to.\n +EXO 33 1 p8xp figs-quotesinquotes לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר לְ⁠זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֖ אֶתְּנֶֽ⁠נָּה 1 General Information: The words which follow **saying** are a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. However, you may want to translate this as an indirect quotation in order to reduce the layers of quotations in this passage. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) EXO 33 2 tlen וְ⁠שָׁלַחְתִּ֥י לְ⁠פָנֶ֖י⁠ךָ מַלְאָ֑ךְ וְ⁠גֵֽרַשְׁתִּ֗י אֶת־הַֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִי֙ הָֽ⁠אֱמֹרִ֔י וְ⁠הַֽ⁠חִתִּי֙ וְ⁠הַ⁠פְּרִזִּ֔י הַ⁠חִוִּ֖י וְ⁠הַ⁠יְבוּסִֽי 1 General Information: See how you translated these in [Exodus 23:20](../23/20.md) and [23:23](../23/23.md). EXO 33 3 yyt4 figs-metonymy חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָ֑שׁ 1 that land, which is flowing with milk and honey Here, **milk** is a metonym for domestic animals and the food products obtained from them; **honey** is a metonym for the food obtained from growing plants. See how you translated this in [Exodus 3:8](../03/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 33 3 y347 figs-metaphor זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָ֑שׁ 1 flowing with God spoke of the land being good for animals and plants as if the milk and honey from those animals and plants were flowing through the land. See how you translated this in [Exodus 3:8](../03/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -2217,116 +2217,116 @@ EXO 33 3 ah5t figs-metaphor קְשֵׁה־עֹ֨רֶף֙ 1 a stubborn people Yah EXO 33 4 jemj figs-gendernotations וְ⁠לֹא־שָׁ֛תוּ אִ֥ישׁ עֶדְי֖⁠וֹ עָלָֽי⁠ו 1 jewelry Here, **his** and **him** refer to both men and women. Alternate translation: “and the men and women did not put on their ornaments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) EXO 33 4 cf7g translate-unknown עֶדְי֖⁠וֹ 1 jewelry This may have referred to beautiful clothing as well as chains and rings made from gold or silver that had could have had jewels in them. Alternate translation: “his adornments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 33 4 qwuu translate-versebridge 0 jewelry Yahweh’s statement to Moses in verse 5 seems to have happened before the people’s reaction in verse 4, so in some languages you may need to reverse them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]]) -EXO 33 5 rn40 grammar-connect-words-phrases וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֜ה 1 jewelry The word **had** places Yahweh’s statement back in time. It can be understood from context as it seems Yahweh’s statement to Moses in verse 5 seems to have happened before the people’s reaction in verse 4. If you are reversing the order of the verses for your language, you should omit it in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -EXO 33 5 ndhx figs-quotations אֱמֹ֤ר אֶל־בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ 1 jewelry You may want to make the introductory portion of this quotation (**Say to the sons of Israel**) indirect to keep from having a quote inside a quote. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) +EXO 33 5 rn40 grammar-connect-words-phrases וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֜ה 1 jewelry The word **had** places Yahweh’s statement back in time. It can be understood from context as Yahweh’s statement to Moses in verse 5 seems to have happened before the people’s reaction in verse 4. If you are reversing the order of the verses for your language, you should omit it in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +EXO 33 5 ndhx figs-quotations אֱמֹ֤ר אֶל־בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ 1 jewelry You may want to make the introductory portion of this quotation,**Say to the sons of Israel**, indirect to keep from having a quote inside a quote. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) EXO 33 5 rzr5 figs-metaphor קְשֵׁה־עֹ֔רֶף 1 a stubborn people Yahweh speaks of the people being rebellious as if they had **hard necks**. See how you translated this in [Exodus 32:9](../32/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 33 5 cdm1 grammar-connect-logic-result אַתֶּ֣ם עַם־קְשֵׁה־עֹ֔רֶף רֶ֧גַע אֶחָ֛ד אֶֽעֱלֶ֥ה בְ⁠קִרְבְּ⁠ךָ֖ וְ⁠כִלִּיתִ֑י⁠ךָ 1 a stubborn people Because the Israelites are so obstinate (reason), Yahweh’s reaction to being near them would be destruction (result). You may need to restructure this in your language if the order of reason and result is particular. Alternate translation: “If I went up among you for one moment, then I would destroy you because you are a people hard of neck.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +EXO 33 5 cdm1 grammar-connect-logic-result אַתֶּ֣ם עַם־קְשֵׁה־עֹ֔רֶף רֶ֧גַע אֶחָ֛ד אֶֽעֱלֶ֥ה בְ⁠קִרְבְּ⁠ךָ֖ וְ⁠כִלִּיתִ֑י⁠ךָ 1 a stubborn people Because the Israelites are so obstinate (reason), Yahweh’s reaction to being near them would be destruction (result). You may need to restructure this in your language if the order of reason and result is particular. Alternate translation: “If I went up among you for one moment, then I would destroy you, because you are a people hard of neck.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) EXO 33 5 hakp grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical רֶ֧גַע אֶחָ֛ד אֶֽעֱלֶ֥ה בְ⁠קִרְבְּ⁠ךָ֖ וְ⁠כִלִּיתִ֑י⁠ךָ וְ⁠עַתָּ֗ה 1 a stubborn people Because the surrounding narrative clearly shows that this is not what Yahweh did or will do, this is a hypothetical situation. Some languages may need to reorder the clauses. Alternate translation: “Since I would destroy if I went up among you for one moment, then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) EXO 33 5 l6ax grammar-connect-logic-goal וְ⁠עַתָּ֗ה הוֹרֵ֤ד עֶדְיְ⁠ךָ֙ מֵֽ⁠עָלֶ֔י⁠ךָ וְ⁠אֵדְעָ֖ה מָ֥ה אֶֽעֱשֶׂה־לָּֽ⁠ךְ 1 a stubborn people The goal of the Israelites removing their ornaments is so that Yahweh can consider his reaction. Some languages may need to reorder this structure. Alternate translation: “So that I will know what I will do to you, take your ornaments down from on you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -EXO 33 5 gb16 figs-explicit וְ⁠עַתָּ֗ה הוֹרֵ֤ד עֶדְיְ⁠ךָ֙ מֵֽ⁠עָלֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 a stubborn people This was a way for the Israelites to show that they were sorry for sinning. If this would not be understood you may need to make it explicit in the text or a footnote. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 33 6 tomy figs-rpronouns וַ⁠יִּֽתְנַצְּל֧וּ 1 a stubborn people Here, **themselves** refers to the Israelites, they are both the ones doing the action and the ones the action is done to. A special form of verb or pronoun may be required to translate this in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) +EXO 33 5 gb16 figs-explicit וְ⁠עַתָּ֗ה הוֹרֵ֤ד עֶדְיְ⁠ךָ֙ מֵֽ⁠עָלֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 a stubborn people This was a way for the Israelites to show that they were sorry for sinning. If this would not be understood, you may need to make it explicit in the text or a footnote. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +EXO 33 6 tomy figs-rpronouns וַ⁠יִּֽתְנַצְּל֧וּ 1 a stubborn people Here, **themselves** refers to the Israelites; they are both the ones doing the action and the ones to whom the action is done. A special form of verb or pronoun may be required to translate this in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) EXO 33 6 i0c5 figs-explicit מֵ⁠הַ֥ר חוֹרֵֽב׃ 1 a stubborn people Here, **from** means “from that point of time and continuing into the future.” Try to find a form in your language that means “from then on” for your translation. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 33 7 wsfe grammar-connect-time-background 0 a stubborn people Verses 7-11 seem to be background, general information about a somewhat unspecified time period. Be sure this is clear in how you structure these verses. See the beginning of verse 7 in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]]) -EXO 33 7 fb65 הָ⁠אֹ֜הֶל 1 a stubborn people The word **tent** in verses 7-11 refers either to this temporary “tent of meeting” that Moses set up, or to the tents that the Israelites lived in. Pay attention throughout these verses to which tent is referred to. Here it refers to the “tent of meeting.” +EXO 33 7 fb65 הָ⁠אֹ֜הֶל 1 a stubborn people The word **tent** in verses 7-11 refers either to this temporary “tent of meeting” that Moses set up, or to the tents that the Israelites lived in. Pay attention throughout these verses to which tent is being referenced. Here it refers to the “tent of meeting.” EXO 33 8 h2us אָהֳל֑⁠וֹ 1 a stubborn people This refers to the people’s tents. EXO 33 9 yt4f עַמּ֣וּד הֶֽ⁠עָנָ֔ן 1 the pillar of cloud See how you translated this in [13:21](../13/21.md). EXO 33 9 vam7 figs-explicit יֵרֵד֙ 1 would come down Where it came down from can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “would come down from the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 33 9 ghf8 figs-metonymy וְ⁠דִבֶּ֖ר 1 would come down Grammatically, the most likely referent for this pronoun is the **pillar of cloud**. By metonymy and based on [verse 11](../33/11.md) this probably refers to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 33 10 nyoe figs-parallelism וְ⁠רָאָ֤ה כָל־הָ⁠עָם֙ אֶת־עַמּ֣וּד הֶֽ⁠עָנָ֔ן עֹמֵ֖ד פֶּ֣תַח הָ⁠אֹ֑הֶל וְ⁠קָ֤ם כָּל־הָ⁠עָם֙ וְ⁠הִֽשְׁתַּחֲוּ֔וּ אִ֖ישׁ פֶּ֥תַח אָהֳלֽ⁠וֹ 1 Yahweh would speak to Moses face to face This verse uses contrastive parallelism. The presence of Yahweh is represented in the cloud that stands at the entrance of the tent while the people prostrate themselves at the entrance to their tents. It would be good to try to retain the contrasting image in your translation if possible. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +EXO 33 9 ghf8 figs-metonymy וְ⁠דִבֶּ֖ר 1 would come down Grammatically, the most likely referent for this pronoun is the **pillar of cloud**. By metonymy and based on [verse 11](../33/11.md), this probably refers to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 33 10 nyoe figs-parallelism וְ⁠רָאָ֤ה כָל־הָ⁠עָם֙ אֶת־עַמּ֣וּד הֶֽ⁠עָנָ֔ן עֹמֵ֖ד פֶּ֣תַח הָ⁠אֹ֑הֶל וְ⁠קָ֤ם כָּל־הָ⁠עָם֙ וְ⁠הִֽשְׁתַּחֲוּ֔וּ אִ֖ישׁ פֶּ֥תַח אָהֳלֽ⁠וֹ 1 Yahweh would speak to Moses face to face This verse uses contrastive parallelism. The presence of Yahweh is represented in the cloud that stands at the entrance of the tent, while the people prostrate themselves at the entrance to their tents. It would be good to try to retain the contrasting image in your translation if possible. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) EXO 33 10 zvaf עַמּ֣וּד הֶֽ⁠עָנָ֔ן 1 Yahweh would speak to Moses face to face See how you translated this in [13:21](../13/21.md). EXO 33 10 dm01 אָהֳלֽ⁠וֹ 1 Yahweh would speak to Moses face to face This refers to the people’s tents. -EXO 33 11 zrb8 figs-metaphor פָּנִ֣ים אֶל־פָּנִ֔ים 1 Yahweh would speak to Moses face to face Speaking directly rather than through dreams and visions is spoken of as if Moses and God saw each other’s faces while they spoke. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Yahweh would speak directly to Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 33 11 zrb8 figs-metaphor פָּנִ֣ים אֶל־פָּנִ֔ים 1 Yahweh would speak to Moses face to face Speaking directly to each other rather than through dreams and visions is spoken of as if Moses and God saw each other’s faces while they spoke. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Yahweh would speak directly to Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 33 11 lqe0 figs-simile כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֛ר יְדַבֵּ֥ר אִ֖ישׁ אֶל־רֵעֵ֑⁠הוּ 1 Yahweh would speak to Moses face to face The metaphor of speaking **face to face** is explained by the simile here. How you handled **face to face** in your language may determine how you should handle this explanatory simile. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) EXO 33 11 rcsu writing-participants וּ⁠מְשָׁ֨רְת֜⁠וֹ יְהוֹשֻׁ֤עַ בִּן־נוּן֙ נַ֔עַר 1 Yahweh would speak to Moses face to face **Joshua** has been introduced before but not mentioned since [Exodus 32:17](../32/17.md). Different languages may need to re-introduce him in different ways. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) EXO 33 12 ohra writing-newevent 0 See A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 33 12 hlsl figs-quotations הַ֚עַל אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֣ם הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה…דַעְתִּ֣י⁠ךָֽ בְ⁠שֵׁ֔ם וְ⁠גַם־מָצָ֥אתָ חֵ֖ן בְּ⁠עֵינָֽ⁠י 1 See You may want to make these two second-level quotations indirect to reduce the levels of quotation. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) EXO 33 12 unz8 רְ֠אֵה 1 See This is an interjection to get someone’s attention. Alternate translation: “Look!” or “Listen!” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you” EXO 33 12 w7fs figs-idiom יְדַעְתִּ֣י⁠ךָֽ בְ⁠שֵׁ֔ם 1 I know you by name To **know** someone **by name** is to know them well. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I know you well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 33 12 uhjs figs-activepassive וְ⁠גַם־מָצָ֥אתָ חֵ֖ן בְּ⁠עֵינָֽ⁠י 1 you have also found favor in my eyes If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and my eyes find you favorable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 33 12 uhjs figs-activepassive וְ⁠גַם־מָצָ֥אתָ חֵ֖ן בְּ⁠עֵינָֽ⁠י 1 you have also found favor in my eyes If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and my eyes find you favorable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 33 12 a7jr figs-idiom מָצָ֥אתָ חֵ֖ן בְּ⁠עֵינָֽ⁠י 1 you have also found favor in my eyes Here, **found favor** is an idiom that means be approved of or that God is pleased with Moses. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “You please my eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 33 12 k101 figs-metonymy וְ⁠גַם־מָצָ֥אתָ חֵ֖ן בְּ⁠עֵינָֽ⁠י 1 you have also found favor in my eyes Here, **eyes** are a metonym for sight. Alternate translation: “and you have also found favor in my sight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 33 12 y281 figs-metaphor וְ⁠גַם־מָצָ֥אתָ חֵ֖ן בְּ⁠עֵינָֽ⁠י 1 you have also found favor in my eyes Here, sight (by metonymy from **eyes**) is a metaphor representing God’s evaluation. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “and you have also found favor in my evaluation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 33 12 es6z figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠גַם־מָצָ֥אתָ חֵ֖ן בְּ⁠עֵינָֽ⁠י 1 you have also found favor in my eyes Here, **favor** is an abstract noun that you could express in another way if necessary in your language. Alternate translation: “and you have also been found favorable in my eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) EXO 33 13 e6vv מָצָ֨אתִי חֵ֜ן בְּ⁠עֵינֶ֗י⁠ךָ…אֶמְצָא־חֵ֖ן בְּ⁠עֵינֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 Now if I have found favor in your eyes Here, **found favor** is an idiom that means that God is pleased with Moses. You may also need to make the phrase active in form and change the abstract noun **favor** into another form. Finally, **eyes** are a metonym for sight, and sight is a metaphor representing his evaluation. See how you dealt with the multiple issues in the phrase **you have found favor in my eyes** in [Exodus 33:12](../33/12.md). -EXO 33 13 zi7j figs-metaphor הוֹדִעֵ֤⁠נִי נָא֙ אֶת־דְּרָכֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 show me your ways Here, **ways** is a metaphor either for Yahweh’s plans or for the holy life he requires. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: (1) “please cause me to know what you are going to do in the future” (2) “please cause me to know how people can do what pleases you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 33 13 zi7j figs-metaphor הוֹדִעֵ֤⁠נִי נָא֙ אֶת־דְּרָכֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 show me your ways Here, **ways** is a metaphor either: (1) for Yahweh’s plans or (2) for the holy life he requires. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: (1) “please cause me to know what you are going to do in the future” (2) “please cause me to know how people can do what pleases you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 33 13 gtv4 אֶמְצָא־חֵ֖ן בְּ⁠עֵינֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 show me your ways This instance of the phrase **find favor in your eyes** means in the future. Consider how to translate it in your language to convey an on-going situation. Alternate translation: “I can always find favor in your eyes” -EXO 33 14 gh8q figs-metonymy פָּנַ֥⁠י יֵלֵ֖כוּ 1 My own presence will go Yahweh’s **face** represents his presence which represents himself. Alternate translation: “I will go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 33 14 gh8q figs-metonymy פָּנַ֥⁠י יֵלֵ֖כוּ 1 My own presence will go Yahweh’s **face** represents his presence, which represents himself. Alternate translation: “I will go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 33 14 esdd figs-explicit פָּנַ֥⁠י יֵלֵ֖כוּ וַ⁠הֲנִחֹ֥תִי לָֽ⁠ךְ 1 My own presence will go The preposition connected to **you** here has a very flexible meaning and seems to be connected to both **will go** and **will cause rest**. If this would be unclear, consider repeating it in both clauses. Alternate translation: “My face will go with you and I will cause rest for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 33 14 hl15 figs-you לָֽ⁠ךְ 1 go with you…give you The word **you** here refers to Moses. It is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) EXO 33 15 a2hc grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical אִם־אֵ֤ין פָּנֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ הֹלְכִ֔ים 1 go with you…give you **If your face is not going** is a hypothetical situation in which Moses makes a request that they not go anywhere without Yahweh. In some languages you may need to place the request first. Alternate translation: “Do not take us up from here if your face is not going” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) -EXO 33 15 m5cq figs-metonymy אִם־אֵ֤ין פָּנֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ הֹלְכִ֔ים 1 go with you…give you Yahweh’s **face** represents his presence which represents himself. Alternate translation: “If you are not going” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 33 16 cgl8 figs-rquestion וּ⁠בַ⁠מֶּ֣ה׀ יִוָּדַ֣ע אֵפ֗וֹא כִּֽי־מָצָ֨אתִי חֵ֤ן בְּ⁠עֵינֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ אֲנִ֣י וְ⁠עַמֶּ֔⁠ךָ הֲ⁠ל֖וֹא בְּ⁠לֶכְתְּ⁠ךָ֣ עִמָּ֑⁠נוּ וְ⁠נִפְלֵ֨ינוּ֙ אֲנִ֣י וְ⁠עַמְּ⁠ךָ֔ מִ⁠כָּ֨ל־הָ⁠עָ֔ם אֲשֶׁ֖ר עַל־פְּנֵ֥י הָ⁠אֲדָמָֽה 1 how will it be known…people? This verse contains two or three rhetorical questions and the length of the second is debated. The first rhetorical question, **And in what then will it be known that I have found favor in your eyes, I and your people?** is used for emphasis and means, “There is only one way people will know that I and your people please you.” The second, **Is it not in your going with us?** is used to answer the question and means “That way is your going with us.” It is possible that the rest of the verse is (1) a statement further clarifying of how Yahweh’s favor is demonstrated (ULT, UST), (2) an extension of the second rhetorical question (“Is it not in your going with us so that I and your people shall be distinct from all of the people that are on the face of the earth?”), or (3) a separate rhetorical question making the same point (“And shall I and your people be distinct from all of the people that are on the face of the earth?”)
Moses used these questions in order to emphasize that if Yahweh does not go with them, no one will know that Yahweh is pleased with Moses and the people. Use whatever forms would be natural in your language to present an argument like this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +EXO 33 15 m5cq figs-metonymy אִם־אֵ֤ין פָּנֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ הֹלְכִ֔ים 1 go with you…give you Yahweh’s **face** represents his presence, which represents himself. Alternate translation: “If you are not going” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 33 16 cgl8 figs-rquestion וּ⁠בַ⁠מֶּ֣ה׀ יִוָּדַ֣ע אֵפ֗וֹא כִּֽי־מָצָ֨אתִי חֵ֤ן בְּ⁠עֵינֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ אֲנִ֣י וְ⁠עַמֶּ֔⁠ךָ הֲ⁠ל֖וֹא בְּ⁠לֶכְתְּ⁠ךָ֣ עִמָּ֑⁠נוּ וְ⁠נִפְלֵ֨ינוּ֙ אֲנִ֣י וְ⁠עַמְּ⁠ךָ֔ מִ⁠כָּ֨ל־הָ⁠עָ֔ם אֲשֶׁ֖ר עַל־פְּנֵ֥י הָ⁠אֲדָמָֽה 1 how will it be known…people? This verse contains two or three rhetorical questions, and the length of the second is debated. The first rhetorical question, **And in what then will it be known that I have found favor in your eyes, I and your people?** is used for emphasis and means, “There is only one way people will know that I and your people please you.” The second, **Is it not in your going with us?** is used to answer the first question and means “That way is your going with us.” It is possible that the rest of the verse is (1) a statement further clarifying how Yahweh’s favor is demonstrated (ULT, UST), (2) an extension of the second rhetorical question (“Is it not in your going with us so that I and your people shall be distinct from all of the people that are on the face of the earth?”), or (3) a separate rhetorical question making the same point (“And shall I and your people be distinct from all of the people that are on the face of the earth?”)\nMoses used these questions in order to emphasize that if Yahweh does not go with them, no one will know that Yahweh is pleased with Moses and the people. Use whatever forms would be natural in your language to present an argument like this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) EXO 33 16 d36k figs-infostructure וּ⁠בַ⁠מֶּ֣ה 1 For otherwise This refers back to Moses’ hypothetical situation in the previous verse, that is, Yahweh not going with them. Use whatever connecting forms are necessary to make that clear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) -EXO 33 16 tu8e figs-activepassive וּ⁠בַ⁠מֶּ֣ה׀ יִוָּדַ֣ע אֵפ֗וֹא 1 how will it be known If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And in what then will people know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 33 16 tu8e figs-activepassive וּ⁠בַ⁠מֶּ֣ה׀ יִוָּדַ֣ע אֵפ֗וֹא 1 how will it be known If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And in what then will people know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 33 16 u82a figs-idiom מָצָ֨אתִי חֵ֤ן בְּ⁠עֵינֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ 1 Will it not only be if Here, **found favor** is an idiom that means that God is pleased with Moses. You may also need to make the phrase active in form and change the abstract noun **favor** into another form. Finally, **eyes** are a metonym for sight, and sight is a metaphor representing his evaluation. See how you dealt with the multiple issues in the phrase **you have found favor in my eyes** in [Exodus 33:12](../33/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 33 17 chua grammar-connect-logic-result גַּ֣ם אֶת־הַ⁠דָּבָ֥ר הַ⁠זֶּ֛ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר דִּבַּ֖רְתָּ אֶֽעֱשֶׂ֑ה כִּֽי־מָצָ֤אתָ חֵן֙ בְּ⁠עֵינַ֔⁠י וָ⁠אֵדָעֲ⁠ךָ֖ בְּ⁠שֵֽׁם 1 you have found favor in my eyes Here, **for** signals a reason clause. Some languages may need to reorder the clauses here. Alternate translation: “Because you have found favor in my eyes and I know you by name, I will also do this thing that you have spoken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -EXO 33 17 ln7y figs-idiom מָצָ֤אתָ חֵן֙ בְּ⁠עֵינַ֔⁠י 1 you have found favor in my eyes Here, **found favor** is an idiom that means that God is pleased with Moses. You may also need to make the phrase active in form and change the abstract noun **favor** into another form. Finally, **eyes** are a metonym for sight, and sight is a metaphor representing his evaluation. See how you dealt with the multiple issues in the phrase **you have found favor in my eyes** in [Exodus 33:12](../33/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 33 17 aln2 figs-you מָצָ֤אתָ 1 General Information: Here **you** is singular and refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -EXO 33 17 u2nv figs-idiom וָ⁠אֵדָעֲ⁠ךָ֖ בְּ⁠שֵֽׁם 1 I know you by name To know someone by name is to know them well. See how you translated this in [Exodus 33:12](../33/12.md). Alternate translation: “I know you well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 33 18 w73v figs-abstractnouns כְּבֹדֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 I know you by name In languages without abstract nouns you may need to change **glory** to another form. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +EXO 33 17 chua grammar-connect-logic-result גַּ֣ם אֶת־הַ⁠דָּבָ֥ר הַ⁠זֶּ֛ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר דִּבַּ֖רְתָּ אֶֽעֱשֶׂ֑ה כִּֽי־מָצָ֤אתָ חֵן֙ בְּ⁠עֵינַ֔⁠י וָ⁠אֵדָעֲ⁠ךָ֖ בְּ⁠שֵֽׁם 1 you have found favor in my eyes Here, **for** signals a reason clause. Some languages may need to reorder the clauses here. Alternate translation: “Because you have found favor in my eyes, and I know you by name, I will also do this thing that you have spoken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +EXO 33 17 ln7y figs-idiom מָצָ֤אתָ חֵן֙ בְּ⁠עֵינַ֔⁠י 1 you have found favor in my eyes Here, **you have found favor in my eyes** is an idiom that means that God is pleased with Moses. You may also need to make the phrase active in form and change the abstract noun **favor** into another form. Finally, **eyes** are a metonym for sight, and sight is a metaphor representing his evaluation. See how you dealt with the multiple issues in the phrase **you have found favor in my eyes** in [Exodus 33:12](../33/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EXO 33 17 aln2 figs-you מָצָ֤אתָ 1 General Information: Here, **you** is singular and refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +EXO 33 17 u2nv figs-idiom וָ⁠אֵדָעֲ⁠ךָ֖ בְּ⁠שֵֽׁם 1 I know you by name To know someone by name is to know them well. See how you translated this in [Exodus 33:12](../33/12.md). Alternate translation: “and I know you well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EXO 33 18 w73v figs-abstractnouns כְּבֹדֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 I know you by name In languages without abstract nouns, you may need to change **glory** to another form. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) EXO 33 19 sx1a figs-metaphor אֲנִ֨י אַעֲבִ֤יר כָּל־טוּבִ⁠י֙ עַל־פָּנֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 I will make all my goodness pass before you Yahweh speaks of his **goodness** like it was an object that he could move over Moses. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 33 19 e3o3 figs-abstractnouns טוּבִ⁠י֙ 1 I will make all my goodness pass before you In languages without abstract nouns you may need to change **goodness** to another form. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +EXO 33 19 e3o3 figs-abstractnouns טוּבִ⁠י֙ 1 I will make all my goodness pass before you In languages without abstract nouns, you may need to change **goodness** to another form. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) EXO 33 19 gzr5 figs-metonymy עַל־פָּנֶ֔י⁠ךָ…לְ⁠פָנֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 I will make all my goodness pass before you Here, **face** means “you.” Alternate translation: “above you … before you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 33 19 d4z9 וְ⁠קָרָ֧אתִֽי בְ⁠שֵׁ֛ם יְהוָ֖ה 1 I will make all my goodness pass before you The meaning of the phrase is unclear. It may mean that Yahweh will disclose something about his character to Moses. Alternate translation: “and I will proclaim my name, ‘Yahweh,’ ” -EXO 33 19 vqq6 figs-parallelism וְ⁠חַנֹּתִי֙ אֶת־אֲשֶׁ֣ר אָחֹ֔ן וְ⁠רִחַמְתִּ֖י אֶת־אֲשֶׁ֥ר אֲרַחֵֽם 1 I will make all my goodness pass before you These statements use parallelism internally and between each other. They stress Yahweh’s divine prerogative to do whatever he wants. The structure also parallels Yahweh’s I AM statements in [Exodus 3:14](../03/14.md). If this form of parallelism would be misunderstood in your language, consider another form that emphasizes that Yahweh is graciously kind to exactly and only those whom he chooses without outside influence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -EXO 33 20 c20q writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר 1 I will make all my goodness pass before you In some languages it may be better not to stop and restart the quotation by omitting **And he said** at the start of this verse. Yahweh is speaking from
33:19-34:3. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +EXO 33 19 vqq6 figs-parallelism וְ⁠חַנֹּתִי֙ אֶת־אֲשֶׁ֣ר אָחֹ֔ן וְ⁠רִחַמְתִּ֖י אֶת־אֲשֶׁ֥ר אֲרַחֵֽם 1 I will make all my goodness pass before you These statements use parallelism internally and between each other. They stress Yahweh’s divine prerogative to do whatever he wants. The structure also parallels Yahweh’s I AM statements in [Exodus 3:14](../03/14.md). If this form of parallelism would be misunderstood in your language, consider another form that emphasizes that Yahweh is graciously kind to exactly those and only those to whom he chooses to show kindness, and he does so without outside influence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +EXO 33 20 c20q writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר 1 I will make all my goodness pass before you In some languages it may be better to omit **And he said** at the start of this verse to avoid stopping and restarting the quotation. Yahweh is speaking from 33:19-34:3. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) EXO 33 20 fyc0 כִּ֛י לֹֽא־יִרְאַ֥⁠נִי הָ⁠אָדָ֖ם וָ⁠חָֽי 1 I will make all my goodness pass before you Alternate translation: “because no person can live after he has seen me” -EXO 33 21 loep writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָ֔ה 1 I will make all my goodness pass before you In some languages it may be better not to stop and restart the quotation by omitting **And Yahweh said** at the start of this verse. Yahweh is speaking from 33:19-34:3. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +EXO 33 21 loep writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָ֔ה 1 I will make all my goodness pass before you In some languages it may be better to omit **And Yahweh said** at the start of this verse to avoid stopping and restarting the quotation. Yahweh is speaking from 33:19-34:3. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) EXO 33 21 s4iy הִנֵּ֥ה 1 See Alternate translation: “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you.” -EXO 33 22 qhe6 figs-metaphor בַּ⁠עֲבֹ֣ר כְּבֹדִ֔⁠י 1 See Yahweh speaks of his **glory** like it was an object that he could move over Moses. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “while I pass over gloriously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 33 22 o5as figs-abstractnouns כְּבֹדִ֔⁠י 1 See In languages without abstract nouns you may need to change **glory** to another form. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -EXO 33 22 ivf5 figs-personification וְ⁠שַׂכֹּתִ֥י כַפִּ֛⁠י עָלֶ֖י⁠ךָ 1 See Here, Yahweh speaks as if he had hands like a person that could cover things. If your readers might misunderstand this you could use a simile to keep the image as this figure is important to keep and extends into the next verse. Alternate translation: “I will cover you like with a hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -EXO 33 23 fmu8 figs-personification וַ⁠הֲסִרֹתִי֙ אֶת־כַּפִּ֔⁠י וְ⁠רָאִ֖יתָ אֶת־אֲחֹרָ֑⁠י וּ⁠פָנַ֖⁠י לֹ֥א יֵרָאֽוּ 1 you will see my back The strong personification image of Yahweh continues throughout this verse and should be kept if possible. You may have to use similes if this would be misunderstood in your culture. Alternate translation: “Then it will be like I stop covering you with a hand and you will see a small part of my glory, like a person’s back, but not my full glory, like a person’s face.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -EXO 33 23 jq7t grammar-connect-logic-contrast וּ⁠פָנַ֖⁠י 1 you will see my back Here, **but my face** is moved to the front of the clause to emphasize contrast with **my back**. If your language has a certain way of contrasting elements be sure to make a strong contrast between Yahweh’s face and back. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -EXO 33 23 gw1n figs-activepassive וּ⁠פָנַ֖⁠י לֹ֥א יֵרָאֽוּ 1 but my face will not be seen If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but you will not see my face” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 34 intro smp6 0 # Exodus 34 General Notes

## Outline

- v. 1-4 Yahweh orders Moses to return to the mountain
- v. 5-9 Yahweh reveals himself to Moses and Moses reacts
- v. 10-28 Covenant renewal
- v. 29-34 Moses reports to Israel

## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter

- In verse 1, Yahweh says he will write on stone tablets, yet later (v. 27-28) he commands Moses to write and the text says Moses writes.
- Yahweh reveals something significant about himself or his character to Moses. There are a number of difficult terms and concepts.
- The biblical metaphor of true worship as sexual fidelity appears in v. 14-16.
- Several verses are repeated either exactly or closely from earlier chapters.
- In v. 12-26 Yahweh appears to give a different 10 commandments from those in Exodus 20 (but also largely repeated from other earlier parts of Exodus) raising the question of what was actually written on the stone tablets in v. 28.
- The concept of Moses’s shining face may be difficult in some cultures.

### “He will bring the punishment for the fathers’ sin on their children”

This phrase does not mean that a child is necessarily punished for the sins of their parents. Many scholars believe that this passage indicates that a parent’s sins will have consequences that will affect their children and grandchildren. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) -EXO 34 1 ppyw writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוָה֙ אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 tablets of stone Yahweh continues to speak to Moses, but there is a change of topic here so you may want to retain the speech introduction. However, if it would be misunderstood, you could simply continue the quotation from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Yahweh continued” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) -EXO 34 1 zf77 figs-infostructure אֲשֶׁ֥ר שִׁבַּֽרְתָּ 1 tablets of stone This clause reminds the reader of what tablets are being mentioned by reminding you of what had happened to the previous tablets. If it would be more helpful to attach it to the first mention of the tablets in this verse in your language you could rearrange it like the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) +EXO 33 22 qhe6 figs-metaphor בַּ⁠עֲבֹ֣ר כְּבֹדִ֔⁠י 1 See Yahweh speaks of his **glory** as if it were an object that he could move over Moses. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “while I pass over gloriously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 33 22 o5as figs-abstractnouns כְּבֹדִ֔⁠י 1 See In languages without abstract nouns, you may need to change **glory** to another form. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +EXO 33 22 ivf5 figs-personification וְ⁠שַׂכֹּתִ֥י כַפִּ֛⁠י עָלֶ֖י⁠ךָ 1 See Here Yahweh speaks as if he, like a person, had hands which could cover things. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use a simile to keep the image, as this figure is important to keep and extends into the next verse. Alternate translation: “I will cover you as with a hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +EXO 33 23 fmu8 figs-personification וַ⁠הֲסִרֹתִי֙ אֶת־כַּפִּ֔⁠י וְ⁠רָאִ֖יתָ אֶת־אֲחֹרָ֑⁠י וּ⁠פָנַ֖⁠י לֹ֥א יֵרָאֽוּ 1 you will see my back The strong personification image of Yahweh continues throughout this verse and should be retained, if possible. You may have to use similes if this would be misunderstood in your culture. Alternate translation: “Then it will be as if I stop covering you with a hand, and you will see a small part of my glory, like a person’s back, but not my full glory, like a person’s face.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +EXO 33 23 jq7t grammar-connect-logic-contrast וּ⁠פָנַ֖⁠י 1 you will see my back Here, **but my face** is moved to the front of the clause to emphasize contrast with **my back**. If your language has a certain way of contrasting elements, be sure to make a strong contrast between Yahweh’s face and back. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +EXO 33 23 gw1n figs-activepassive וּ⁠פָנַ֖⁠י לֹ֥א יֵרָאֽוּ 1 but my face will not be seen If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but you will not see my face” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 34 intro smp6 0 # Exodus 34 General Notes\n\n## Outline\n\n* v. 1-4 Yahweh orders Moses to return to the mountain\n* v. 5-9 Yahweh reveals himself to Moses and Moses reacts\n* v. 10-28 Covenant renewal\n* v. 29-34 Moses reports to Israel\n\n## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n* In verse 1, Yahweh says he will write on stone tablets, yet later (v. 27-28) he commands Moses to write and the text says Moses writes.\n* Yahweh reveals something significant about himself or his character to Moses. There are a number of difficult terms and concepts.\n* The biblical metaphor of true worship as sexual fidelity appears in v. 14-16.\n* Several verses are repeated either exactly or closely from earlier chapters.\n* In v. 12-26 Yahweh appears to give a different 10 commandments from those in Exodus 20 (but also largely repeated from other earlier parts of Exodus), raising the question of what was actually written on the stone tablets in v. 28.\n* The concept of Moses’s shining face may be difficult in some cultures.\n\n### “He will bring the punishment for the fathers’ sin on their children”\n\nThis phrase does not mean that a child is necessarily punished for the sins of their parents. Many scholars believe that this passage indicates that a parent’s sins will have consequences that will affect their children and grandchildren. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) +EXO 34 1 ppyw writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוָה֙ אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 tablets of stone Yahweh continues to speak to Moses, but there is a change of topic here, so you may want to retain the speech introduction. However, if it would be misunderstood, you could simply continue the quotation from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Yahweh continued” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +EXO 34 1 zf77 figs-infostructure אֲשֶׁ֥ר שִׁבַּֽרְתָּ 1 tablets of stone This clause reminds the reader of what tablets are being mentioned by reminding you of what had happened to the previous tablets. If it would be more helpful in your language to attach it to the first mention of the tablets in this verse, you could rearrange it like the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) EXO 34 1 s1kv לֻחֹ֥ת אֲבָנִ֖ים 1 tablets of stone Alternate translation: “flat slabs of stone” See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:18](../31/18.md) -EXO 34 3 ck6d figs-metonymy וְ⁠גַם־אִ֥ישׁ אַל־יֵרָ֖א בְּ⁠כָל־הָ⁠הָ֑ר 1 Do not let anyone else be seen anywhere on the mountain Being seen doing something represents doing that. Alternate translation: “Do not let anyone else be anywhere on the mountain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 34 3 ck6d figs-metonymy וְ⁠גַם־אִ֥ישׁ אַל־יֵרָ֖א בְּ⁠כָל־הָ⁠הָ֑ר 1 Do not let anyone else be seen anywhere on the mountain Being seen doing something represents doing that. Alternate translation: “and do not let anyone else be anywhere on the mountain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 34 3 x3rx גַּם־הַ⁠צֹּ֤אן וְ⁠הַ⁠בָּקָר֙ אַל־יִרְע֔וּ אֶל־מ֖וּל הָ⁠הָ֥ר הַ⁠הֽוּא 1 No flocks or herds are even to graze in front of the mountain Alternate translation: “Even flocks or herds are not allowed to come near the mountain to eat.” -EXO 34 5 sp7f writing-pronouns וַ⁠יִּתְיַצֵּ֥ב עִמּ֖⁠וֹ שָׁ֑ם וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֥א 1 stood with Moses there The pronouns are not clear here, but the referents are probably as in the following alternate translation: “and Yahweh stood with Moses there and Yahweh proclaimed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -EXO 34 5 r9ey figs-metonymy וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֥א בְ⁠שֵׁ֖ם יְהוָֽה 1 he pronounced the name “Yahweh.” Possible meanings include: (1) “he spoke the name ‘Yahweh’” (2) “he proclaimed who Yahweh is” For the second meaning, **name** would represent who God is. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 34 5 sp7f writing-pronouns וַ⁠יִּתְיַצֵּ֥ב עִמּ֖⁠וֹ שָׁ֑ם וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֥א 1 stood with Moses there The pronouns are not clear here, but the referents are probably as in the following alternate translation: “and Yahweh stood with Moses there, and Yahweh proclaimed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +EXO 34 5 r9ey figs-metonymy וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֥א בְ⁠שֵׁ֖ם יְהוָֽה 1 he pronounced the name “Yahweh.” Possible meanings include: (1) “he spoke the name ‘Yahweh’” (2) “he proclaimed who Yahweh is.” For the second meaning, **name** would represent who God is. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 34 6 fz1q figs-123person יְהוָ֣ה׀ יְהוָ֔ה אֵ֥ל רַח֖וּם וְ⁠חַנּ֑וּן 1 Yahweh, Yahweh, God is merciful and gracious God is speaking about himself. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, am God, and I am merciful and gracious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -EXO 34 6 t0kd figs-doublet רַח֖וּם וְ⁠חַנּ֑וּן 1 Yahweh, Yahweh, God is merciful and gracious This is emphasizing that Yahweh cares for people and acts kindly toward them. If doubling would not strengthen the statement here in your language consider another form that would. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -EXO 34 6 f7iq figs-idiom אֶ֥רֶךְ אַפַּ֖יִם 1 Yahweh, Yahweh, God is merciful and gracious This is an idiom that means Yahweh does not get angry easily or quickly. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “slow to anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 34 6 j7we figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠רַב־חֶ֥סֶד וֶ⁠אֱמֶֽת 1 abounding in covenant faithfulness and trustworthiness The abstract nouns **covenant faithfulness** and **trustworthiness** can be stated as “covenantally faithful” and “trustworthy.” (For **covenant faithfulness** see [Exodus 20:6](../20/06.md)). Alternate translation: “always being faithful to my covenant and always being trustworthy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -EXO 34 6 d1qj figs-doublet חֶ֥סֶד וֶ⁠אֱמֶֽת 1 abounding in covenant faithfulness and trustworthiness This is emphasizing that Yahweh always does what he promises toward the people he loves. If doubling would not strengthen the statement here in your language consider another form that would. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -EXO 34 7 lt2j figs-abstractnouns נֹצֵ֥ר חֶ֨סֶד֙ לָ⁠אֲלָפִ֔ים 1 keeping covenant faithfulness for thousands of generations The abstract nouns **covenant faithfulness** can be stated as “faithfully loving” or “faithful love.” See how you translated this in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “faithfully loving thousands of generations” or “faithful to his covenant with thousands of generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +EXO 34 6 t0kd figs-doublet רַח֖וּם וְ⁠חַנּ֑וּן 1 Yahweh, Yahweh, God is merciful and gracious This is emphasizing that Yahweh cares for people and acts kindly toward them. If doubling would not strengthen the statement here in your language, consider another form that would. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +EXO 34 6 f7iq figs-idiom אֶ֥רֶךְ אַפַּ֖יִם 1 Yahweh, Yahweh, God is merciful and gracious The phrase **long of nostril** is an idiom that means Yahweh does not get angry easily or quickly. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “slow to anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EXO 34 6 j7we figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠רַב־חֶ֥סֶד וֶ⁠אֱמֶֽת 1 abounding in covenant faithfulness and trustworthiness The abstract nouns **covenant faithfulness** and **trustworthiness** can be stated as “covenantally faithful” and “trustworthy.” (For **covenant faithfulness**, see [Exodus 20:6](../20/06.md)). Alternate translation: “always being faithful to my covenant and always being trustworthy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +EXO 34 6 d1qj figs-doublet חֶ֥סֶד וֶ⁠אֱמֶֽת 1 abounding in covenant faithfulness and trustworthiness This is emphasizing that Yahweh always does what he promises toward the people he loves. If doubling would not strengthen the statement here in your language, consider another form that would. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +EXO 34 7 lt2j figs-abstractnouns נֹצֵ֥ר חֶ֨סֶד֙ לָ⁠אֲלָפִ֔ים 1 keeping covenant faithfulness for thousands of generations The abstract nouns **covenant faithfulness** can be stated as “faithfully loving” or “faithful love.” See how you translated this in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “faithfully loving thousands of generations” or “faithful to his covenant with thousands of generations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) EXO 34 7 q7z8 figs-ellipsis לָ⁠אֲלָפִ֔ים 1 But he will Here, **thousands** may refer to thousands of generations or thousands of people. The two notes following deal with either possibility. See [Exodus 20:6](../20/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -EXO 34 7 x90l figs-hyperbole לָ⁠אֲלָפִ֔ים 1 But he will Option 1: This large number is used to mean “forever” or “to all descendants forever.” Alternate translation: “for every generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -EXO 34 7 dxkb figs-metonymy לָ⁠אֲלָפִ֔ים 1 But he will Option 2: The word **thousands** is a metonym for a number too many to count. Alternate translation: “to innumerable people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 34 7 x90l figs-hyperbole לָ⁠אֲלָפִ֔ים 1 But he will This large number is used to mean “forever” or “to all descendants forever.” Alternate translation: “for every generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +EXO 34 7 dxkb figs-metonymy לָ⁠אֲלָפִ֔ים 1 But he will The word **thousands** is a metonym for a number too many to count. Alternate translation: “to innumerable people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 34 7 hllt figs-litany עָוֺ֛ן וָ⁠פֶ֖שַׁע וְ⁠חַטָּאָ֑ה 1 But he will This list is meant to convey the idea of every kind of wrong. If a list like this would be misunderstood in your language you may need to use other terms or forms to make this point. Alternate translation: “every kind of sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]]) -EXO 34 7 e2qc figs-abstractnouns עָוֺ֛ן וָ⁠פֶ֖שַׁע וְ⁠חַטָּאָ֑ה…עֲוֺ֣ן 1 But he will If your language does not use an abstract noun for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns in another way as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +EXO 34 7 e2qc figs-abstractnouns עָוֺ֛ן וָ⁠פֶ֖שַׁע וְ⁠חַטָּאָ֑ה…עֲוֺ֣ן 1 But he will If your language does not use an abstract noun for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns in another way, as modeled in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) EXO 34 7 x397 figs-123person וְ⁠נַקֵּה֙ לֹ֣א יְנַקֶּ֔ה 1 he will by no means clear the guilty Yahweh is speaking about himself. Alternate translation: “But I will certainly not acquit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -EXO 34 7 ts1b figs-ellipsis וְ⁠נַקֵּה֙ לֹ֣א יְנַקֶּ֔ה 1 will by no means clear the guilty Whom Yahweh will not acquit is not stated. Many translations will require that information. Alternate translations: “he will certainly not clear the guilty” or “he will certainly not say that the guilty are innocent” or “he will certainly not free guilty people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +EXO 34 7 ts1b figs-ellipsis וְ⁠נַקֵּה֙ לֹ֣א יְנַקֶּ֔ה 1 will by no means clear the guilty Whom Yahweh will not acquit is not stated. Many translations will require that information. Alternate translations: “But he will certainly not clear the guilty” or “But he will certainly not say that the guilty are innocent” or “But he will certainly not free guilty people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) EXO 34 7 lyrg figs-metonymy עֲוֺ֣ן 1 will by no means clear the guilty Here, **iniquity** refers to the consequences or the punishment for iniquity. Alternate translation: “the punishment for the iniquity of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 34 7 px85 figs-metaphor פֹּקֵ֣ד׀ עֲוֺ֣ן אָב֗וֹת עַל־בָּנִים֙ וְ⁠עַל־בְּנֵ֣י בָנִ֔ים 1 He will bring the punishment for the fathers’ sin on their children The **iniquity of the fathers** is spoken of as if it were something capable of **visiting** people. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “punishing the sons and the sons of the sons for the iniquity of the fathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 34 7 c3tb figs-metonymy עַל־בָּנִים֙ וְ⁠עַל־בְּנֵ֣י בָנִ֔ים 1 their children The references to **sons** and **sons of the sons** represents descendants. Alternate translation: “on their descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 34 7 d462 figs-explicit עַל־שִׁלֵּשִׁ֖ים וְ⁠עַל־רִבֵּעִֽים 1 their children Here, “generation” is implied. Many translations will need to make this explicit as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 34 7 pacu figs-metonymy עַל־שִׁלֵּשִׁ֖ים וְ⁠עַל־רִבֵּעִֽים 1 their children Here, **third** and **fourth** means “several.” If this would not be understood and your language has a way of referring to an unspecified (but approximately 3-4) number, you may have to use it here. Alternate translation: “on a few generations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 34 8 c1qt figs-rpronouns וַ⁠יִּשְׁתָּֽחוּ 1 their children Here, **himself** means that Moses did this action to his own body. Some languages may use a special form to indicate this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) -EXO 34 8 mf8o figs-doublet וַ⁠יִּקֹּ֥ד אַ֖רְצָ⁠ה וַ⁠יִּשְׁתָּֽחוּ 1 their children These two verbs have very similar meanings and are often used together to express people’s physical and spiritual posture in worship. If such repetition would be misunderstood in your language you may need to express the physical action and spiritual action explicitly. Alternate translation: “bowed to the ground in worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +EXO 34 8 mf8o figs-doublet וַ⁠יִּקֹּ֥ד אַ֖רְצָ⁠ה וַ⁠יִּשְׁתָּֽחוּ 1 their children These two verbs have very similar meanings and are often used together to express people’s physical and spiritual posture in worship. If such repetition would be misunderstood in your language, you may need to express the physical action and spiritual action explicitly. Alternate translation: “and bowed to the ground in worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) EXO 34 9 mh3a figs-idiom מָצָ֨אתִי חֵ֤ן בְּ⁠עֵינֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ 1 If now I have found favor in your eyes Here, **found favor** is an idiom that means that God is pleased with Moses. You may also need to make the phrase active in form and change the abstract noun **favor** into another form. Finally, **eyes** are a metonym for sight, and sight is a metaphor representing his evaluation. See how you dealt with the multiple issues in the phrase **I have found favor in your eyes** in [Exodus 33:12](../33/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 34 9 vhu5 figs-metaphor עַם־קְשֵׁה־עֹ֨רֶף֙ ה֔וּא 1 If now I have found favor in your eyes Moses speaks of the people being rebellious as if they had **hard necks**. See how you translated this in [Exodus 32:9](../32/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 34 9 hw66 figs-doublet לַ⁠עֲוֺנֵ֥⁠נוּ וּ⁠לְ⁠חַטָּאתֵ֖⁠נוּ 1 our iniquity and our sin The words **iniquity** and **sin** mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “all our sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -EXO 34 10 zwsm 0 your people The covenant is largely repeated starting in this verse and consists of two parts (1) What Yahweh will do which is detailed in verses 10-11 (and briefly restated in verse 24) and (2) What is required of the Israelites which is detailed in verses 12-26. For further context see [Exodus 19:5 and following](../19/05.md), and [23:20-24:8](../23/20.md). Verses 12-26 are another list of ten commandments. -EXO 34 10 ps7o figs-idiom כֹּרֵ֣ת בְּרִית֒ 1 your people To **cut a covenant** means to make a covenant. The terminology refers to ancient rituals around making covenants which is illustrated in Genesis 15. See the imagery and how you translated there. Alternate translation: “am about to make a covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 34 10 zdq6 figs-possession עַמְּ⁠ךָ֙ 1 your people Here the **people** are referred to as belonging to Moses. This refers to his being their leader. Alternate translation: ”the people you lead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -EXO 34 10 itdx כָל־הָ֠⁠עָם אֲשֶׁר־אַתָּ֨ה בְ⁠קִרְבּ֜⁠וֹ 1 your people This phrase is ambiguous and could refer to (1) the nations that surrounded Israel or (2) the Israelites (who surrounded Moses). Attempt to maintain the ambiguity if you can, otherwise you may choose one, perhaps following another locally known translation’s choice. +EXO 34 10 zwsm 0 your people Starting in this verse, the covenant is largely repeated and consists of two parts: (1) what Yahweh will do, which is detailed in verses 10-11 (and briefly restated in verse 24) and (2) what is required of the Israelites, which is detailed in verses 12-26. For further context, see [Exodus 19:5 and following](../19/05.md), and [23:20-24:8](../23/20.md). Verses 12-26 are another list of ten commandments. +EXO 34 10 ps7o figs-idiom כֹּרֵ֣ת בְּרִית֒ 1 your people To **cut a covenant** means to make a covenant. The terminology refers to ancient rituals around making covenants, which is illustrated in Genesis 15. See the imagery and how you translated there. Alternate translation: “am about to make a covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EXO 34 10 zdq6 figs-possession עַמְּ⁠ךָ֙ 1 your people Here, the **people** are referred to as belonging to Moses. This refers to his being their leader. Alternate translation: ”the people you lead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +EXO 34 10 itdx כָל־הָ֠⁠עָם אֲשֶׁר־אַתָּ֨ה בְ⁠קִרְבּ֜⁠וֹ 1 your people This phrase is ambiguous and could refer to: (1) the nations that surrounded Israel or (2) the Israelites (who surrounded Moses). Attempt to maintain the ambiguity if you can; otherwise you may choose one, perhaps following another locally known translation’s choice. EXO 34 10 bj1a כִּֽי־נוֹרָ֣א ה֔וּא אֲשֶׁ֥ר אֲנִ֖י עֹשֶׂ֥ה עִמָּֽ⁠ךְ 1 it is a fearful thing that I am doing with you This means that what Yahweh is doing causes people to be afraid. In this case, people will fear Yahweh when they see what he does. Alternate translation: “for what I am doing with you will cause fear” -EXO 34 10 s7uz figs-you עִמָּֽ⁠ךְ 1 I am doing with you Here **you** refers to Moses and the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +EXO 34 10 s7uz figs-you עִמָּֽ⁠ךְ 1 I am doing with you Here, **you** refers to Moses and the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) EXO 34 11 xtkf figs-metonymy גֹרֵ֣שׁ מִ⁠פָּנֶ֗י⁠ךָ 1 I am doing with you Here, **from before your faces** means “ahead of you” or “on your behalf.” Yahweh is emphasizing who is doing the driving out. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 34 11 kfix translate-names אֶת־הָ⁠אֱמֹרִי֙ וְ⁠הַֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִ֔י וְ⁠הַ⁠חִתִּי֙ וְ⁠הַ⁠פְּרִזִּ֔י וְ⁠הַ⁠חִוִּ֖י וְ⁠הַ⁠יְבוּסִֽי 1 I am doing with you See how you translated these in [Exodus 33:2](../33/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 34 12 fmc9 0 General Information: Verses 12-16 are the first of these ten commandments. The original language is structured such that every clause in these verses is subordinate to the initial, **Guard yourself**. That sort of structure may not be possible in your language (as it is not in English). EXO 34 12 mnpv figs-rpronouns לְ⁠ךָ֗ 1 General Information: Here, **yourself** means that each Israelite should guard against committing these sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) EXO 34 12 n1il figs-hypo פֶּן־תִּכְרֹ֤ת בְּרִית֙ לְ⁠יוֹשֵׁ֣ב הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁ֥ר אַתָּ֖ה בָּ֣א עָלֶ֑י⁠הָ פֶּן־יִהְיֶ֥ה לְ⁠מוֹקֵ֖שׁ בְּ⁠קִרְבֶּֽ⁠ךָ 1 General Information: This sentence contains two hypotheticals as a warning. Each is introduced by **lest**. Use a marker in your language that introduces a hypothetical situation, but also see the next note. Alternate translation: “If you were to cut a covenant with the inhabitant of the land where you are about to go into, probably he would become as a trap in your midst.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) -EXO 34 12 t1hz grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical פֶּן־תִּכְרֹ֤ת בְּרִית֙ לְ⁠יוֹשֵׁ֣ב הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁ֥ר אַתָּ֖ה בָּ֣א עָלֶ֑י⁠הָ פֶּן־יִהְיֶ֥ה לְ⁠מוֹקֵ֖שׁ בְּ⁠קִרְבֶּֽ⁠ךָ 1 General Information: The second of these hypothetical statements is logically dependent on and follows after the first as a result. As you mark these hypotheticals, use a form that communicates that the second is a result of the first. Alternate translation: “because if you cut a covenant with the inhabitant of the land where you are about to go into then he will become as a trap in your midst” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) +EXO 34 12 t1hz grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical פֶּן־תִּכְרֹ֤ת בְּרִית֙ לְ⁠יוֹשֵׁ֣ב הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁ֥ר אַתָּ֖ה בָּ֣א עָלֶ֑י⁠הָ פֶּן־יִהְיֶ֥ה לְ⁠מוֹקֵ֖שׁ בְּ⁠קִרְבֶּֽ⁠ךָ 1 General Information: The second of these hypothetical statements is logically dependent on and follows after the first as a result. As you mark these hypotheticals, use a form that communicates that the second is a result of the first. Alternate translation: “because if you cut a covenant with the inhabitant of the land where you are about to go into, then he will become as a trap in your midst” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) EXO 34 12 b459 figs-idiom תִּכְרֹ֤ת בְּרִית֙ 1 General Information: See how you translated this in [34:10](../34/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 34 12 tnka grammar-collectivenouns לְ⁠יוֹשֵׁ֣ב…יִהְיֶ֥ה 1 General Information: The word **inhabitant** is a singular noun that refers to any individual inhabitant or group of inhabitants from the peoples mentioned in the previous verse. The pronoun **he** is agreeing with that singular noun. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “with the inhabitants of … they become” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) EXO 34 12 lxz8 figs-simile פֶּן־יִהְיֶ֥ה לְ⁠מוֹקֵ֖שׁ בְּ⁠קִרְבֶּֽ⁠ךָ 1 they will become a trap among you People who tempt others to sin are spoken of as if they were a **trap.** Alternate translation: “lest those remaining people tempt you to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -EXO 34 13 wkbx grammar-connect-logic-contrast כִּ֤י 1 they will become a trap among you This word marks a strong contrast with the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a strong contrast. Alternate translation: “Do the opposite!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -EXO 34 13 tfd1 figs-infostructure אֶת־מִזְבְּחֹתָ⁠ם֙ תִּתֹּצ֔וּ⁠ן וְ⁠אֶת־מַצֵּבֹתָ֖⁠ם תְּשַׁבֵּר֑וּ⁠ן וְ⁠אֶת־אֲשֵׁרָ֖י⁠ו תִּכְרֹתֽוּ⁠ן 1 they will become a trap among you This unusual word order reflects the original in bringing each item the Israelites must destroy into focus. You should use whatever form in your language would emphasize or focus on each item that they must destroy. Alternate translation: “as for their altars, break them down! As for their stone pillars, smash them to pieces! As for their trees where they worship the goddess Asherah, cut them all down!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) +EXO 34 13 wkbx grammar-connect-logic-contrast כִּ֤י 1 they will become a trap among you This word marks a strong contrast with the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a strong contrast. Alternate translation, followed by a new sentence: “Do the opposite!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +EXO 34 13 tfd1 figs-infostructure אֶת־מִזְבְּחֹתָ⁠ם֙ תִּתֹּצ֔וּ⁠ן וְ⁠אֶת־מַצֵּבֹתָ֖⁠ם תְּשַׁבֵּר֑וּ⁠ן וְ⁠אֶת־אֲשֵׁרָ֖י⁠ו תִּכְרֹתֽוּ⁠ן 1 they will become a trap among you This unusual word order reflects the original in bringing each item the Israelites must destroy into focus. You should use whatever form in your language would emphasize or focus on each item that they must destroy. Alternate translation, as separate sentences: “as for their altars, break them down! As for their stone pillars, smash them to pieces! As for their trees where they worship the goddess Asherah, cut them all down!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) EXO 34 13 gbp0 grammar-collectivenouns תִּכְרֹתֽוּ⁠ן 1 they will become a trap among you For some reason only this pronoun is singular, referring back the singular “inhabitant” in the previous verse. Translate it based on your decision in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) EXO 34 14 fzjz translate-symaction לֹ֥א תִֽשְׁתַּחֲוֶ֖ה 1 Yahweh, whose name is Jealous To **bow to another god** means to worship it. This imagery is throughout scripture and should be retained in translation. Alternate translation: “you shall not bow to worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) EXO 34 14 vmx2 figs-metaphor כִּ֤י יְהוָה֙ קַנָּ֣א שְׁמ֔⁠וֹ אֵ֥ל קַנָּ֖א הֽוּא׃ 1 Yahweh, whose name is Jealous The repeated word **jealous** means that God is concerned to keep his honor. If his people worship other gods, he loses honor, because when his people do not honor him, other people also will not honor him. This is pictured in a metaphor of a jealous spouse who is concerned that his spouse be faithful to him. This is an important Biblical metaphor that should be kept in translation if at all possible. The UST makes this image explicit as a simile, which can be done occasionally but would probably be too long for repeated use in a translation. Alternate translation: “Yahweh jealously guards his reputation. He is a God jealous of his honor.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -2379,37 +2379,37 @@ EXO 34 29 d9zk קָרַ֛ן 1 had become radiant Alternate translation: “beca EXO 34 30 yn9s grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠יִּֽירְא֖וּ 1 had become radiant They were afraid because of his bright face. Alternate translation: “because of that, they were afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) EXO 34 32 kt23 וַ⁠יְצַוֵּ֕⁠ם אֵת֩ כָּל־אֲשֶׁ֨ר דִּבֶּ֧ר יְהוָ֛ה אִתּ֖⁠וֹ 1 all the commands that Yahweh had given him This means that Moses commanded the Israelites to obey everything Yahweh had commanded Moses to command the Israelites to do. EXO 34 34 fzm1 grammar-connect-time-background 0 he would remove This and the next verse give a general statement about Moses’s practice for an unstated amount of time (it was probably from this point until his death as he continued to talk to Yahweh). You should mark this with a form in your language that is used for on-going action like **would** and the UST’s “Whenever.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]]) -EXO 34 34 m1sv figs-activepassive יְצֻוֶּֽה 1 what he was commanded If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh had commanded him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 35 intro lew9 0 # Exodus 35 General Notes

## Translation issues in this chapter


- In the last chapter some repetition of Yahweh’s instructions began, mostly around the covenant commands. Starting in this chapter and even more so in chapter 36, the commands regarding the construction of the tabernacle complex are repeated, often word for word, from chapters 25-31. In many verses the only difference will be a change of verb form from instruction to completion. As much as possible, these parallels will be pointed out for the translators with links to the previous verses. Translators should refer back to the previously translated verses for consistency and because notes in this section may not cover everything that was covered in the initial instruction section.
- Many items, materials, and processes for building the tabernacle may be unknown, but should have already been addressed in chapters 25-31.


## Structure

- v. 1-3: reiteration of Sabbath command
- v. 4-9: list of materials for donation (see [Exodus 25:1-7](../25/01.md))
- v. 10-19: things they need to make for the tabernacle complex
- v. 20-29: the people bring all the things listed
- v. 30-36:1: appointing of lead craftsmen to build these things +EXO 34 34 m1sv figs-activepassive יְצֻוֶּֽה 1 what he was commanded If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh had commanded him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 35 intro lew9 0 # Exodus 35 General Notes\n\n## Translation Issues in this Chapter\n\n\n- In the last chapter some repetition of Yahweh’s instructions began, mostly around the covenant commands. Starting in this chapter and even more so in chapter 36, the commands regarding the construction of the tabernacle complex are repeated, often word for word, from chapters 25-31. In many verses the only difference will be a change of verb form from instruction to completion. As much as possible, these parallels will be pointed out for the translators with links to the previous verses. Translators should refer back to the previously translated verses for consistency and because notes in this section may not cover everything that was covered in the initial instruction section.\n- Many items, materials, and processes for building the tabernacle may be unknown, but should have already been addressed in chapters 25-31.\n\n\n## Structure\n\n- v. 1-3: reiteration of Sabbath command\n- v. 4-9: list of materials for donation (see [Exodus 25:1-7](../25/01.md))\n- v. 10-19: things they need to make for the tabernacle complex\n- v. 20-29: the people bring all the things listed\n- v. 30-36:1: appointing of lead craftsmen to build these things EXO 35 2 hfaq 0 This verse is very similar to [Exodus 31:15](../31/15.md).
EXO 35 2 g6oe translate-numbers שֵׁ֣שֶׁת 1 the seventh day Alternate translation: “6” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) EXO 35 2 c559 translate-ordinal הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֗י 1 the seventh day Alternate translation: “day number seven” or “Saturday” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -EXO 35 2 ax6u figs-activepassive שֵׁ֣שֶׁת יָמִים֮ תֵּעָשֶׂ֣ה מְלָאכָה֒ 1 Whoever does any work on that day must be put to death If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Six days you shall work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 35 2 ax6u figs-activepassive שֵׁ֣שֶׁת יָמִים֮ תֵּעָשֶׂ֣ה מְלָאכָה֒ 1 Whoever does any work on that day must be put to death If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Six days you shall work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 35 2 zij9 figs-activepassive כָּל־הָ⁠עֹשֶׂ֥ה ב֛⁠וֹ מְלָאכָ֖ה יוּמָֽת 1 Whoever does any work on that day must be put to death If your language would not use passive here, you can state this in an active form. Alternate translation: “You must execute anyone who works on that day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 35 4 jdb8 0 General Information: In verses 4-9, Moses tells the Israelites to collect the things Yahweh commanded him in [Exodus 25:2-7](../25/02.md). You should check your translation for consistency between these passages. +EXO 35 4 jdb8 0 General Information: In verses 4-9, Moses tells the Israelites to collect the things Yahweh commanded him to collect in [Exodus 25:2-7](../25/02.md). You should check your translation for consistency between these passages. EXO 35 4 ugn4 figs-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר מֹשֶׁ֔ה אֶל־כָּל־עֲדַ֥ת בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר זֶ֣ה הַ⁠דָּבָ֔ר אֲשֶׁר־צִוָּ֥ה יְהוָ֖ה לֵ⁠אמֹֽר 1 General Information: Verses 5-19 are a second-level direct quotation. If it would be better to reduce the quotation level in your language, you may want to make this introductory comment (everything after the first **saying**) an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “And Moses told all of the congregation of the sons of Israel the things that Yahweh commanded, saying,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) EXO 35 5 h5c8 0 General Information: This verse is similar to [Exodus 25:2-3](../25/02.md). EXO 35 5 n2c8 קְח֨וּ מֵֽ⁠אִתְּ⁠כֶ֤ם תְּרוּמָה֙ לַֽ⁠יהוָ֔ה 1 Take an offering for Yahweh Alternate translation: “Take up a collection for Yahweh from what you have” EXO 35 5 qq0a figs-ellipsis כֹּ֚ל 1 Take an offering for Yahweh Here, “from” is omitted but suggested by the sentence grammar. Also, **every** means “every person.” Alternate translation: “from every person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -EXO 35 5 pqa2 figs-idiom כֹּ֚ל נְדִ֣יב לִבּ֔⁠וֹ 1 General Information: This is an idiom that indicates a person’s desire to give an offering. Many languages will have a similar idiom though the body part often varies. Alternate translation: “who wants to give one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EXO 35 5 pqa2 figs-idiom כֹּ֚ל נְדִ֣יב לִבּ֔⁠וֹ 1 General Information: This is an idiom that indicates a person’s desire to give an offering. Many languages will have a similar idiom, though the body part often varies. Alternate translation: “from everyone who wants to give one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 35 5 gx87 0 General Information: After this verse, a list begins. You may need to mark the end of this verse with punctuation or another way that your language marks the start of a list. EXO 35 6 r12v 0 General Information: This verse is identical to [Exodus 25:4](../25/04.md). -EXO 35 6 g615 figs-explicit וּ⁠תְכֵ֧לֶת וְ⁠אַרְגָּמָ֛ן וְ⁠תוֹלַ֥עַת שָׁנִ֖י 1 General Information: Possible meanings are (1) “material that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple and scarlet dye” to dye the linen. The original audience would have known what was meant. This material seems to have been used for embroidery later, so “yarn” or ”thread” may be the best understanding. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +EXO 35 6 g615 figs-explicit וּ⁠תְכֵ֧לֶת וְ⁠אַרְגָּמָ֛ן וְ⁠תוֹלַ֥עַת שָׁנִ֖י 1 General Information: Possible meanings are: (1) “material that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple and scarlet dye” to dye the linen. The original audience would have known what was meant. This material seems to have been used for embroidery later, so “yarn” or ”thread” may be the best understanding. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 35 6 cad9 translate-unknown וְ⁠תוֹלַ֥עַת שָׁנִ֖י 1 General Information: A bright red color for dying cloth was extracted from these worms. Alternate translation: “and bright red” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 35 7 nmv4 0 General Information: This verse is identical to [Exodus 25:5](../25/05.md). -EXO 35 7 l5bq translate-unknown מְאָדָּמִ֛ים 1 ram skins dyed red and fine leather hides When animal skins are tanned (processed into usable leather) they become reddish. It is not clear if these hides are dyed red or simply reddened in the tanning process. Alternate translation: “tanned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 35 7 wmsl translate-unknown תְּחָשִׁ֖ים 1 ram skins dyed red and fine leather hides The meaning of this word is not known, it may refer to some water mammal that has skin that can be made into a high-quality leather. [Sea cows on Wikipedia](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sirenia) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 35 7 l5bq translate-unknown מְאָדָּמִ֛ים 1 ram skins dyed red and fine leather hides When animal skins are tanned (processed into usable leather), they become reddish. It is not clear if these hides are dyed red or simply reddened in the tanning process. Alternate translation: “tanned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 35 7 wmsl translate-unknown תְּחָשִׁ֖ים 1 ram skins dyed red and fine leather hides The meaning of this word is not known; it may refer to some water mammal that has skin that can be made into a high-quality leather. [Sea cows on Wikipedia](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sirenia) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 35 7 tzrk translate-unknown שִׂטִּֽים 1 ram skins dyed red and fine leather hides A small tree with spreading foliage and durable wood. [See on Wikipedia](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Shittah_tree) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 35 8 ikm4 0 General Information: Except for a couple of **and**s, this verse is identical to [Exodus 25:6](../25/06.md). -EXO 35 8 y11w translate-unknown וּ⁠בְשָׂמִים֙ 1 General Information: Here, **spices** are dried plants that people grind into a powder and put in oil or food to give it a nice smell or flavor (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 35 8 ikm4 0 General Information: Except for several uses of the word **and**, this verse is identical to [Exodus 25:6](../25/06.md). +EXO 35 8 y11w translate-unknown וּ⁠בְשָׂמִים֙ 1 General Information: Here, **spices** are dried plants that people grind into a powder and put in oil or food to give it a nice smell or flavor. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 35 9 f1dd 0 General Information: Except for an initial **and**, this verse is identical to [Exodus 25:7](../25/07.md). EXO 35 9 hcs9 translate-unknown וְ⁠אַ֨בְנֵי־שֹׁ֔הַם 1 General Information: An **onyx stone** is a valuable stone that has layers of white and black, red or brown. If this stone is unknown to your people, consider translating it by using a word for a familiar stone with a similar pattern, if possible. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 35 9 kk7z וְ⁠אַבְנֵ֖י 1 General Information: Alternate translation: “and valuable gems for” or “and treasured gems for” EXO 35 10 dc4b figs-metonymy וְ⁠כָל־חֲכַם־לֵ֖ב 1 Every skilled man Here, **heart** is referring to innate possession by a person, that is, traits of a person. The phrase essentially means “a talented craftsman.” If this is unclear to your readers you may consider making it more explicit. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:3](../28/03.md). Alternate translation: “And every man with a skill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 35 10 lkp4 figs-ellipsis צִוָּ֖ה 1 Every skilled man Here, some the words that a sentence would need to be complete in some languages are left out. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +EXO 35 10 lkp4 figs-ellipsis צִוָּ֖ה 1 Every skilled man Here, some the words that a sentence would need to be complete in some languages are left out. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context, as modeled in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) EXO 35 10 ugjb 0 Every skilled man After this verse, a list begins. You may need to mark the end of this verse with punctuation or another way that your language marks the start of a list. EXO 35 11 s0ip מִכְסֵ֑⁠הוּ 1 clasps See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:14](../26/14.md). -EXO 35 11 j5t7 קְרָסָי⁠ו֙ 1 clasps The clasps fit into the loops to hold the curtains together. See how you translated these in [Exodus 26:6](../26/06.md). +EXO 35 11 j5t7 קְרָסָי⁠ו֙ 1 clasps The **clasps** fit into the loops to hold the curtains together. See how you translated these in [Exodus 26:6](../26/06.md). EXO 35 11 u022 קְרָשָׁ֔י⁠ו 1 clasps See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:15](../26/15.md). EXO 35 11 pvft בְּרִיחָ֖יו 1 clasps See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:26](../26/26.md). EXO 35 11 f1gk עַמֻּדָ֖י⁠ו 1 clasps See how you translated this in [26:32](../26/32.md). @@ -2417,39 +2417,39 @@ EXO 35 11 syn4 אֲדָנָֽי⁠ו 1 bases These are heavy objects that rest EXO 35 12 rj7s 0 atonement lid See how you translated these terms in [25:10-17](../25/10.md) and [26:36](../26/36.md). EXO 35 13 l641 figs-metonymy לֶ֥חֶם הַ⁠פָּנִֽים 1 bread of the presence Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of Yahweh. This bread represented the presence of God. Alternate translation: “the bread of the Presence” See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:30](../25/30.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 35 14 obmd 0 bread of the presence See [25:31-37](../25/31.md) for these items. -EXO 35 15 ht7x מִזְבַּ֤ח הַ⁠קְּטֹ֨רֶת֙…שֶׁ֣מֶן הַ⁠מִּשְׁחָ֔ה…קְטֹ֣רֶת הַ⁠סַּמִּ֑ים 1 bread of the presence For the **altar** see [30:1](../30/01.md). For the **oil** see [30:25](../30/25.md). For the **incense** see [30:7](../30/07.md). -EXO 35 16 h116 0 bronze grate For the **grate** see [Exodus 27:4](../27/04.md). Most of the rest of the verse is almost identical to [30:28](../30/28.md). +EXO 35 15 ht7x מִזְבַּ֤ח הַ⁠קְּטֹ֨רֶת֙…שֶׁ֣מֶן הַ⁠מִּשְׁחָ֔ה…קְטֹ֣רֶת הַ⁠סַּמִּ֑ים 1 bread of the presence For the **altar**, see [30:1](../30/01.md). For the **oil**, see [30:25](../30/25.md). For the **incense**, see [30:7](../30/07.md). +EXO 35 16 h116 0 bronze grate For the **grate**, see [Exodus 27:4](../27/04.md). Most of the rest of the verse is almost identical to [30:28](../30/28.md). EXO 35 17 h8zl קַלְעֵ֣י…מָסַ֖ךְ 1 hangings These were large curtains made of cloth. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:36](../26/36.md). EXO 35 17 x54f עַמֻּדָ֖י⁠ו 1 posts These were strong pieces of wood set upright and used as supports. See how you translated these in [Exodus 27:10](../27/10.md). EXO 35 17 xtm8 אֲדָנֶ֑י⁠הָ 1 bases These were blocks that had a slot in them to keep the board in place. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:19](../26/19.md). EXO 35 18 n44r יִתְדֹ֧ת…יִתְדֹ֥ת 1 tent pegs These were sharp pieces of wood or metal used to secure the corners of a tent to the ground. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:19](../27/19.md). EXO 35 19 x1pc 0 finely-woven garments Except for **for serving in the holy place** and two “ands,” this verse is identical to [31:10](../31/10.md). EXO 35 20 w6rg figs-metonymy מִ⁠לִּ⁠פְנֵ֥י מֹשֶֽׁה 1 all the tribes of Israel Alternate translation: “from Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 35 21 p2ls figs-parallelism וַ⁠יָּבֹ֕אוּ כָּל־אִ֖ישׁ אֲשֶׁר־נְשָׂא֣⁠וֹ לִבּ֑⁠וֹ וְ⁠כֹ֡ל אֲשֶׁר֩ נָדְבָ֨ה רוּח֜⁠וֹ אֹת֗⁠וֹ הֵ֠בִיאוּ 1 all the tribes of Israel These two phrases parallel each other and mean the same thing. It would be good to keep this poetic repetition in your translation unless it would be misunderstood. If repetition here would not highlight the joyful giving spirit of the Israelites in your language you may need to combine the phrases. Alternate translation: “Everyone who was motivated, body and soul, came and gave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -EXO 35 21 r34y figs-synecdoche וַ⁠יָּבֹ֕אוּ כָּל־אִ֖ישׁ אֲשֶׁר־נְשָׂא֣⁠וֹ לִבּ֑⁠וֹ וְ⁠כֹ֡ל אֲשֶׁר֩ נָדְבָ֨ה רוּח֜⁠וֹ אֹת֗⁠וֹ הֵ֠בִיאוּ 1 all the tribes of Israel Here, **heart** and **spirit** both refer to a persons’ will, their desire to do something. Many languages will have similar expressions, perhaps using different body and spirit words or concepts which you can use. If your language would not express a persons’ will in this way you could translate the meaning. Alternate translation: “And every man whose will lifted him came and all who felt impelled brought” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +EXO 35 21 p2ls figs-parallelism וַ⁠יָּבֹ֕אוּ כָּל־אִ֖ישׁ אֲשֶׁר־נְשָׂא֣⁠וֹ לִבּ֑⁠וֹ וְ⁠כֹ֡ל אֲשֶׁר֩ נָדְבָ֨ה רוּח֜⁠וֹ אֹת֗⁠וֹ הֵ֠בִיאוּ 1 all the tribes of Israel These two phrases parallel each other and mean the same thing. It would be good to keep this poetic repetition in your translation unless it would be misunderstood. If repetition here would not highlight the joyful giving spirit of the Israelites in your language, you may need to combine the phrases. Alternate translation: “Everyone who was motivated, body and soul, came and gave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +EXO 35 21 r34y figs-synecdoche וַ⁠יָּבֹ֕אוּ כָּל־אִ֖ישׁ אֲשֶׁר־נְשָׂא֣⁠וֹ לִבּ֑⁠וֹ וְ⁠כֹ֡ל אֲשֶׁר֩ נָדְבָ֨ה רוּח֜⁠וֹ אֹת֗⁠וֹ הֵ֠בִיאוּ 1 all the tribes of Israel Here, **heart** and **spirit** both refer to a person's will, their desire to do something. Many languages will have similar expressions, perhaps using different body and spirit words or concepts which you can use. If your language would not express a person's will in this way, you could translate the meaning. Alternate translation: “And every man whose will lifted him came, and all who felt impelled brought” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) EXO 35 21 ckmu figs-metaphor אֲשֶׁר־נְשָׂא֣⁠וֹ לִבּ֑⁠וֹ 1 all the tribes of Israel Here, **heart lifted** is a metaphor for being willing or excited. Many languages will have similar expressions, perhaps using a different body part or a different action. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “who was excited” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 35 21 u7kq figs-gendernotations כָּל־אִ֖ישׁ אֲשֶׁר־נְשָׂא֣⁠וֹ לִבּ֑⁠וֹ וְ⁠כֹ֡ל אֲשֶׁר֩ נָדְבָ֨ה רוּח֜⁠וֹ אֹת֗⁠וֹ 1 all the tribes of Israel Here, **man, his,** and **him** all refer to men and women in a general way. This is made explicit in the next verse. If your readers might misunderstand this you may use terms that include men and women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +EXO 35 21 u7kq figs-gendernotations כָּל־אִ֖ישׁ אֲשֶׁר־נְשָׂא֣⁠וֹ לִבּ֑⁠וֹ וְ⁠כֹ֡ל אֲשֶׁר֩ נָדְבָ֨ה רוּח֜⁠וֹ אֹת֗⁠וֹ 1 all the tribes of Israel Here, **man, whose,** and **him** all refer to men and women in a general way. This is made explicit in the next verse. If your readers might misunderstand this, you may use terms that include men and women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) EXO 35 21 kew0 figs-abstractnouns וּ⁠לְ⁠בִגְדֵ֖י הַ⁠קֹּֽדֶשׁ 1 all the tribes of Israel If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **holiness** in another way. Alternate translation: “and for the holy clothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -EXO 35 22 mwx8 figs-synecdoche כֹּ֣ל׀ נְדִ֣יב לֵ֗ב 1 all who had a willing heart Here, **heart** refers to a persons’ will, their desire to do something. It is spoken of as causing a person to bring these gifts to Yahweh. This is a shortening and combining of the figure used in the [previous verse](../35/21.md), **heart** and **impelled** are brought together. See how you translated these ideas in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “anyone whose will impelled him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -EXO 35 22 yzsw ל׀ נְדִ֣יב 1 all who had a willing heart Alternate translation: “all who were impelled” -EXO 35 22 wwp2 figs-litany חָ֣ח וָ⁠נֶ֜זֶם וְ⁠טַבַּ֤עַת וְ⁠כוּמָז֙ כָּל־כְּלִ֣י זָהָ֔ב 1 brooches, earrings, rings, and ornaments These are different kinds of jewelry. The exact identity of each object is not known. The phrase **all of the things of gold** could either modify the whole list, meaning “all these items were made of gold,” or could mean “many other gold things.” If taken as a summary statement, in some languages it may be clearer to move it to the front of the list. Alternate translation: “all kinds of gold jewelry including necklaces, nose-rings, signet-rings, and gold ornaments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]]) +EXO 35 22 mwx8 figs-synecdoche כֹּ֣ל׀ נְדִ֣יב לֵ֗ב 1 all who had a willing heart Here, **heart** refers to a person's will, their desire to do something. It is spoken of as causing a person to bring these gifts to Yahweh. This is a shortening and combining of the figure used in the [previous verse](../35/21.md): **heart** and **impelled** are brought together. See how you translated these ideas in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “anyone whose will impelled him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +EXO 35 22 yzsw ל׀ נְדִ֣יב 1 all who had a willing heart Alternate translation: “who were impelled of” +EXO 35 22 wwp2 figs-litany חָ֣ח וָ⁠נֶ֜זֶם וְ⁠טַבַּ֤עַת וְ⁠כוּמָז֙ כָּל־כְּלִ֣י זָהָ֔ב 1 brooches, earrings, rings, and ornaments These are different kinds of jewelry. The exact identity of each object is not known. The phrase **all of the things of gold** could either modify the whole list, meaning “all these items were made of gold,” or could mean “many other gold things.” If taken as a summary statement, in some languages it may be clearer to move it to the front of the list. Alternate translation: “all kinds of gold jewelry including necklaces, nose rings, signet rings, and gold ornaments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]]) EXO 35 22 frci figs-gendernotations וְ⁠כָל־אִ֕ישׁ 1 brooches, earrings, rings, and ornaments Although the term **men** is used, the word here is used in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “And every person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) EXO 35 23 s3ky 0 Everyone who had…brought them See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:4-5](../25/04.md). -EXO 35 23 dweo figs-activepassive וְ⁠כָל־אִ֞ישׁ אֲשֶׁר־נִמְצָ֣א אִתּ֗⁠וֹ 1 Everyone who had…brought them If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Also, the meaning of this phrase is simple possession. Alternate translation: “And every man who owned” or “And every man that found with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 35 23 dweo figs-activepassive וְ⁠כָל־אִ֞ישׁ אֲשֶׁר־נִמְצָ֣א אִתּ֗⁠וֹ 1 Everyone who had…brought them If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Also, the meaning of this phrase is simple possession. Alternate translation: “And every man who owned” or “And every man having” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 35 23 hg0d figs-gendernotations וְ⁠כָל־אִ֞ישׁ 1 Everyone who had…brought them Although the term **men** is used, the word here is used in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “And every person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) EXO 35 23 t3ti figs-hyperbole וְ⁠כָל־אִ֞ישׁ 1 Everyone who had…brought them The phrase **every man** is used here without the restriction, “who was willing,” from previous verses. The exaggeration is used to emphasize what a large portion of the Israelites gave willingly. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that expresses a large number or a majority. Alternate translation: “And very many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -EXO 35 24 qpep figs-activepassive וְ⁠כֹ֡ל אֲשֶׁר֩ נִמְצָ֨א אִתּ֜⁠וֹ 1 Everyone who had…brought them If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Also, the meaning of this phrase is simple possession. Alternate translation: “And everyone who owned” or “And everyone that found with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 35 24 qpep figs-activepassive וְ⁠כֹ֡ל אֲשֶׁר֩ נִמְצָ֨א אִתּ֜⁠וֹ 1 Everyone who had…brought them If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Also, the meaning of this phrase is simple possession. Alternate translation: “and everyone who owned” or “and everyone having” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 35 24 zk6i כָּל־מֵרִ֗ים 1 Everyone who had…brought them Here, **all** is limited by **presenters**, meaning only everyone who brought contributions. Avoid implying that every single Israelite did this (though very many did). Alternate translation: “All who decided to offer” -EXO 35 24 loob figs-hyperbole וְ⁠כֹ֡ל 1 Everyone who had…brought them The phrase **all** is used here without the restriction, “who were willing,” from previous verses. The exaggeration is used to emphasize what a large portion of the Israelites gave willingly. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that expresses a large number or a majority. Alternate translation: “And very many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -EXO 35 24 bab9 figs-metonymy לְ⁠כָל־מְלֶ֥אכֶת הָ⁠עֲבֹדָ֖ה 1 Everyone who had…brought them Here, **service** refers to worshiping Yahweh and the phrase **work of the service** refers to building the tabernacle as a place for worshiping Yahweh. Alternate translation: “for any of the building of a place for worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 35 25 ae9d figs-metonymy חַכְמַת־לֵ֖ב 1 blue, purple, or scarlet wool Here, **heart** is referring to innate possession by a person, that is, traits of a person. The phrase essentially means “a talented craftswoman.” If this is unclear to your readers you may consider making it more explicit. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 28:3](../28/03.md). Alternate translation: “And every man with a skill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 35 25 ebm5 אֶֽת־הַ⁠תְּכֵ֨לֶת֙ וְ⁠אֶת־הָֽ⁠אַרְגָּמָ֔ן אֶת־תּוֹלַ֥עַת הַ⁠שָּׁנִ֖י 1 blue, purple, or scarlet wool Possible meanings are (1) “material that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple and scarlet dye” to dye the linen. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 25:4](../25/04.md). -EXO 35 26 k1gy figs-synecdoche אֲשֶׁ֨ר נָשָׂ֥א לִבָּ֛⁠ן אֹתָ֖⁠נָה 1 whose hearts stirred them up Here, **heart** refers to a persons’ will, their desire to do something. It is spoken of as causing a person to use her skills for Yahweh. This is the same as the first phrase in [verse 21](../35/21.md). Alternate translation: “whose will impelled her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -EXO 35 27 f13n 0 The leaders brought…breastpiece From **onyx** on, this verse is almost identical to [Exodus 25:7](../25/07.md). +EXO 35 24 loob figs-hyperbole וְ⁠כֹ֡ל 1 Everyone who had…brought them The phrase **all** is used here without the restriction, “who were willing,” from previous verses. The exaggeration is used to emphasize what a large portion of the Israelites gave willingly. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that expresses a large number or a majority. Alternate translation: “and very many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +EXO 35 24 bab9 figs-metonymy לְ⁠כָל־מְלֶ֥אכֶת הָ⁠עֲבֹדָ֖ה 1 Everyone who had…brought them Here, **service** refers to worshiping Yahweh, and the phrase **work of the service** refers to building the tabernacle as a place for worshiping Yahweh. Alternate translation: “for any of the building of a place for worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 35 25 ae9d figs-metonymy חַכְמַת־לֵ֖ב 1 blue, purple, or scarlet wool Here, **heart** is referring to innate possession by a person, that is, traits of a person. The phrase essentially means “a talented craftswoman.” If this is unclear to your readers you may consider making it more explicit. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 28:3](../28/03.md). Alternate translation: “who possessed the skill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 35 25 ebm5 אֶֽת־הַ⁠תְּכֵ֨לֶת֙ וְ⁠אֶת־הָֽ⁠אַרְגָּמָ֔ן אֶת־תּוֹלַ֥עַת הַ⁠שָּׁנִ֖י 1 blue, purple, or scarlet wool Possible meanings are: (1) “material that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple and scarlet dye” to dye the linen. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 25:4](../25/04.md). +EXO 35 26 k1gy figs-synecdoche אֲשֶׁ֨ר נָשָׂ֥א לִבָּ֛⁠ן אֹתָ֖⁠נָה 1 whose hearts stirred them up Here, **heart** refers to a persons’ will, their desire to do something. It is spoken of as causing a person to use her skills for Yahweh. This is the same as the first phrase in [verse 21](../35/21.md). Alternate translation: “whose wills impelled them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +EXO 35 27 f13n 0 The leaders brought…breastpiece Beginning with **onyx**, this verse is almost identical to [Exodus 25:7](../25/07.md). EXO 35 28 h3a1 0 they brought spices…fragrant incense [Exodus 25:6](../25/06.md) has almost identical words, arranged slightly differently. -EXO 35 29 hqle figs-infostructure 0 whose heart was willing The order of clauses in the ULT is reversed from the original because of required English sentence structure. **The sons of Israel brought a freewill offering to Yahweh** is at the end of the verse. Other languages may be able to retain the original order. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) +EXO 35 29 hqle figs-infostructure 0 whose heart was willing The order of clauses in the ULT is reversed from the original because of required English sentence structure. In the original, **The sons of Israel brought a freewill offering to Yahweh** is at the end of the verse. Other languages may be able to retain the original order. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) EXO 35 29 li5z figs-synecdoche אֲשֶׁ֨ר נָדַ֣ב לִבָּ⁠ם֮ אֹתָ⁠ם֒ 1 whose heart was willing Here, **heart** refers to a persons’ will, their desire to do something. It is spoken of as causing a person to bring these gifts to Yahweh. See how you translated this in [25:2](../25/02.md) and [35:22](../35/22.md). Alternate translation: “whose will impelled them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -EXO 35 29 w582 figs-metonymy אֲשֶׁ֨ר צִוָּ֧ה יְהוָ֛ה לַ⁠עֲשׂ֖וֹת בְּ⁠יַד־מֹשֶׁ֑ה 1 Bezalel son of Uri son of Hur, from the tribe of Judah Here, **by the hand of Moses** refers to Moses as a messenger for Yahweh’s commands, not to Moses being the one who would build all these things. If this imagery of carrying a message would be misunderstood in your language you may use another figure or translate the meaning. Alternate translation: “which Yahweh had told Moses to tell them to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 35 29 w582 figs-metonymy אֲשֶׁ֨ר צִוָּ֧ה יְהוָ֛ה לַ⁠עֲשׂ֖וֹת בְּ⁠יַד־מֹשֶׁ֑ה 1 Bezalel son of Uri son of Hur, from the tribe of Judah Here, **by the hand of Moses** refers to Moses as a messenger for Yahweh’s commands, not to Moses being the one who would build all these things. If this imagery of carrying a message would be misunderstood in your language, you may use another figure or translate the meaning. Alternate translation: “which Yahweh had told Moses to tell them to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 35 30 z1e2 0 Bezalel son of Uri son of Hur, from the tribe of Judah What Moses says in this verse is a quote from [Exodus 31:2](../31/02.md) EXO 35 30 kx4o translate-names בְּצַלְאֵ֛ל…אוּרִ֥י…ח֖וּר 1 Bezalel son of Uri son of Hur, from the tribe of Judah These are men’s names. See [31:2](../31/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 35 31 zd74 0 filled Bezalel…craftsmanship This verse is a quote from [Exodus 31:3](../31/03.md) @@ -2460,38 +2460,38 @@ EXO 35 31 qx5o figs-abstractnouns וּ⁠בְ⁠דַ֖עַת 1 He has filled Bez EXO 35 31 cf63 figs-abstractnouns מְלָאכָֽה 1 He has filled Bezalel with his Spirit If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **craftsmanship** in another way. Alternate translation: “and for making all kinds of crafts” or “and so that he can make all kinds of things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) EXO 35 32 r7e3 0 to make artistic designs…bronze This verse is identical to [Exodus 31:4](../31/04.md), except for the first **and**. EXO 35 33 fj6f 0 also to cut and set stones…craftsmanship This verse is identical to [Exodus 31:5](../31/05.md) except for the final **of invention**. -EXO 35 34 xd67 figs-idiom וּ⁠לְ⁠הוֹרֹ֖ת נָתַ֣ן בְּ⁠לִבּ֑⁠וֹ 1 He has put it in his heart to teach This is an idiom referring to ability and desire. These are spoken of as if they are something that could be placed in a heart. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “and he gave the ability and desire to teach to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EXO 35 34 xd67 figs-idiom וּ⁠לְ⁠הוֹרֹ֖ת נָתַ֣ן בְּ⁠לִבּ֑⁠וֹ 1 He has put it in his heart to teach Here, **put in his heart** is an idiom referring to ability and desire. These are spoken of as if they are something that could be placed in a heart. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “and he gave the ability and desire to teach to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 35 34 ab2z translate-names וְ⁠אָֽהֳלִיאָ֥ב…אֲחִיסָמָ֖ךְ 1 Oholiab son of Ahisamak, from the tribe of Dan These are names of men. See how you translated these names in [Exodus 31:6](../31/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 35 35 ehu7 0 filled them with skill This verse summarizes and pulls together many previously mentioned things. See [28:3](../28/03.md) (**skill of heart**), [25:4](../25/04.md) (for materials), [26:36](../26/36.md) (**embroiderer**), [28:32](../28/32.md) (**weaver**), [26:31](../26/31.md) (**skillful workman**), [31:3](../31/03.md) (**craftsman**), [28:6](../28/06.md) (**designer of designs**). -EXO 35 35 rcv9 figs-metaphor מִלֵּ֨א אֹתָ֜⁠ם חָכְמַת־לֵ֗ב 1 filled them with skill Here, **skill** to create beautiful objects is spoken of as if it were something that could fill up a person. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “made them very skillful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 35 35 jvtd figs-synecdoche חָכְמַת־לֵ֗ב 1 filled them with skill Here, **heart** refers to possessing something, in this case ability or skill. Some languages will use a different body part for this image. Alternate translation: “with ability” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -EXO 36 intro nz4n 0 # Exodus 36 General Notes

## Translation issues

- The first verse of this chapter goes with the last chapter.
- Most of this chapter exactly quotes chapter 26 with a shift from instruction to past narrative form on the verbs and a few other minor changes, some are Hebrew word order that will be invisible here. Be sure to consult your previous work for consistency.
- Throughout verses 8-38 the word **he** used. This is a generic noun referring to any of the team of skilled craftsmen. You could also change it to “they” if that would be understood better in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])

## Structure

- v. 1: finish Moses’ instruction
- v. 2-7: craftsmen collect materials from Moses, inform him the people should stop bringing things because they have too much already
-v. 8-38: construction of the tabernacle, verse-by-verse quotations marked below
* v. 8-18: quote [Exodus 26:1-11](../26/01.md)
* v. 19-34: quote [Exodus 26:14-29](../26/14.md)
* v. 35-36: quote [26:31-32](../26/31.md)
* v. 37-38: quote [26:36-37](../26/36.md)
-EXO 36 1 ubk2 0 General Information: This verse is the end of a quotation from Moses that begin in [35:30](../35/30.md). It should be connected as visually as possible to the previous verses as the chapter break here is poorly placed. -EXO 36 1 ds99 translate-names בְצַלְאֵ֨ל וְ⁠אָהֳלִיאָ֜ב 1 Bezalel These are the names of men. See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:2](../31/02.md) and [31:6](../31/06.md) as well as in the end of [chapter 35](../35/30.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 36 1 y1h1 figs-gendernotations אִ֣ישׁ 1 Bezalel We know from [35:25](../35/25.md) that women were included in the skilled workers, so **man** here includes women. Alternate translation: “person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -EXO 36 1 tr3p figs-synecdoche חֲכַם־לֵ֗ב 1 to whom Yahweh has given skill and ability Here, **heart** refers to innately possessing something, in this case ability or skill. Some languages will use a different body part for this image. Alternate translation: “who is skilled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +EXO 35 35 rcv9 figs-metaphor מִלֵּ֨א אֹתָ֜⁠ם חָכְמַת־לֵ֗ב 1 filled them with skill Here, **skill** to create beautiful objects is spoken of as if it were something that could fill up a person. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “He has made them very skillful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 35 35 jvtd figs-synecdoche חָכְמַת־לֵ֗ב 1 filled them with skill Here, **of heart** refers to possessing something, in this case ability or skill. Some languages will use a different body part for this image. Alternate translation: “with ability” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +EXO 36 intro nz4n 0 # Exodus 36 General Notes\n\n## Translation issues\n\n* The first verse of this chapter goes with the last chapter.\n* Most of this chapter exactly quotes chapter 26 with a shift from instruction to past narrative form on the verbs and a few other minor changes; some are Hebrew word order that will be invisible here. Be sure to consult your previous work for consistency.\n* Throughout verses 8-38 the word **he** is used. This is a generic noun referring to any of the team of skilled craftsmen. You could also change it to “they” if that would be understood better in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n## Structure\n\n* v. 1: finish Moses’ instruction\n* v. 2-7: craftsmen collect materials from Moses, inform him the people should stop bringing things because they have too much already -v. 8-38: construction of the tabernacle, verse-by-verse quotations marked below\n * v. 8-18: quote [Exodus 26:1-11](../26/01.md)\n * v. 19-34: quote [Exodus 26:14-29](../26/14.md)\n * v. 35-36: quote [26:31-32](../26/31.md)\n * v. 37-38: quote [26:36-37](../26/36.md) +EXO 36 1 ubk2 0 General Information: This verse is the end of a quotation from Moses that begin in [35:30](../35/30.md). It should be connected as visually as possible to the previous verses, as the chapter break here is poorly placed. +EXO 36 1 ds99 translate-names בְצַלְאֵ֨ל וְ⁠אָהֳלִיאָ֜ב 1 Bezalel **Bezalel and Oholiab** are the names of men. See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:2](../31/02.md) and [31:6](../31/06.md) as well as in the end of [chapter 35](../35/30.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +EXO 36 1 y1h1 figs-gendernotations אִ֣ישׁ 1 Bezalel We know from [35:25](../35/25.md) that women were included in the skilled workers, so **man** means every person. Alternate translation: “person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +EXO 36 1 tr3p figs-synecdoche חֲכַם־לֵ֗ב 1 to whom Yahweh has given skill and ability Here, **of heart** refers to innately possessing something, in this case ability or skill. Some languages will use a different body part for this image. Alternate translation: “with innate ability” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) EXO 36 1 ah6j figs-abstractnouns חָכְמָ֤ה 1 to whom Yahweh has given skill and ability If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **skill** in another way. See [35:31](../35/31.md). Alternate translation: “the ability to work skillfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) EXO 36 1 d6os figs-abstractnouns וּ⁠תְבוּנָה֙ 1 to whom Yahweh has given skill and ability If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **understanding** in another way. See [35:31](../35/31.md). Alternate translation: “and so he can understand his work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -EXO 36 1 mdi4 figs-metonymy מְלֶ֖אכֶת עֲבֹדַ֣ת הַ⁠קֹּ֑דֶשׁ 1 according to all that Yahweh has commanded Here, **service** refers to worshiping Yahweh and the phrase **work of the service** refers to building the tabernacle (**holy place**) where the Israelites would worship Yahweh. See [35:24](../35/24.md). Alternate translation: “the building of the holy place for worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 36 1 mdi4 figs-metonymy מְלֶ֖אכֶת עֲבֹדַ֣ת הַ⁠קֹּ֑דֶשׁ 1 according to all that Yahweh has commanded Here, **service** refers to worshiping Yahweh, and the phrase **work of the service** refers to building the tabernacle (**holy place**) where the Israelites would worship Yahweh. See [35:24](../35/24.md). Alternate translation: “the building of the holy place for worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 36 2 tda7 אֶל־בְּצַלְאֵ֘ל וְ⁠אֶל־אָֽהֳלִיאָב֒ וְ⁠אֶל֙ כָּל־אִ֣ישׁ חֲכַם־לֵ֔ב אֲשֶׁ֨ר נָתַ֧ן יְהוָ֛ה חָכְמָ֖ה בְּ⁠לִבּ֑⁠וֹ 1 in whose mind Yahweh had given skill See how you translated this in the [previous verse](../36/01.md). EXO 36 2 vvtz figs-abstractnouns חָכְמָ֖ה 1 in whose mind Yahweh had given skill See how you translated this abstract noun in the [previous verse](../36/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) EXO 36 2 yuq8 figs-metaphor כֹּ֚ל אֲשֶׁ֣ר נְשָׂא֣⁠וֹ לִבּ֔⁠וֹ 1 whose heart stirred within him See how you translated this in [35:21](../35/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 36 3 est0 וַ⁠יִּקְח֞וּ 1 whose heart stirred within him Alternate translation: “and the craftsmen took” -EXO 36 3 xkix figs-metonymy מִ⁠לִּ⁠פְנֵ֣י 1 whose heart stirred within him Here, **before the face** means, with Moses. Moses had received and kept the building materials. Alternate translation: “from the custody of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 36 3 xkix figs-metonymy מִ⁠לִּ⁠פְנֵ֣י 1 whose heart stirred within him Here, **before the face** means with Moses. Moses had received and kept the building materials. Alternate translation: “from the custody of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 36 3 mtkr figs-idiom בַּ⁠בֹּ֥קֶר בַּ⁠בֹּֽקֶר 1 whose heart stirred within him This is an idiom meaning every morning or every day. Use a similar expression or translate the meaning. Alternate translation: “morning by morning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 36 4 b772 figs-nominaladj הַ֣⁠חֲכָמִ֔ים 1 whose heart stirred within him Here the adjective **skilled** is used as a noun in order to describe the group of craftsmen. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “the skilled workers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -EXO 36 4 pz6u figs-idiom אִֽישׁ־אִ֥ישׁ 1 whose heart stirred within him Here, **every single man** translates an idiom that cannot be rendered literally and sensibly in English. The original is ”a man a man.” If your language would use repetition to emphasize that each and every man came to see Moses you can follow the original, otherwise use a phrase or structure that emphasizes that they all came. Alternate translation: “every man without exception” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EXO 36 4 pz6u figs-idiom אִֽישׁ־אִ֥ישׁ 1 whose heart stirred within him Here, **every single man** translates an idiom that cannot be rendered literally and sensibly in English. The original is ”a man a man.” If your language would use repetition to emphasize that each and every man came to see Moses, you can follow the original; otherwise use a phrase or structure that emphasizes that they all came. Alternate translation: “every man without exception” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 36 4 gjrz figs-gendernotations אִֽישׁ־אִ֥ישׁ 1 whose heart stirred within him As previously, noted, there were some women who contributed (particularly in the cloth crafts) so this use may include women. Alternate translation: “every single worker” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) EXO 36 5 tni7 figs-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמְרוּ֙ אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֣ה לֵּ⁠אמֹ֔ר מַרְבִּ֥ים הָ⁠עָ֖ם לְ⁠הָבִ֑יא מִ⁠דֵּ֤י הָֽ⁠עֲבֹדָה֙ לַ⁠מְּלָאכָ֔ה אֲשֶׁר־צִוָּ֥ה יְהוָ֖ה לַ⁠עֲשֹׂ֥ת אֹתָֽ⁠הּ 1 The craftsmen told Moses…commanded us to do.” The can be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “The craftsmen told Moses that the people were bringing much more than enough for doing the work that Yahweh has commanded them to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -EXO 36 6 es1y figs-quotations אִ֣ישׁ וְ⁠אִשָּׁ֗ה אַל־יַעֲשׂוּ־ע֛וֹד מְלָאכָ֖ה לִ⁠תְרוּמַ֣ת הַ⁠קֹּ֑דֶשׁ 1 The craftsmen told Moses…commanded us to do.” This could be translated as an indirect quotation if that would help your readers. Alternate translation: “that no one in should bring any more contributions for the work of the holy place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) +EXO 36 6 es1y figs-quotations אִ֣ישׁ וְ⁠אִשָּׁ֗ה אַל־יַעֲשׂוּ־ע֛וֹד מְלָאכָ֖ה לִ⁠תְרוּמַ֣ת הַ⁠קֹּ֑דֶשׁ 1 The craftsmen told Moses…commanded us to do.” This could be translated as an indirect quotation if that would help your readers. Alternate translation: “that no one should bring any more contributions for the work of the holy place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) EXO 36 6 k3g1 figs-metonymy וַ⁠יַּעֲבִ֨ירוּ ק֥וֹל 1 The craftsmen told Moses…commanded us to do.” Here, **sound** refers to the message. This means they spread Moses’ message orally. Alternate translation: “everyone to share this message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 36 6 ak26 figs-merism אִ֣ישׁ וְ⁠אִשָּׁ֗ה אַל־יַעֲשׂוּ 1 The craftsmen told Moses…commanded us to do.” The listing of **man and woman** is intended to mean everyone, or in this case, no one. Alternate translation: “No one shall make” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) EXO 36 6 k1qm מְלָאכָ֖ה 1 The craftsmen told Moses…commanded us to do.” Here, **work** means the sorts of crafted items listed in the previous chapter. EXO 36 6 utcw figs-ellipsis מֵ⁠הָבִֽיא 1 The craftsmen told Moses…commanded us to do.” In some languages you may need to provide an object for this sentence. Alternate translation: “from bringing contributions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) EXO 36 7 ipiu וְ⁠הַ⁠מְּלָאכָ֗ה 1 The craftsmen told Moses…commanded us to do.” Here, **work** means the sorts of crafted items listed in the previous chapter. -EXO 36 8 kw33 0 General Information: Except for tense and, **every skilled of heart among the doers of the work,** this verse is identical to [Exodus 26:1](../26/01.md). +EXO 36 8 kw33 0 General Information: Except for tense and the addition of **every skilled of heart among the doers of the work,** this verse is identical to [Exodus 26:1](../26/01.md). EXO 36 8 l7ub figs-synecdoche כָל־חֲכַם־לֵ֜ב 1 ten curtains made from fine linen See how you translated this in [35:21](../35/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -EXO 36 8 zz0w figs-genericnoun עָשָׂ֥ה 1 ten curtains made from fine linen Throughout verses 8-38 the word **he** used. This is a generic noun referring to any of the team of skilled craftsmen. Alternate translation: “they” or “a craftsman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) +EXO 36 8 zz0w figs-genericnoun עָשָׂ֥ה 1 ten curtains made from fine linen Throughout verses 8-38 the word **he** used. This is a generic noun referring to any of the team of skilled craftsmen. Alternate translation: “they made” or “a craftsman made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) EXO 36 9 p2mr 0 General Information: This verse is identical to [Exodus 26:2](../26/02.md). Tense is implied. EXO 36 10 z6sq 0 General Information: This verse is almost identical to [Exodus 26:3](../26/03.md). EXO 36 11 yw91 0 General Information: This verse is almost identical to [Exodus 26:4](../26/04.md). @@ -2501,7 +2501,7 @@ EXO 36 14 m2ac 0 General Information: This verse is almost identical to [Exodu EXO 36 15 fa6i 0 General Information: This verse is almost identical to [Exodus 26:8](../26/08.md). EXO 36 16 wwj6 0 General Information: This verse is almost identical to the first sentence of [Exodus 26:9](../26/09.md). EXO 36 17 qt9b 0 General Information: This verse is almost identical to [Exodus 26:10](../26/10.md). -EXO 36 18 mq1j 0 General Information: This verse is similar to [Exodus 26:11](../26/11.md). The difference is largely leaving out the middle clause from 26:11. +EXO 36 18 mq1j 0 General Information: This verse is similar to [Exodus 26:11](../26/11.md). The difference is the absence of the middle clause from 26:11. EXO 36 19 p3ke 0 General Information: This verse is almost identical to [Exodus 26:14](../26/14.md). EXO 36 20 t739 0 General Information: This verse is almost identical to [Exodus 26:15](../26/15.md). EXO 36 21 prx5 0 General Information: This verse is identical to [Exodus 26:16](../26/16.md). @@ -2523,7 +2523,7 @@ EXO 36 35 pfc5 0 General Information: This verse is almost identical to [Exodu EXO 36 36 hg2q 0 General Information: Aside from some verbal differences, this verse is very similar to [Exodus 26:32](../26/32.md). EXO 36 37 r5ya 0 General Information: This verse is almost identical to [Exodus 26:36](../26/36.md). EXO 36 38 pr67 0 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:37](../26/37.md). -EXO 37 intro mt99 0 # Exodus 37 General Notes

- This chapter continues record of the construction of the tabernacle and items for it in almost exact repetition of Yahweh’s instructions.
Be sure to consult your previous work for consistency.
- Throughout the chapter the word **he** used. This is a generic noun referring to any of the team of skilled craftsmen. You could also change it to “they” if that would be understood better in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])

## Structure

- v. 1-9 Making the ark, see [Exodus 25:10-20](../25/10.md)
- v. 10-16 Making the table, see [Exodus 25:23-29](../25/23.md)
- v. 17-24 Making the lampstand, see [Exodus 25:31-39](../25/31.md)
- v. 25-28 Making the altar for incense, see [Exodus 30:1-5](../30/01.md)
- v. 29 Making the oil and incense, see [Exodus 30:22-38](../30/22.md) +EXO 37 intro mt99 0 # Exodus 37 General Notes\n\n- This chapter continues the record of the construction of the tabernacle and the items for it in almost exact repetition of Yahweh’s instructions.\nBe sure to consult your previous work for consistency.\n- Throughout the chapter the word **he** is used. This is a generic noun referring to any of the team of skilled craftsmen. You could also change it to “they” if that would be understood better in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n## Structure\n\n- v. 1-9 Making the ark, see [Exodus 25:10-20](../25/10.md)\n- v. 10-16 Making the table, see [Exodus 25:23-29](../25/23.md)\n- v. 17-24 Making the lampstand, see [Exodus 25:31-39](../25/31.md)\n- v. 25-28 Making the altar for incense, see [Exodus 30:1-5](../30/01.md)\n- v. 29 Making the oil and incense, see [Exodus 30:22-38](../30/22.md) EXO 37 1 byr3 0 General Information: This verse is almost identical to [Exodus 25:10](../25/10.md). EXO 37 2 kb3s 0 General Information: This verse is very similar to [Exodus 25:11](../25/11.md). EXO 37 3 pb6v 0 General Information: This verse is almost identical to [Exodus 25:12](../25/12.md). @@ -2546,14 +2546,14 @@ EXO 37 19 g1y9 0 General Information: This verse is identical to [Exodus 25:33 EXO 37 20 nl54 0 General Information: This verse is identical to [Exodus 25:34](../25/34.md). EXO 37 21 x1u5 0 General Information: This verse is almost identical to [Exodus 25:35](../25/35.md). EXO 37 22 ks9z 0 General Information: This verse is almost identical to [Exodus 25:36](../25/36.md). -EXO 37 23 b2jq 0 General Information: This verse is almost identical with [Exodus 25:37-38](../25/37.md), excluding the purpose clause in v. 37 (“and it will hold up its lamps and it will make light on the side of its face”). -EXO 37 24 uz5h 0 General Information: This verse is almost identical with [Exodus 25:39](../25/39.md). +EXO 37 23 b2jq 0 General Information: This verse is almost identical with [Exodus 25:37-38](../25/37.md), excluding the purpose clause in v. 37 (“and it will hold up its lamps, and it will make light on the side of its face”). +EXO 37 24 uz5h 0 General Information: This verse is almost identical to [Exodus 25:39](../25/39.md). EXO 37 25 el8w 0 General Information: This verse is very similar to [Exodus 30:1-2](../30/01.md). EXO 37 26 ep66 0 General Information: This verse is almost identical to [Exodus 30:3](../30/03.md). EXO 37 27 zez2 0 General Information: This verse is very similar to [Exodus 30:4](../30/04.md). EXO 37 28 hw37 0 General Information: This verse is almost identical to [Exodus 30:5](../30/05.md). -EXO 37 29 c992 0 General Information: For the **oil**, see [Exodus 30:25](../30/25.md) and for the **incense** see [25:6](../25/06.md) and [30:35](../30/35.md). -EXO 38 intro hp86 0 # Exodus 38 General Notes

- This chapter continues record of the construction of the tabernacle and items for it in almost exact repetition of Yahweh’s instructions.
Be sure to consult your previous work for consistency. Verses 1-20 of this chapter follow [Exodus 27:1-19](../27/01.md) almost verse for verse.
- Throughout the chapter the word **he** used. This is a generic noun referring to any of the team of skilled craftsmen. You could also change it to “they” if that would be understood better in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+EXO 37 29 c992 0 General Information: For the **oil**, see [Exodus 30:25](../30/25.md), and for the **incense** see [25:6](../25/06.md) and [30:35](../30/35.md). +EXO 38 intro hp86 0 # Exodus 38 General Notes\n\n- This chapter continues the record of the construction of the tabernacle and the items for it in almost exact repetition of Yahweh’s instructions.\nBe sure to consult your previous work for consistency. Verses 1-20 of this chapter follow [Exodus 27:1-19](../27/01.md) almost verse for verse.\n- Throughout the chapter the word **he** is used. This is a generic noun referring to any of the team of skilled craftsmen. You could also change it to “they” if that would be understood better in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n EXO 38 1 r81c 0 General Information This verse is very similar to [Exodus 27:1](../27/01.md). EXO 38 2 g71x 0 General Information This verse is almost identical to [Exodus 27:2](../27/02.md). EXO 38 3 v73t 0 General Information This verse is very similar to [Exodus 27:3](../27/03.md). @@ -2566,7 +2566,7 @@ EXO 38 8 mdx9 figs-explicit בְּ⁠מַרְאֹת֙ 1 He made the basin out of EXO 38 9 clk6 0 General Information: This verse is similar to [Exodus 27:9](../27/09.md). EXO 38 10 nz6q 0 General Information This verse is almost identical to [Exodus 27:10](../27/10.md). EXO 38 11 mp6n 0 General Information This verse is very similar to [Exodus 27:11](../27/11.md). -EXO 38 11 xl4c figs-ellipsis מֵאָ֣ה בָֽ⁠אַמָּ֔ה 1 cubits Here, “the curtains of the courtyard” and “long” is omitted. If this verse would not be understood without these words you may add them. Alternate translation: “the curtains of the courtyard were 100 cubits long” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +EXO 38 11 xl4c figs-ellipsis מֵאָ֣ה בָֽ⁠אַמָּ֔ה 1 cubits Here, “the curtains of the courtyard” and “long” are both omitted. If this verse would not be understood without these words, you may add them. Alternate translation: “the curtains of the courtyard were 100 cubits long” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) EXO 38 12 g5iz 0 General Information This verse is very similar to [Exodus 27:12](../27/12.md). EXO 38 13 iju3 0 General Information This verse is almost identical to [Exodus 27:13](../27/13.md). EXO 38 14 n1xj 0 General Information This verse is almost identical to [Exodus 27:14](../27/14.md). @@ -2574,18 +2574,18 @@ EXO 38 15 dlq7 0 General Information This verse is very similar to [Exodus 27: EXO 38 17 s5g5 0 General Information See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:17](../27/17.md). EXO 38 18 hmi5 0 General Information See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:16 and 18](../27/16.md). EXO 38 18 yf6z translate-bdistance וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֤ים…חָמֵ֣שׁ 1 cubits You can convert these lengths to a measurement system familiar to your people if that is the style of translation that you are using. A **cubit** is approximately 46cm. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 9.2m … 2.3m (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) -EXO 38 18 trz5 אֹ֔רֶךְ וְ⁠קוֹמָ֤ה 1 The curtain was made of This probably refers to the general dimensions (20 cubits long by 5 cubits wide) but clarifies that the **width** would become the **height** of the curtain when the craftsmen or Levites set up the tabernacle. Alternate translation: “and the width which corresponded to the height” +EXO 38 18 trz5 אֹ֔רֶךְ וְ⁠קוֹמָ֤ה 1 The curtain was made of This probably refers to the general dimensions (20 cubits long by 5 cubits wide) but clarifies that the **width** would become the **height** of the curtain when the craftsmen or Levites set up the tabernacle. Alternate translation, placed after first "cubits": “and the width which corresponded to the height” EXO 38 19 fjw4 0 General Information See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:17](../27/17.md). EXO 38 20 ye5c 0 General Information This verse is very similar to the second half of [Exodus 27:19](../27/19.md). -EXO 38 21 k2ex figs-activepassive אֲשֶׁ֥ר פֻּקַּ֖ד 1 as it was taken If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which the Levites recorded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 38 21 k2ex figs-activepassive אֲשֶׁ֥ר פֻּקַּ֖ד 1 as it was taken If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which the Levites recorded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 38 21 qivw figs-idiom עַל־פִּ֣י מֹשֶׁ֑ה 1 Ithamar This is an idiom referring to Moses telling them to make these records. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “following Moses’ instructions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 38 21 op5h figs-metonymy בְּ⁠יַד֙ אִֽיתָמָ֔ר בֶּֽן־אַהֲרֹ֖ן הַ⁠כֹּהֵֽן 1 Ithamar Here, **by the hand of** could mean (1) Ithamar was in charge of the group that recorded these records (2) Ithamar was the scribe who actually wrote these records. Alternate translation: “under the direction of Ithamar son of Aaron the priest” or “Ithamar son of Aaron the priest wrote these down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 38 21 ex1t translate-names אִֽיתָמָ֔ר 1 Ithamar This is the name of a man. See how you translated this name in [Exodus 6:23](../06/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 38 22 d86g translate-names וּ⁠בְצַלְאֵ֛ל בֶּן־אוּרִ֥י בֶן־ח֖וּר 1 Bezalel son of Uri son of Hur **Bezalel, Uri,** and **Hur** are the name of men. See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:2](../31/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +EXO 38 21 op5h figs-metonymy בְּ⁠יַד֙ אִֽיתָמָ֔ר בֶּֽן־אַהֲרֹ֖ן הַ⁠כֹּהֵֽן 1 Ithamar Here, **by the hand of** could mean: (1) Ithamar was in charge of the group that recorded these records (2) Ithamar was the scribe who actually wrote these records. Alternate translation: “under the direction of Ithamar son of Aaron the priest” or “written down by Ithamar son of Aaron the priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 38 21 ex1t translate-names אִֽיתָמָ֔ר 1 Ithamar **Ithamar** is the name of a man. See how you translated this name in [Exodus 6:23](../06/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +EXO 38 22 d86g translate-names וּ⁠בְצַלְאֵ֛ל בֶּן־אוּרִ֥י בֶן־ח֖וּר 1 Bezalel son of Uri son of Hur **Bezalel Uri,** and **Hur** are the name of men. See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:2](../31/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 38 22 i4ha figs-ellipsis מֹשֶֽׁה 1 Yahweh had commanded Moses This sentence leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words. Alternate translation: “Moses to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) EXO 38 23 f93b translate-names אָהֳלִיאָ֞ב בֶּן־אֲחִיסָמָ֛ךְ 1 Oholiab son of Ahisamak **Oholiab** and **Ahisamak**are names of men. See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:6](../31/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 38 23 wvw4 חָרָ֣שׁ וְ⁠חֹשֵׁ֑ב וְ⁠רֹקֵ֗ם בַּ⁠תְּכֵ֨לֶת֙ וּ⁠בָֽ⁠אַרְגָּמָ֔ן וּ⁠בְ⁠תוֹלַ֥עַת הַ⁠שָּׁנִ֖י וּ⁠בַ⁠שֵּֽׁשׁ 1 an engraver, as a skillful workman, and as an embroiderer This is very similar to part of [Exodus 35:35](../35/35.md). -EXO 38 24 tl4k figs-activepassive כָּל־הַ⁠זָּהָ֗ב הֶֽ⁠עָשׂוּי֙ 1 All the gold that was used for the project If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “All the gold that the craftsmen used” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 38 24 tl4k figs-activepassive כָּל־הַ⁠זָּהָ֗ב הֶֽ⁠עָשׂוּי֙ 1 All the gold that was used for the project If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “All the gold that the craftsmen used” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 38 24 y7hy translate-bweight תֵּ֤שַׁע וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִים֙ כִּכָּ֔ר וּ⁠שְׁבַ֨ע מֵא֧וֹת וּ⁠שְׁלֹשִׁ֛ים שֶׁ֖קֶל בְּ⁠שֶׁ֥קֶל הַ⁠קֹּֽדֶשׁ 1 twenty-nine talents A talent is about 34 kilograms and a shekel is about 11 grams. There were evidently shekels of more than one weight at the time, **by the shekel of the sanctuary,** specified which one was to be used. See how you translated this in [Exodus 30:13](../30/13.md). See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) EXO 38 25 ni5b translate-bweight מְאַ֣ת כִּכָּ֑ר וְ⁠אֶלֶף֩ וּ⁠שְׁבַ֨ע מֵא֜וֹת וַ⁠חֲמִשָּׁ֧ה וְ⁠שִׁבְעִ֛ים שֶׁ֖קֶל בְּ⁠שֶׁ֥קֶל הַ⁠קֹּֽדֶשׁ 1 one hundred talents A talent is about 34 kilograms and a shekel is about 11 grams. There were evidently shekels of more than one weight at the time, **by the shekel of the sanctuary,** specified which one was to be used. See [the previous verse](../38/24.md). See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) EXO 38 26 rp46 0 one hundred talents See how you translated many of the same things in [Exodus 30:13-14](../30/13.md). @@ -2672,7 +2672,7 @@ EXO 40 25 t2o2 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י 1 Moses set up Alternate transl EXO 40 26 i5gg figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֖י 1 in front of the curtain Alternate translation: “in front of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 40 27 iwuo 0 in front of the curtain See [30:7](../30/07.md). EXO 40 35 ysd8 וְ⁠לֹא־יָכֹ֣ל מֹשֶׁ֗ה לָ⁠בוֹא֙ אֶל־אֹ֣הֶל מוֹעֵ֔ד כִּֽי־שָׁכַ֥ן עָלָ֖י⁠ו הֶ⁠עָנָ֑ן וּ⁠כְב֣וֹד יְהוָ֔ה מָלֵ֖א אֶת־הַ⁠מִּשְׁכָּֽן 1 Yahweh’s glory filled If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because the cloud had settled on it and the glory of Yahweh had filled the tabernacle, Moses was not able to go into the tent of meeting.” -EXO 40 36 ak35 figs-activepassive וּ⁠בְ⁠הֵעָל֤וֹת הֶֽ⁠עָנָן֙ 1 was taken up from over If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Whenever Yahweh’s cloud moved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 40 37 s8y2 figs-activepassive וְ⁠אִם־לֹ֥א יֵעָלֶ֖ה הֶ⁠עָנָ֑ן וְ⁠לֹ֣א יִסְע֔וּ עַד־י֖וֹם הֵעָלֹתֽ⁠וֹ 1 that it was lifted up If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but if Yahweh did not take up the cloud, then they would not set out until the day he took it up.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 40 36 ak35 figs-activepassive וּ⁠בְ⁠הֵעָל֤וֹת הֶֽ⁠עָנָן֙ 1 was taken up from over If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Whenever Yahweh’s cloud moved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 40 37 s8y2 figs-activepassive וְ⁠אִם־לֹ֥א יֵעָלֶ֖ה הֶ⁠עָנָ֑ן וְ⁠לֹ֣א יִסְע֔וּ עַד־י֖וֹם הֵעָלֹתֽ⁠וֹ 1 that it was lifted up If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but if Yahweh did not take up the cloud, then they would not set out until the day he took it up.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 40 38 i8hu figs-metonymy לְ⁠עֵינֵ֥י כָל־בֵּֽית־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 that it was lifted up Here, **before the eyes of** refers to being able to see. All the Israelites could see the cloud and fire. Alternate translation: “and all the house of Israel could see it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 40 38 bhi5 figs-metaphor בֵּֽית־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 that it was lifted up Here, **house** represents a people group, the Israelites, who were descended from Jacob who was also named Israel. If your readers might misunderstand this you could use a metaphor from your language or translate the meaning. This is a common biblical metaphor, so you may want to check other places this occurs. The **house of Israel** is equivalent to “sons of Israel” or “Israelites.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) diff --git a/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv b/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv index 206e059ec1..0127fb466a 100644 --- a/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote -LEV front intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of Leviticus

1. Instructions to the Israelites about offerings (1:1–6:7)
* Burnt offerings (1:1–17)
* Grain offerings (2:1–16)
* Fellowship offerings (3:1–17)
* Offerings for unintentional sins (4:1-5:13)
* Guilt offerings (5:14–6:7)
1. Instructions to the priests about offerings (6:8–7:10)
* Burnt offerings (6:8-13)
* Grain offerings (6:14-23)
* Sin offerings (6:24-30)
* Guilt offerings (7:1-10)
1. Further instructions to the Israelites (7:11–7:38)
* Peace offerings (7:11–21)
* Eating fat and blood forbidden (7:22-27)
* The share for the priests (7:28–7:38)
1. Setting apart the priests (8:1–10:20)
* Aaron and his sons ordained (8:1–36)
* Aaron as high priest (9:1–24)
* Nadab and Abihu punished (10:1–20)
1. Laws about clean and unclean things (11:1–15:33)
* Clean and unclean food (11:1–47)
* Women purified after giving birth to a child (12:1–8)
* Skin, clothing, houses (13:1–14:47)
* Bodily fluids (15:1–33)
1. Day of Atonement; the place of the offering; the nature of blood (16:1–17:16)
1. Setting apart for worship and service; being disqualified from service (18:1–24:23)
1. The years of rest and release (25:1–55)
1. Blessing for obeying and curses for not obeying (26:1–46)
1. Gifts to God (27:1–34)

### What is the book of Leviticus about?

In the Book of Leviticus, God continues to give laws through Moses to the people of Israel. The people were to obey all of these laws to honor their covenant with God.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

“Leviticus” means “about the Levites.” The Levites were the tribe of Israel that provided priests and other workers in the tabernacle. If the people in the project language do not understand the term “Levites,” you can call it “The Book about the Priests” or “The Book about the Tabernacle Workers.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote the book of Leviticus?

The writers of both the Old and New Testament present Moses as being very involved with writing the book of Leviticus. Since ancient times, both Jews and Christians have thought that Moses wrote Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, and Deuteronomy.

### What is the meaning of “holy” and “holiness” in the book of Leviticus?

These terms concern separating someone or something from the rest of the people, from the world, or from ordinary use. God separated these people or things so they would belong only to him. The people were to consider the places for worshiping God or for honoring him in any way as separate. The people could not use them for anything else. God required the Israelites to live in a certain way in order to live as a nation belonging to him alone.

Anyone or anything that was acceptable to God or “holy” was spoken of as if they were physically clean.

In the same way, anyone or anything that was not acceptable to God or not holy was spoken of if they were physically unclean.

Some people and some things could be made clean or “cleansed,” that is, acceptable to God. People or things were made clean if the people performed the right sacrifices and ceremonies. For example, some foreigners who wished to live among the Israelites and worship Yahweh could be made clean. However, other people and things could never be made acceptable to him.

It is important to know that not all unclean things or conditions were sinful. For example, after giving birth to a male child, a woman would be unclean for thirty-three days. Then the proper animal sacrifice would be offered for her. The flow of blood made the woman unclean ([Leviticus 12:7](../../lev/12/07.md)). But Leviticus never suggests that someone with a flow of blood was sinning. In the same way, God did not allow Israelites to eat many kinds of animals, as one way of setting his people apart.

Because God does not sin, the terms “holy” and “holiness” often suggest this same idea. Something belonging to God is holy. Because people must respect God, they must respect the things that belong to him.

### What are the important narrative features of Leviticus?

On seventeen occasions, the phrase “The Lord said to Moses” (and sometimes Aaron) is often used to begin paragraphs. God and Moses frequently spoke to others. The verb “speak” is used thirty-eight times.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### Why did the Israelites need so many rules about sacrificing animals?

Leviticus shows that God is holy. That means God is very different from humanity and the rest of the created world. God does not sin. Because of this, it is impossible to be acceptable to him without being “cleansed.” The many kinds of sacrifices were meant to make people and things acceptable to God. However, the people had to continue making animal sacrifices so that they would continue to be acceptable to God. This was a sign that pointed to a need for a better sacrifice. They needed a sacrifice that would cause them to be acceptable to God forever. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

### Why was the priesthood important in the book of Leviticus?

Priests were individuals who went to God on behalf of the people. God authorized the priests to bring the Israelite’s sacrifices to himself.

### How did the Israelite’s rules for worshiping God and sacrificing animals differ from the other nations at that time?

It was common for other nations to sacrifice animals to their idols. But, the other nations did other things to worship their false gods. For instance, people would sleep with prostitutes at the temple of their gods. They did this to try to persuade their gods to bless their land with the ability to grow crops. Also, people of other nations would sometimes offer human sacrifices to their gods. The God of Israel did not allow his people to do these kinds of things.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What important symbols are introduced in Leviticus?

Oil was poured on someone or something meant to be set apart for Yahweh. Water was used to symbolize the cleansing of someone or something so God could accept them. Blood was also used to cleanse and purify people and things. This is because blood represented life that needed to be shed in order for God to forgive people for sinning.

### Why do many sections begin with the phrase “Yahweh said to Moses?”

This phrase shows the reader that these rules come from God and must be obeyed. You could also translate this as “God told Moses.” +LEV front intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of Leviticus\n\n1. Instructions to the Israelites about offerings (1:1–6:7)\n * Burnt offerings (1:1–17)\n * Grain offerings (2:1–16)\n * Fellowship offerings (3:1–17)\n * Offerings for unintentional sins (4:1-5:13)\n * Guilt offerings (5:14–6:7)\n2. Instructions to the priests about offerings (6:8–7:10)\n * Burnt offerings (6:8-13)\n * Grain offerings (6:14-23)\n * Sin offerings (6:24-30)\n * Guilt offerings (7:1-10)\n3. Further instructions to the Israelites (7:11–7:38)\n * Peace offerings (7:11–21)\n * Eating fat and blood forbidden (7:22-27)\n * The share for the priests (7:28–7:38)\n4. Setting apart the priests (8:1–10:20)\n * Aaron and his sons ordained (8:1–36)\n * Aaron as high priest (9:1–24)\n * Nadab and Abihu punished (10:1–20)\n5. Laws about clean and unclean things (11:1–15:33)\n * Clean and unclean food (11:1–47)\n * Women purified after giving birth to a child (12:1–8)\n * Skin, clothing, houses (13:1–14:47)\n * Bodily fluids (15:1–33)\n6. Day of Atonement; the place of the offering; the nature of blood (16:1–17:16)\n7. Setting apart for worship and service; being disqualified from service (18:1–24:23)\n8. The years of rest and release (25:1–55)\n9. Blessing for obeying and curses for not obeying (26:1–46)\n10. Gifts to God (27:1–34)\n\n### What is the book of Leviticus about?\n\nIn the Book of Leviticus, God continues to give laws through Moses to the people of Israel. The people were to obey all of these laws to honor their covenant with God.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\n“Leviticus” means “about the Levites.” The Levites were the tribe of Israel that provided priests and other workers in the tabernacle. If the people in the project language do not understand the term “Levites,” you can call it “The Book about the Priests” or “The Book about the Tabernacle Workers.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Who wrote the book of Leviticus?\n\nThe writers of both the Old and New Testament present Moses as being very involved with writing the book of Leviticus. Since ancient times, both Jews and Christians have thought that Moses wrote Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, and Deuteronomy.\n\n### What is the meaning of “holy” and “holiness” in the book of Leviticus?\n\nThese terms concern separating someone or something from the rest of the people, from the world, or from ordinary use. God separated these people or things so they would belong only to him. The people were to consider the places for worshiping God or for honoring him in any way as separate. The people could not use them for anything else. God required the Israelites to live in a certain way in order to live as a nation belonging to him alone.\n\nAnyone or anything that was acceptable to God or “holy” was spoken of as if they were physically clean.\n\nIn the same way, anyone or anything that was not acceptable to God or not holy was spoken of if they were physically unclean.\n\nSome people and some things could be made clean or “cleansed,” that is, acceptable to God. People or things were made clean if the people performed the right sacrifices and ceremonies. For example, some foreigners who wished to live among the Israelites and worship Yahweh could be made clean. However, other people and things could never be made acceptable to him.\n\nIt is important to know that not all unclean things or conditions were sinful. For example, after giving birth to a male child, a woman would be unclean for thirty-three days. Then the proper animal sacrifice would be offered for her. The flow of blood made the woman unclean ([Leviticus 12:7](../../lev/12/07.md)). But Leviticus never suggests that someone with a flow of blood was sinning. In the same way, God did not allow Israelites to eat many kinds of animals, as one way of setting his people apart.\n\nBecause God does not sin, the terms “holy” and “holiness” often suggest this same idea. Something belonging to God is holy. Because people must respect God, they must respect the things that belong to him.\n\n### What are the important narrative features of Leviticus?\n\nOn seventeen occasions, the phrase “The Lord said to Moses” (and sometimes Aaron) is often used to begin paragraphs. God and Moses frequently spoke to others. The verb “speak” is used thirty-eight times.\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Why did the Israelites need so many rules about sacrificing animals?\n\nLeviticus shows that God is holy. That means God is very different from humanity and the rest of the created world. God does not sin. Because of this, it is impossible to be acceptable to him without being “cleansed.” The many kinds of sacrifices were meant to make people and things acceptable to God. However, the people had to continue making animal sacrifices so that they would continue to be acceptable to God. This was a sign that pointed to a need for a better sacrifice. They needed a sacrifice that would cause them to be acceptable to God forever. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n### Why was the priesthood important in the book of Leviticus?\n\nPriests were individuals who went to God on behalf of the people. God authorized the priests to bring the Israelite’s sacrifices to himself.\n\n### How did the Israelite’s rules for worshiping God and sacrificing animals differ from the other nations at that time?\n\nIt was common for other nations to sacrifice animals to their idols. But, the other nations did other things to worship their false gods. For instance, people would sleep with prostitutes at the temple of their gods. They did this to try to persuade their gods to bless their land with the ability to grow crops. Also, people of other nations would sometimes offer human sacrifices to their gods. The God of Israel did not allow his people to do these kinds of things.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### What important symbols are introduced in Leviticus?\n\nOil was poured on someone or something meant to be set apart for Yahweh. Water was used to symbolize the cleansing of someone or something so God could accept them. Blood was also used to cleanse and purify people and things. This is because blood represented life that needed to be shed in order for God to forgive people for sinning.\n\n### Why do many sections begin with the phrase “Yahweh said to Moses?”\n\nThis phrase shows the reader that these rules come from God and must be obeyed. You could also translate this as “God told Moses.” LEV 1 intro ecv8 0 # Leviticus 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

In Hebrew, this chapter begins with the word “and” indicating a connection with the previous book (Exodus). The first five books of the Bible should be seen as a single unit.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Atonement

In order to offer a sacrifice for the people, the priest first had to make an atonement for himself, in order to make himself clean. Only then would he be clean and be allowed to perform a sacrifice. These sacrificed animals had to be perfect, the best of all of the animals. A person was not allowed to bring an inferior animal to be sacrificed to Yahweh. These sacrifices also had to be offered in a very specific way. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/atonement]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]]) LEV 1 1 j8us יְהוָה֙ 1 Yahweh **Yahweh** is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this. LEV 1 2 yiq7 אָדָ֗ם כִּֽי־ יַקְרִ֥יב מִ⁠כֶּ֛ם 1 When any man from among you Alternate translation: “When any one of you offers” or “When any of you offers” @@ -928,252 +928,207 @@ LEV 22 31 x62z figs-doublet וּ⁠שְׁמַרְתֶּם֙ מִצְוֺתַ֔ LEV 22 32 nc63 figs-metonymy וְ⁠לֹ֤א תְחַלְּלוּ֙ אֶת־ שֵׁ֣ם קָדְשִׁ֔⁠י 1 And you must not profane my holy name Here the word **name** represents Yahweh himself and his reputation and **profane** means to remove the honor that belongs to God as Creator and Lord of the universe. Alternate translation: “And you must not dishonor me, for I am holy” or “And you must not dishonor my holy reputation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) LEV 22 32 dq3e figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִ֨קְדַּשְׁתִּ֔י בְּ⁠ת֖וֹךְ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 I must be treated as holy in the midst of the sons of Israel If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The people of Israel must treat me as holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 23 intro j29n 0 # Leviticus 23 General Notes

## Structure and formatting


## Special concepts in this chapter

### The feasts

The people should celebrate the Sabbath, the Passover, the Feast of First Fruits, the Feast of Weeks, the Feast of Trumpets, the Day of Atonement and the Feast of Booths. These feasts were important for the religious life of Israel. They were a part of proper worship of Yahweh and the identity of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/firstfruit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/atonement]]) -LEV 23 2 v493 1 the appointed festivals for Yahweh These were festivals that the Lord had appointed times for. The people were to worship him at these festivals. Alternate translation: “the festivals for Yahweh” or “Yahweh’s festivals” -LEV 23 3 vk4w 1 the seventh day is a Sabbath of complete rest This is something the people must do habitually. After every six days in which they can work, they must rest on the seventh day. -LEV 23 3 t53y figs-metonymy 1 a holy assembly The requirement that people assemble to worship God on that day is spoken of as if that day were the assembly. Alternate translation: “a holy day, when you must assemble together to worship me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -LEV 23 4 l6ez 1 at their appointed times Alternate translation: “at their proper times” +LEV 23 2 v493 מוֹעֲדֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה 1 the appointed times of Yahweh These refers to festivals that the Lord had **appointed** to happen on specific dates. The people were to worship him at these festivals. Alternate translation: “the festivals for Yahweh” or “Yahweh’s festivals” +LEV 23 3 vk4w וּ⁠בַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֗י שַׁבַּ֤ת שַׁבָּתוֹן֙ 1 and on the seventh day is a sabbath of solemn rest The people must **rest** habitually on the **seventh day**. After every six days in which they can work, they must rest on the seventh day. +LEV 23 3 t53y figs-metonymy מִקְרָא־ קֹ֔דֶשׁ 1 a holy assembly The requirement that people assemble to worship God on that day is spoken of as if that day were the **assembly**. Alternate translation: “a holy day, when you must assemble together to worship me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +LEV 23 4 l6ez בְּ⁠מוֹעֲדָֽ⁠ם 1 at their appointed times Alternate translation: “at their proper times” LEV 23 5 nv3g translate-hebrewmonths בַּ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הָ⁠רִאשׁ֗וֹן בְּ⁠אַרְבָּעָ֥ה עָשָׂ֛ר לַ⁠חֹ֖דֶשׁ 1 In the first month, on day 14 of the month The **first month** of the Hebrew calendar marks when Yahweh brought the Israelites out of Egypt. The fourteenth day is around the beginning of April on the Western calendar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]]) LEV 23 5 p2bw translate-ordinal בַּ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הָ⁠רִאשׁ֗וֹן 1 In the first month The word **first** is the ordinal form of “one”. Alternate translation: “In month one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -LEV 23 5 bbn4 1 at twilight Alternate translation: “at sunset” +LEV 23 5 bbn4 בֵּ֣ין הָ⁠עַרְבָּ֑יִם 1 between the evenings Alternate translation: “at sunset” LEV 23 6 b47g translate-hebrewmonths וּ⁠בַ⁠חֲמִשָּׁ֨ה עָשָׂ֥ר יוֹם֙ לַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה 1 And on day 15 of this month Here, **this month** is the first month of the Hebrew calendar (verse 5). It was in the first month that Yahweh brought the Israelites out of Egypt. The fifteenth day is around the beginning of April on the Western calendar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) -LEV 23 7 z6ky 1 The first day you must set apart to gather together Alternate translation: “You must set apart the first day to gather together” or “You must treat the first day as different and gather together” -LEV 23 8 fd7s 1 will present a food offering They would present it to Yahweh by burning it on the altar. -LEV 23 8 eif1 figs-metonymy 1 The seventh day is an assembly set apart to Yahweh The requirement that people assemble on that day is spoken of as if that day were the assembly. Being set apart to Yahweh means that when they assemble, they must worship Yahweh. Alternate translation: “The seventh day is a day when you must assemble together to worship Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -LEV 23 11 l79v figs-activepassive 1 for it to be accepted If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for Yahweh to accept it” or “and I will accept it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 23 13 js1u translate-bvolume 1 two-tenths of an ephah An ephah is 22 liters. Alternate translation: “four and a half liters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) -LEV 23 13 awi9 translate-bvolume 1 a fourth of a hin A hin is 3.7 liters. Alternate translation: “one liter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) -LEV 23 14 ueu6 1 nor roasted or fresh grain Alternate translation: “nor cooked or uncooked grain” -LEV 23 14 ge4f 1 This will be a permanent statute throughout your people’s generations This means that they and their descendants must obey this command forever. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 3:17](../03/17.md). -LEV 23 16 aa6p translate-ordinal 1 seventh This is the ordinal for number seven. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] -LEV 23 17 wz93 figs-activepassive 1 made from two-tenths of an ephah. They must be made from fine flour and baked with yeast If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that you have made from two-tenths of an ephah of flour and then baked with yeast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 23 17 sd2q translate-bvolume 1 two-tenths of an ephah This is approximately 4.5 liters. Alternate translation: “four and a half liters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) -LEV 23 18 t6w3 figs-metaphor 1 producing a sweet aroma for Yahweh The Lord’s pleasure with the aroma represents his pleasure with the person who burns the offering. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will be pleased with you” or “that pleases the Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 23 22 cza3 1 When you reap the harvest of your land, you must not completely reap the corners of your fields Alternate translation: “When you gather your crops, do not gather them all the way to the edges of your fields” +LEV 23 7 z6ky בַּ⁠יּוֹם֙ הָֽ⁠רִאשׁ֔וֹן מִקְרָא־ קֹ֖דֶשׁ יִהְיֶ֣ה לָ⁠כֶ֑ם 1 On the first day there will be a holy assembly for you Alternate translation: “You must set apart the first day to gather together” or “You must treat the first day as different and gather together” +LEV 23 8 fd7s וְ⁠הִקְרַבְתֶּ֥ם אִשֶּׁ֛ה 1 And you will offer an offering made by fire They would present the **offering** to Yahweh by burning it on the altar. +LEV 23 8 eif1 figs-metonymy בַּ⁠יּ֤וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִי֙ מִקְרָא־ קֹ֔דֶשׁ 1 On day seven is a holy assembly The requirement that people assemble on that day is spoken of as if that day were an **assembly**. Being **holy** means that when they assemble, they must worship Yahweh. Alternate translation: “The seventh day is a day when you must assemble together to worship Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +LEV 23 11 l79v figs-activepassive לִֽ⁠רְצֹנְ⁠כֶ֑ם 1 to be accepted for you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for Yahweh to accept it for you” or “and I will accept it for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 23 13 js1u translate-bvolume שְׁנֵ֨י עֶשְׂרֹנִ֜ים 1 two-tenths of an ephah An **ephah** is 22 liters. Alternate translation: “four and a half liters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) +LEV 23 13 awi9 translate-bvolume רְבִיעִ֥ת הַ⁠הִֽין 1 a fourth of a hin A **hin** is 3.7 liters. Alternate translation: “a liter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) +LEV 23 14 ge4f חֻקַּ֤ת עוֹלָם֙ לְ⁠דֹרֹ֣תֵי⁠כֶ֔ם 1 It is a permanent statute throughout your generations This means that they and their descendants must obey this command forever. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 3:17](../03/17.md). +LEV 23 16 aa6p translate-ordinal הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֔ת 1 seventh The word **seventh** is the ordinal for number seven. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] +LEV 23 17 wz93 figs-activepassive שְׁ֚תַּיִם שְׁנֵ֣י עֶשְׂרֹנִ֔ים סֹ֣לֶת תִּהְיֶ֔ינָה חָמֵ֖ץ תֵּאָפֶ֑ינָה 1 They must be two loaves of two-tenths of an ephah of fine flour. They must be baked with yeast If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “They must be two loaves of bread that you have made from two-tenths of an ephah of flour and then baked with yeast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 23 17 sd2q translate-bvolume שְׁנֵ֣י עֶשְׂרֹנִ֔ים 1 two-tenths of an ephah An **ephah** is 22 liters. Two-tenths of an ephah is is approximately 4.4 liters. Alternate translation: “four and a half liters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) +LEV 23 18 t6w3 figs-metaphor רֵֽיחַ־ נִיחֹ֖חַ לַ⁠יהוָֽה 1 a sweet aroma for Yahweh The Lord’s pleasure with the **aroma** represents his pleasure with the person who burns the offering. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will be pleased with you” or “that pleases the Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 23 22 cza3 וּֽ⁠בְ⁠קֻצְרְ⁠כֶ֞ם אֶת־ קְצִ֣יר אַרְצְ⁠כֶ֗ם לֹֽא־ תְכַלֶּ֞ה פְּאַ֤ת שָֽׂדְ⁠ךָ֙ 1 And when you harvest the harvest of your land, you must not finish the edge of your field Alternate translation: “And when you gather your crops, do not gather them all the way to the edges of your fields” LEV 23 24 awp8 translate-hebrewmonths בַּ⁠חֹ֨דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֜י בְּ⁠אֶחָ֣ד לַ⁠חֹ֗דֶשׁ 1 In the seventh month, on day one of the month This is the **seventh month** of the Hebrew calendar. The first day is near the middle of September on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) LEV 23 24 im9z translate-ordinal בַּ⁠חֹ֨דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֜י 1 In the seventh month The word **seventh** is the ordinal form of “seven”. Alternate translation: “In month seven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -LEV 23 24 j9ft 1 a solemn rest a period of time that was only for worship and not for work -LEV 23 25 axe7 figs-activepassive 1 you must offer a sacrifice made by fire to Yahweh If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must offer a sacrifice that you make by fire to Yahweh” or “you must burn an offering on the altar to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 23 24 j9ft שַׁבָּת֔וֹן 1 a solemn rest This was a period of time that was only for worship and not for work. +LEV 23 25 axe7 figs-activepassive וְ⁠הִקְרַבְתֶּ֥ם אִשֶּׁ֖ה לַ⁠יהוָֽה 1 and you must offer a sacrifice made by fire to Yahweh If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and you must offer a sacrifice that you make by fire to Yahweh” or “and you must burn an offering on the altar to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 23 27 b777 translate-hebrewmonths בֶּ⁠עָשׂ֣וֹר לַ⁠חֹדֶשׁ֩ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֨י הַ⁠זֶּ֜ה 1 on day 10 of this seventh month This is the **seventh month** of the Hebrew calendar. The tenth day is near the end of September on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) LEV 23 27 qtyo translate-ordinal לַ⁠חֹדֶשׁ֩ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֨י הַ⁠זֶּ֜ה 1 of this seventh month The word **seventh** is the ordinal form of “seven”. Alternate translation: “of month seven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -LEV 23 27 ei44 translate-unknown 1 the Day of Atonement On this day each year the high priest made a sacrifice to Yahweh so that Yahweh would forgive all the sins of the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “the Day of Sacrifice for Forgiveness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +LEV 23 27 ei44 translate-unknown י֧וֹם הַ⁠כִּפֻּרִ֣ים 1 the Day of Atonement On this day each year the high priest made a sacrifice to Yahweh so that Yahweh would forgive all the sins of the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “the Day of Sacrifice for Forgiveness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) LEV 23 29 vh74 figs-metaphor וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֖ה מֵֽ⁠עַמֶּֽי⁠הָ 1 then he must be cut off from his people Being excluded is spoken of as being **cut off**. See how you translated this idea in [Leviticus 7:20](../07/20.md). Alternate translation: “then he must be cut off from his people as a branch is cut off” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 23 29 yhns figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֖ה מֵֽ⁠עַמֶּֽי⁠הָ 1 then he must be cut off from his people If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Then you must exclude him from his people” or “then you must separate that person from his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 23 30 a1cb 1 on that day Alternate translation: “on the Day of Atonement” -LEV 23 31 w1ug 1 This will be a permanent statute throughout your people’s generations This means that they and their descendants must obey this command forever. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Leviticus 3:17](../03/17.md). -LEV 23 32 vhl2 1 a Sabbath of solemn rest This is not the same as the Sabbath they observed every week on the seventh day. This was a special Sabbath on the Day of Atonement. -LEV 23 32 qw7i figs-explicit 1 you must humble yourselves In this case humbling themselves implies that they would not eat any food. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “you must humble yourselves and eat nothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -LEV 23 32 jwy1 figs-explicit 1 the ninth day of the month This refers to the seventh month of the Hebrew calendar. The ninth day is near the end of September on Western calendars. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “the ninth day of the seventh month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -LEV 23 32 q4wj 1 From evening to evening Alternate translation: “From sunset to sunset on the next day” +LEV 23 30 a1cb בְּ⁠עֶ֖צֶם הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה 1 on that very day Alternate translation: “on the Day of Atonement” +LEV 23 31 w1ug חֻקַּ֤ת עוֹלָם֙ לְ⁠דֹרֹ֣תֵי⁠כֶ֔ם 1 It is a permanent statute throughout your generations This means that they and their descendants must obey this command forever. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Leviticus 3:17](../03/17.md). +LEV 23 32 vhl2 שַׁבַּ֨ת שַׁבָּת֥וֹן הוּא֙ 1 It is a sabbath of solemn rest This is not the same as the Sabbath they observed every week on the seventh day. This was a special Sabbath on the Day of Atonement. +LEV 23 32 qw7i figs-explicit וְ⁠עִנִּיתֶ֖ם אֶת־ נַפְשֹׁתֵי⁠כֶ֑ם 1 and you must humble yourselves In this case humbling themselves implies that they would not eat any food. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “and you must humble yourselves and eat nothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +LEV 23 32 jwy1 figs-explicit בְּ⁠תִשְׁעָ֤ה לַ⁠חֹ֨דֶשׁ֙ 1 on day nine of the month This refers to the seventh **month** of the Hebrew calendar. The ninth **day** is near the end of September on Western calendars. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “the ninth day of the seventh month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +LEV 23 32 q4wj מֵ⁠עֶ֣רֶב עַד־ עֶ֔רֶב 1 From evening to evening Alternate translation: “From sunset to sunset on the next day” LEV 23 34 u83n translate-hebrewmonths בַּ⁠חֲמִשָּׁ֨ה עָשָׂ֜ר י֗וֹם לַ⁠חֹ֤דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִי֙ 1 On day 15 of the seventh month This date is near the beginning of October on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) LEV 23 34 gg6x translate-ordinal לַ⁠חֹ֤דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִי֙ 1 of the seventh month The word **seventh** is the ordinal form of “seven”. Alternate translation: “of month seven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -LEV 23 34 by89 translate-unknown 1 Festival of Shelters This is a celebration during which the people of Israel lived in temporary shelters for seven days as a way to remember the time they spent living in the wilderness after they left Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -LEV 23 35 vp3p 0 General Information: Yahweh is giving instructions for the Festival of Shelters. -LEV 23 37 ul95 1 These are the appointed festivals This refers to the festivals mentioned in 23:1-36. -LEV 23 39 i44i 1 Festival of Shelters This is a celebration during which the people of Israel lived in temporary shelters for seven days as a way to remember the time they spent living in the wilderness after they left Egypt. See how you translated it in [Leviticus 23:34](../23/34.md). +LEV 23 34 by89 translate-unknown חַ֧ג הַ⁠סֻּכּ֛וֹת 1 is the Festival of Huts This is a celebration during which the people of Israel lived in temporary shelters for seven days as a way to remember the time they spent living in the wilderness after they left Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +LEV 23 37 ul95 אֵ֚לֶּה מוֹעֲדֵ֣י 1 These are the appointed festivals This refers to the festivals mentioned in 23:1-36. LEV 23 39 s52d translate-hebrewmonths בַּ⁠חֲמִשָּׁה֩ עָשָׂ֨ר י֜וֹם לַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֗י 1 on day 15 of the seventh month This is the **seventh month** of the Hebrew calendar. The fifteenth day is near the beginning of October on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) LEV 23 39 fsue translate-ordinal לַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֗י 1 of the seventh month The word **seventh** is the ordinal form of “seven”. Alternate translation: “of month seven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -LEV 23 39 mz9z figs-synecdoche 1 when you have gathered in the fruits The word “fruits” here represents various kinds of crops. Alternate translation: “after you have gathered the crops” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -LEV 23 40 br1c 0 General Information: Yahweh continues his instructions for the Festival of Shelters. -LEV 23 40 ven2 figs-explicit 1 branches of palm trees … willows from streams Possible uses for these branches are: (1) to make temporary shelters or (2) to wave them as part of their joyous celebration. Some translations state their use clearly; other translations leave it implicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -LEV 23 40 cnz9 translate-unknown 1 willows trees with long, narrow leaves, which grow near water (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -LEV 23 42 w2iy 0 General Information: Yahweh continues his instructions for the Festival of Shelters. -LEV 23 43 ig75 figs-idiom 1 your descendants, generation after generation, may learn Here, **Generation after generation** is an idiom that refers to each generation that lives after another. Alternate translation: “your descendants belonging to all future generations may learn” or “all your descendants may learn forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +LEV 23 39 mz9z figs-synecdoche בְּ⁠אָסְפְּ⁠כֶם֙ אֶת־ תְּבוּאַ֣ת 1 when you have gathered the produce of The word **produce** here represents various kinds of crops. Alternate translation: “after you have gathered the crops of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +LEV 23 40 ven2 figs-explicit כַּפֹּ֣ת תְּמָרִ֔ים וַ⁠עֲנַ֥ף עֵץ־ עָבֹ֖ת וְ⁠עַרְבֵי־ נָ֑חַל 1 branches of palm trees, and branches of leafy trees, and willows of the stream Possible uses for these **branches** are: (1) to make temporary shelters or (2) to wave them as part of their joyous celebration. Some translations state their use clearly; other translations leave it implicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +LEV 23 40 cnz9 translate-unknown וְ⁠עַרְבֵי 1 and willows of The **willows** are trees with long, narrow leaves, which grow near water. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) LEV 24 intro hb64 0 # Leviticus 24 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Cursing God

The punishment for someone who curses God is to have stones thrown at him until he is dead. This was acceptable in ancient Israel, but it is no longer considered acceptable. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]]) LEV 24 1 s8ts 0 General Information: God gives Moses instructions about the things in the tent of meeting. -LEV 24 2 d6z4 1 pure oil beaten from olives Alternate translation: “pure olive oil” -LEV 24 2 aa52 figs-explicit 1 the lamp This refers to the lamp or lamps in Yahweh’s sacred tent. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “the lamp in the tent of meeting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -LEV 24 3 f13k 1 Connecting Statement: God continues giving Moses instructions about the things in the tent of meeting. -LEV 24 3 wxd8 figs-synecdoche 1 Outside the curtain before the covenant decrees The phrase “covenant decrees” represents either the tablets that the decrees were written on or the box that the tablets were put in. These were kept in the very holy place, which was the room behind the curtain in the tent of meeting. Alternate translation: “Outside the curtain that is in front of the tablets of the covenant decrees” or “Outside the curtain that is in front of the box of the covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -LEV 24 3 cr1j 1 curtain This was a thick fabric hung as a wall. It was not like a light window curtain. -LEV 24 3 x78g 1 from evening to morning Alternate translation: “from sunset to sunrise” or “all night” -LEV 24 3 t1wc 1 This will be a permanent statute throughout your people’s generations This means that they and their descendants must obey this command forever. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Leviticus 3:17](../03/17.md). -LEV 24 5 k9ni 1 Connecting Statement: God continues giving Moses instructions about the things in the tent of meeting. -LEV 24 5 bwx9 translate-bvolume 1 two-tenths of an ephah This is about 4.5 liters. Alternate translation: “four and a half liters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) -LEV 24 6 e3he 1 the table of pure gold before Yahweh This table is in the holy place, which is before the most holy place. -LEV 24 7 u2eb 1 Connecting Statement: God continues giving Moses instructions about the things in the tent of meeting. -LEV 24 7 ixi1 figs-explicit 1 You must put pure incense along each row of loaves The incense was probably next to the loaves, rather than directly on the loaves. Alternate translation: “You must put pure incense next to the loaves in each row” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -LEV 24 7 v5k2 figs-explicit 1 as a representative offering What the incense would represent can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “to represent the loaves as an offering” or “to be an offering that represents the loaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -LEV 24 7 c4tc figs-activepassive 1 This incense will be burnt for Yahweh If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You will burn the incense for Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 24 9 x294 1 This offering Alternate translation: “This bread that is offered” -LEV 24 9 gj5v 1 for it is a portion from the offerings Alternate translation: “for they took it from the offerings” -LEV 24 9 c8b1 1 the offerings to Yahweh made by fire Alternate translation: “the burnt offerings to Yahweh” or “the offerings that you burn to Yahweh” -LEV 24 10 v13h 1 Now it happened This phrase marks a new section of the book. -LEV 24 11 uzp5 figs-parallelism 1 blasphemed the name of Yahweh and cursed God Both of these phrases mean basically the same thing. Alternate translation: “blasphemed Yahweh by cursing him” or “said terrible things about Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -LEV 24 11 x1rf translate-names 1 Shelomith This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -LEV 24 11 y53u translate-names 1 Dibri This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -LEV 24 14 br93 translate-symaction 1 All who heard him must lay their hands on his head They were to put their hands on his head to show that he was the guilty one. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -LEV 24 15 rj6p figs-metaphor 1 must carry his own guilt Suffering for sin is spoken of if a person were to carry his guilt. Alternate translation: “must suffer for his sin” or “must be punished (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 24 16 uv4b figs-activepassive 1 must surely be put to death If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the people must surely put him to death” or “the people must surely kill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 24 17 mu9u figs-activepassive 1 he must certainly be put to death. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must certainly put to death anyone who kills another person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 24 18 pg7s figs-explicit 1 must pay it back How he would pay it back can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “must pay it back by giving him a live animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -LEV 24 18 x28q figs-idiom 1 life for life This is an idiom that means that one life would replace the other. Alternate translation: “one life to replace the other life” or “to replace the one that he killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -LEV 24 19 p3k7 figs-activepassive 1 it must be done to him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must do to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 24 20 icn4 1 fracture for fracture, eye for eye, tooth for tooth These phrases emphasize that a person should receive the same harm he did to someone else. -LEV 24 20 ls9h figs-idiom 1 fracture for fracture This refers to broken bones. Alternate translation: “broken bone for broken bone” or “If he breaks someone’s bone, one of his bones must be broken” or “If he breaks someone’s bone, they will break one of his bones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -LEV 24 20 u64z figs-idiom 1 eye for eye This refers to eyes being seriously injured or gouged out. Alternate translation: “If he destroys someone’s eye, one of his bones must be destroyed” or “If he destroys someone’s eye, they will destroy his eye” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -LEV 24 20 gu8y figs-idiom 1 tooth for tooth This refers to teeth being knocked out of the mouth. Alternate translation: “If he knocks out someone’s tooth, one of his teeth must be knocked out” or “If he knocks out someone’s tooth, they will knock out one of his teeth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -LEV 24 21 vq5t figs-activepassive 1 anyone who kills a person must be put to death If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they must put to death anyone who kills a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 24 23 jg5f 1 carried out the command Alternate translation: “obeyed the command” +LEV 24 2 d6z4 שֶׁ֣מֶן זַ֥יִת זָ֛ךְ כָּתִ֖ית 1 pure beaten oil of the olive Alternate translation: “pure olive oil” +LEV 24 2 aa52 figs-explicit נֵ֖ר 1 the lamp This refers to the **lamp** or lamps in Yahweh’s sacred tent. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “the lamp in the tent of meeting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +LEV 24 3 wxd8 figs-synecdoche מִ⁠חוּץ֩ לְ⁠פָרֹ֨כֶת הָ⁠עֵדֻ֜ת 1 Outside the curtain of the testimony Here, **the testimony** represents either the tablets that the decrees were written on or the box that the tablets were put in. These were kept in the very holy place, which was the room behind the curtain in the tent of meeting. Alternate translation: “Outside the curtain that is in front of the tablets of the covenant decrees” or “Outside the curtain that is in front of the box of the covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +LEV 24 3 cr1j לְ⁠פָרֹ֨כֶת 1 the curtain of This **curtain** was a thick fabric hung as a wall. It was not like a light window curtain. +LEV 24 3 x78g מֵ⁠עֶ֧רֶב עַד־ בֹּ֛קֶר 1 from evening until morning Alternate translation: “from sunset to sunrise” or “all night” +LEV 24 3 t1wc חֻקַּ֥ת עוֹלָ֖ם לְ⁠דֹרֹֽתֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 It is a permanent statute throughout your generations This means that they and their descendants must obey this command forever. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Leviticus 3:17](../03/17.md). +LEV 24 5 bwx9 translate-bvolume שְׁנֵי֙ עֶשְׂרֹנִ֔ים 1 two-tenths of an ephah An **ephah** is about 22 litres. This **two-tenths** is about 4.4 liters. Alternate translation: “four and a half liters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) +LEV 24 6 e3he הַ⁠שֻּׁלְחָ֥ן הַ⁠טָּהֹ֖ר לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה 1 the pure gold table before the face of Yahweh This **table** is in the holy place, which is before the most holy place. +LEV 24 7 ixi1 figs-explicit וְ⁠נָתַתָּ֥ עַל־ הַֽ⁠מַּעֲרֶ֖כֶת לְבֹנָ֣ה זַכָּ֑ה 1 And you must put on the row pure incense The incense was probably next to the loaves, rather than directly on the loaves. Alternate translation: “And you must put pure incense next to the loaves in each row” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +LEV 24 7 v5k2 figs-explicit וְ⁠הָיְתָ֤ה לַ⁠לֶּ֨חֶם֙ לְ⁠אַזְכָּרָ֔ה 1 and it will be a memorial portion for the bread What the incense would represent can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “and it will represent the loaves as an offering” or “and it will be an offering that represents the loaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +LEV 24 9 x294 וְ⁠הָֽיְתָה֙ 1 And it will be Alternate translation: “And this bread that is offered will be” +LEV 24 9 c8b1 מֵ⁠אִשֵּׁ֥י יְהוָ֖ה 1 from Yahweh’s offerings made by fire Alternate translation: “fro the burnt offerings to Yahweh” or “from the offerings that you burn to Yahweh” +LEV 24 10 v13h וַ⁠יֵּצֵא֙ 1 Now … went out This phrase marks a new section of the book. +LEV 24 11 uzp5 figs-parallelism וַ֠⁠יִּקֹּב בֶּן־ הָֽ⁠אִשָּׁ֨ה הַ⁠יִּשְׂרְאֵלִ֤ית אֶת־ הַ⁠שֵּׁם֙ וַ⁠יְקַלֵּ֔ל 1 And the son of the Israelite woman blasphemed the Name and cursed The words **blasphemed** and **cursed** mean basically the same thing. Alternate translation: “And the son of the Israelite woman blasphemed Yahweh by cursing him” or “And the son of the Israelite woman said terrible things about Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +LEV 24 11 x1rf translate-names שְׁלֹמִ֥ית 1 Shelomith **Shelomith** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +LEV 24 11 y53u translate-names בַּת־ דִּבְרִ֖י 1 the daughter of Dibri ** Dibri** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +LEV 24 14 br93 translate-symaction וְ⁠סָמְכ֧וּ כָֽל־ הַ⁠שֹּׁמְעִ֛ים אֶת־ יְדֵי⁠הֶ֖ם עַל־ רֹאשׁ֑⁠וֹ 1 And all the hearers must lay their hands on his head They were to put their **hands on his head** to show that he was the guilty one. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +LEV 24 15 rj6p figs-metaphor וְ⁠נָשָׂ֥א חֶטְאֽ⁠וֹ 1 then he must bear his sin Suffering for sin is spoken of if a person were to carry his guilt. Alternate translation: “then he must suffer for his sin” or “then he must be punished (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 24 16 uv4b figs-activepassive יוּמָֽת 1 he must be put to death If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the people must put him to death” or “the people must kill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 24 17 mu9u figs-activepassive מ֖וֹת יוּמָֽת 1 he must certainly be put to death. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must certainly put him to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 24 18 pg7s figs-explicit יְשַׁלְּמֶ֑⁠נָּה 1 must repay it How he would **repay it** can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “must pay it back by giving him a live animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +LEV 24 18 x28q figs-idiom נֶ֖פֶשׁ תַּ֥חַת נָֽפֶשׁ 1 life in place of life This is an idiom that means that one life would replace the other. Alternate translation: “one life to replace the other life” or “to replace the one that he killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +LEV 24 19 p3k7 figs-activepassive כֵּ֖ן יֵעָ֥שֶׂה לּֽ⁠וֹ 1 so it will be done to him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must do the same to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 24 20 icn4 שֶׁ֚בֶר תַּ֣חַת שֶׁ֔בֶר עַ֚יִן תַּ֣חַת עַ֔יִן שֵׁ֖ן תַּ֣חַת שֵׁ֑ן 1 fracture in place of fracture, eye in place of eye, tooth in place of tooth These phrases emphasize that a person should receive the same harm he did to someone else. +LEV 24 20 ls9h figs-idiom שֶׁ֚בֶר תַּ֣חַת שֶׁ֔בֶר 1 fracture in place of fracture A **fracture** refers to broken bones. Alternate translation: “broken bone for broken bone” or “if he breaks someone’s bone, one of his bones must be broken” or “if he breaks someone’s bone, they will break one of his bones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +LEV 24 20 u64z figs-idiom עַ֚יִן תַּ֣חַת עַ֔יִן 1 eye in place of eye This refers to an **eye** being seriously injured or gouged out. Alternate translation: “if he destroys someone’s eye, one of his bones must be destroyed” or “if he destroys someone’s eye, they will destroy his eye” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +LEV 24 20 gu8y figs-idiom שֵׁ֖ן תַּ֣חַת שֵׁ֑ן 1 tooth in place of tooth This refers to a **tooth** being knocked out of the mouth. Alternate translation: “if he knocks out someone’s tooth, one of his teeth must be knocked out” or “if he knocks out someone’s tooth, they will knock out one of his teeth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +LEV 24 21 vq5t figs-activepassive וּ⁠מַכֵּ֥ה אָדָ֖ם יוּמָֽת 1 And he who strikes dead a human must be put to death If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And they must put to death anyone who kills a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 25 intro z6ra 0 # Leviticus 25 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Over-farming

There is a provision made in this chapter to prevent over-farming of the land. If a land is farmed every year with the same crops, it will quickly become unable to grow anything.

### Sabbath and Jubilee Years

Every seventh year, the land should not be planted. Every fiftieth year Israelite slaves must be freed and all land that has been bought returned to its original owners. This prevented people from getting trapped by their poverty. LEV 25 2 e4st figs-personification וְ⁠שָׁבְתָ֣ה הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ שַׁבָּ֖ת לַ⁠יהוָֽה 1 then the land must keep a sabbath, a sabbath for Yahweh The **land** is spoken of as if it were a person that could obey the Sabbath by resting. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) LEV 25 2 id1e figs-metaphor וְ⁠שָׁבְתָ֣ה הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ שַׁבָּ֖ת לַ⁠יהוָֽה 1 then the land must keep a sabbath, a sabbath for Yahweh Here the people honoring God by not farming the **land** every seventh year is spoken of as if the land were taking a sabbath rest. Alternate translation: “you must let the land rest every seventh year to honor Yahweh” or “you must obey Yahweh’s Sabbath by not farming the land every seventh year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 25 3 bf66 1 prune your vineyard To prune a vineyard is to cut the branches and vines to help the fruit grow better. +LEV 25 3 bf66 תִּזְמֹ֣ר כַּרְמֶ֑⁠ךָ 1 you must prune your vineyard To **prune** a **vineyard** is to cut the branches and vines to help the fruit grow better. LEV 25 4 dc2m figs-metaphor שַׁבַּ֤ת שַׁבָּתוֹן֙ יִהְיֶ֣ה לָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 there must be a sabbath of solemn rest for the land Not farming the land is spoken of as letting **the land** **rest**. Alternate translation: “you must observe a Sabbath of solemn rest for the land by not farming it” or “you must obey the Sabbath law by not farming the land every seventh year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 25 5 jtb8 1 You must not conduct … for the land Yahweh will not allow the owner of a field to organize his workers and harvest the land as he does the other six years. However, Yahweh will allow individuals to go through the fields to pick and eat the fruit they find. -LEV 25 5 mxc6 figs-activepassive 1 your unpruned vines This means that no one has taken care of the vines and cut them as they do during the other six years. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “your vines that you do not prune” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 25 6 ixl4 1 Whatever the unworked land … who live with you may gather food Yahweh will not allow the owner of a field to organize his workers and harvest the land as he does the other six years. However, Yahweh will allow individuals to go through the fields to pick and eat the fruit they find. -LEV 25 6 h8qg 1 Whatever the unworked land grows Alternate translation: “whatever grows on the unworked land” -LEV 25 6 itc3 figs-activepassive 1 the unworked land This means that no one has taken care of the gardens or farms as they do during the other six years. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “your gardens that you do not tend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 25 7 v4ie 1 whatever the land produces Alternate translation: “whatever grows on the land” -LEV 25 8 g6u6 1 there will be seven Sabbaths of years Alternate translation: “they will be seven sets of seven years” +LEV 25 5 jtb8 אֵ֣ת סְפִ֤יחַ קְצִֽירְ⁠ךָ֙ לֹ֣א תִקְצ֔וֹר וְ⁠אֶת־ עִנְּבֵ֥י נְזִירֶ֖⁠ךָ לֹ֣א תִבְצֹ֑ר 1 You must not harvest the second growth of your harvest and you must not gather the grapes of your unpruned vines Yahweh will not allow the owner of a field to organize his workers and harvest the land as he does the other six years. However, Yahweh will allow individuals to go through the fields to pick and eat the fruit they find. +LEV 25 5 mxc6 figs-activepassive נְזִירֶ֖⁠ךָ 1 your unpruned vines To be **unpruned** means that no one has taken care of the **vines** and cut them as they do during the other six years. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “your vines that you do not prune” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 25 6 ixl4 וְ֠⁠הָיְתָה שַׁבַּ֨ת הָ⁠אָ֤רֶץ לָ⁠כֶם֙ לְ⁠אָכְלָ֔ה לְ⁠ךָ֖ וּ⁠לְ⁠עַבְדְּ⁠ךָ֣ וְ⁠לַ⁠אֲמָתֶ֑⁠ךָ וְ⁠לִ⁠שְׂכִֽירְ⁠ךָ֙ וּ⁠לְ⁠תוֹשָׁ֣בְ⁠ךָ֔ הַ⁠גָּרִ֖ים עִמָּֽ⁠ךְ 1 And the sabbath of the land will be for you, as food for you, and for your male slave, and for your female slave, and for your hired servant, and for the foreign resident who is sojourning with you Yahweh will not allow the owner of a field to organize his workers and harvest the land as he does the other six years. However, Yahweh will allow individuals to go through the fields to pick and eat the fruit they find. +LEV 25 7 v4ie כָל־ תְּבוּאָתָ֖⁠הּ 1 all its yield Alternate translation: “whatever grows on the land” +LEV 25 8 g6u6 שֶׁ֚בַע שַׁבְּתֹ֣ת הַ⁠שָּׁנִ֔ים 1 seven sabbaths of years Alternate translation: “seven sets of seven years” LEV 25 9 cf78 translate-hebrewmonths בַּ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁבִעִ֔י בֶּ⁠עָשׂ֖וֹר לַ⁠חֹ֑דֶשׁ 1 on the seventh month, on the tenth day of the month This is the **seventh month** of the Hebrew calendar. The **tenth day** is near the end of September on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) LEV 25 9 igkl translate-ordinal בַּ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁבִעִ֔י בֶּ⁠עָשׂ֖וֹר לַ⁠חֹ֑דֶשׁ 1 on the seventh month, on the tenth day of the month The words **seventh** and **tenth** are the ordinals of “seven” and “ten”. Alternate translation: “in month seven, on day ten of the month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -LEV 25 9 l873 1 the Day of Atonement On this day each year the high priest would make a sacrifice to Yahweh so that Yahweh would forgive all the sins of the people of Israel. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 23:27](../23/27.md). -LEV 25 10 p451 translate-numbers 1 fiftieth year This is an ordinal number. Alternate translation: “year 50” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -LEV 25 10 gq84 1 a Jubilee for you The Jubilee was a year when the Jews had to return land to its’ original owners and set slaves free. Alternate translation: “a year of restoration for you” or “a year for you to return land and free slaves” -LEV 25 10 ua35 figs-activepassive 1 property and slaves must be returned If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must return property and slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 25 11 a5fs figs-explicit 1 a Jubilee for you You can state clearly who they were returning the land to. Alternate translation: “a year for you to return the land to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -LEV 25 12 ccr2 1 You must eat the produce that grows by itself out of the fields Yahweh did not allow the land owner to organize his workers and harvest the land as he did the other six years. However, he did allow individuals to go through the fields and eat what they find. -LEV 25 13 gq74 1 this year of Jubilee Alternate translation: “this year of restoration” or “this year to return land and free slaves” -LEV 25 15 em1q figs-activepassive 1 that can be harvested If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that you can harvest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 25 15 kv8f 1 the next Jubilee Alternate translation: “the next year of restoration” or “the next year to return land” -LEV 25 18 r63d figs-parallelism 1 obey my decrees, keep my laws, and carry them out All of these phrases mean basically the same thing. They emphasize that the people must obey everything Yahweh says. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -LEV 25 19 cf3a figs-idiom 1 you will eat your fill This means that they would eat enough until their stomach was full. Alternate translation: “you will eat till you are full” or “you will eat plenty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -LEV 25 20 m3ed figs-you 1 You might say Here “You” refers to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -LEV 25 21 qk7b figs-personification 1 I will command my blessing to come upon you God speaks of his blessing as if it were a person that could obey him. Alternate translation: “I will send my blessing on you” or “I will bless you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -LEV 25 22 sm7w figs-activepassive 1 from the provisions stored If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “from the food you store” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 25 23 pm7a 0 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking. -LEV 25 23 gm2n figs-activepassive 1 The land must not be sold to a new permanent owner If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must not sell your land permanently to another person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 25 9 l873 בְּ⁠יוֹם֙ הַ⁠כִּפֻּרִ֔ים 1 On the Day of Atonement On ** the Day of Atonement** each year the high priest would make a sacrifice to Yahweh so that Yahweh would forgive all the sins of the people of Israel. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 23:27](../23/27.md). +LEV 25 10 gq84 יוֹבֵ֥ל הִוא֙ תִּהְיֶ֣ה לָ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 It will be a jubilee for you The Jubilee was a year when the Jews had to return land to its’ original owners and set slaves free. Alternate translation: “it will be a year of restoration for you” or “it will be a year for you to return land and free slaves” +LEV 25 11 a5fs figs-explicit יוֹבֵ֣ל…תִּהְיֶ֣ה לָ⁠כֶ֑ם 1 will be a jubilee for you You can state clearly who they were returning the land to. Alternate translation: “will be a year for you to return the land to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +LEV 25 12 ccr2 מִן־ הַ֨⁠שָּׂדֶ֔ה תֹּאכְל֖וּ אֶת־ תְּבוּאָתָֽ⁠הּ 1 You must eat its yield from the field Yahweh did not allow the land owner to organize his workers and harvest the land as he did the other six years. However, he did allow individuals to go through the fields and eat what they find. +LEV 25 13 gq74 בִּ⁠שְׁנַ֥ת הַ⁠יּוֹבֵ֖ל הַ⁠זֹּ֑את 1 In this Year of Jubilee Alternate translation: “In this year of restoration” or “In this year to return land and free slaves” +LEV 25 18 r63d figs-parallelism וַ⁠עֲשִׂיתֶם֙ אֶת־ חֻקֹּתַ֔⁠י וְ⁠אֶת־ מִשְׁפָּטַ֥⁠י תִּשְׁמְר֖וּ וַ⁠עֲשִׂיתֶ֣ם אֹתָ֑⁠ם 1 And you must do my statutes, and my laws you must keep and do them All of these phrases mean basically the same thing. They emphasize that the people must obey everything Yahweh says. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +LEV 25 19 cf3a figs-idiom וַ⁠אֲכַלְתֶּ֖ם לָ⁠שֹׂ֑בַע 1 and you will eat to satisfaction This means that they would eat enough until their stomach was full. Alternate translation: “and you will eat till you are full” or “snd you will eat plenty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +LEV 25 20 m3ed figs-you תֹאמְר֔וּ 1 you say Here, **you** refers to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +LEV 25 21 qk7b figs-personification וְ⁠צִוִּ֤יתִי אֶת־ בִּרְכָתִ⁠י֙ לָ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 Then I will command my blessing for you God speaks of Yahweh’s **blessing** as if it were a person that could obey him. Alternate translation: “Then I will send my blessing on you” or “Then I will bless you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +LEV 25 23 gm2n figs-activepassive וְ⁠הָ⁠אָ֗רֶץ לֹ֤א תִמָּכֵר֙ 1 And the land must not be sold If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must not sell your land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 25 24 af5k figs-abstractnouns גְּאֻלָּ֖ה תִּתְּנ֥וּ לָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 You must observe the right of redemption If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **redemption**, you could express the same idea with the verbs “redeem” or “buy back.” Alternate translation: “you must remember that the original owner has the right to redeem the land whenever he wants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -LEV 25 24 mg9y figs-activepassive 1 you must allow the land to be bought back by the family from whom you bought it If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must allow the family from whom you bought the land to buy it back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 25 27 c8fs figs-activepassive 1 the land was sold If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he sold the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 25 27 lw57 figs-explicit 1 repay the balance to the man to whom he sold it This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “repay to the purchaser who bought it the money the purchaser would have made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -LEV 25 28 gbe7 1 the year of Jubilee See how you translated it in [Leviticus 25:10](../25/10.md). Alternate translation: “the year of restoration” or “the year to return land” -LEV 25 28 f4jg figs-activepassive 1 the land will be returned If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the one who had bought it will return the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 25 28 me5x 1 will return to his property Alternate translation: “will go back to his land” -LEV 25 29 ll7h figs-activepassive 1 after it was sold If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “after he sold it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 25 27 c8fs אֶת־ שְׁנֵ֣י מִמְכָּר֔⁠וֹ 1 the years of its sale Alternate translation: “the number of years since he sold the land” +LEV 25 27 lw57 figs-explicit וְ⁠הֵשִׁיב֙ אֶת־ הָ֣⁠עֹדֵ֔ף לָ⁠אִ֖ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֣ר מָֽכַר־ ל֑⁠וֹ 1 and return the balance to the man whom he sold it to This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “and repay to the purchaser who bought it the money the purchaser would have made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +LEV 25 28 gbe7 שְׁנַ֣ת הַ⁠יּוֹבֵ֑ל 1 the year of Jubilee See how you translated this in [Leviticus 25:10](../25/10.md). Alternate translation: “the year of restoration” or “the year to return land” +LEV 25 28 me5x וְ⁠שָׁ֖ב לַ⁠אֲחֻזָּתֽ⁠וֹ 1 and he will return to his property Alternate translation: “and he will go back to his land” LEV 25 29 ibe6 figs-abstractnouns גְּאֻלָּת֔⁠וֹ 1 the right of redemption If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **redemption**, you could express the same idea with the verbs “redeem” or “buy back.” Alternate translation: “the right to redeem it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -LEV 25 30 h32c figs-activepassive 1 If the house is not redeemed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If he or his family does not redeem the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 25 30 c7lq figs-activepassive 1 It is not to be returned If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The man who bought that house will not have to return it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 25 30 z5l8 1 the year of Jubilee Alternate translation: “the year of restoration” or “the year to return land and free slaves” -LEV 25 31 hgm4 1 But the houses of the villages that have no wall Some villages did not have a wall around them. -LEV 25 31 y1dt figs-activepassive 1 They may be redeemed, and they must be returned If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You may buy back those houses, and those who bought them must return them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 25 31 f1yq 1 the year of Jubilee Alternate translation: “the year of restoration” or “the year to return land and free slaves” -LEV 25 32 k9jx figs-activepassive 1 the houses owned by the Levites in their cities If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the houses that the Levites own in their cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 25 32 sk2r figs-activepassive 1 may be redeemed at any time If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Levites may redeem them at any time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 25 33 yf5t figs-activepassive 1 the house that was sold in the city where it is located must be returned If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the one who bought the house in the city where it is located must return it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 25 33 kaj1 1 the year of Jubilee Alternate translation: “the year of restoration” or “the year to return land and free slaves” -LEV 25 33 js2l 1 their property among the people of Israel The land of Canaan was divided up among the people of Israel, but of that land, the Levites were only given 48 cities with the fields around them. Alternate translation: “their part of the land that the Israelites possessed” or “their property in the land of Israel” -LEV 25 34 ehh8 figs-activepassive 1 But the fields around their cities may not be sold If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But the Levites must not sell the fields around their cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 25 36 pkf5 1 Do not charge him interest Alternate translation: “Do not make him pay you back more than what you lend him” -LEV 25 39 mgw3 1 you must not make him work like a slave The owner was to treat the Israelite with more respect than he would treat a slave. -LEV 25 40 si62 1 Treat him as a hired servant The owner was to treat the Israelite with more respect than he would treat a slave. -LEV 25 40 u2tl 1 the year of Jubilee Alternate translation: “the year of restoration” or “the year to return land and free slaves” -LEV 25 42 ucx8 1 they are my servants Alternate translation: “your fellow countrymen are my servants” -LEV 25 42 i1ab figs-activepassive 1 They will not be sold as slaves If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must not sell them as slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 25 44 wz9f 1 you may buy slaves from them Alternate translation: “you may buy slaves from those nations” -LEV 25 48 u2as figs-activepassive 1 after your fellow Israelite has been bought, he may be bought back. Someone in his family may redeem him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “after the foreigner buys your fellow Israelite, someone in the Israelite’s family may buy him back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 25 50 c6m4 1 until the year of Jubilee An Israelite could be a slave only until the year of Jubilee. These instructions are for when an Israelite wanted to buy back his freedom before the year of Jubilee. -LEV 25 50 fa22 1 the year of Jubilee Alternate translation: “the year of restoration” or “the year to return land and to free slaves” -LEV 25 50 atu9 figs-activepassive 1 The price of his redemption must be figured If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “They must figure the price of his redemption” or “They must figure how much to pay for the foreigner to set the Israelite free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 25 50 cqg2 figs-activepassive 1 in keeping with the rate paid to a hired servant If the Israelite bought back his freedom, the foreigner would have to hire a servant to do the work that the Israelite would have done but will not. If your language does not use the passive verbs **paid** and **hired** in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “according to the rate a person would pay to hire a servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 25 50 twu2 1 for the number of years he might continue to work Alternate translation: “for the number of years until the jubilee that the Israelite would have continued to work but will not” -LEV 25 51 iq2q 1 he must pay back Alternate translation: “the Israelite slave must pay back” -LEV 25 53 g8n2 figs-activepassive 1 He is to be treated If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The foreigner who bought him as a slave must treat him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 25 53 v7sk figs-activepassive 1 he is not treated with harshness If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one treats him badly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 25 30 h32c figs-activepassive וְ⁠אִ֣ם לֹֽא־ יִגָּאֵ֗ל 1 And if it is not redeemed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And if he or his family does not redeem the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 25 31 hgm4 וּ⁠בָתֵּ֣י הַ⁠חֲצֵרִ֗ים אֲשֶׁ֨ר אֵין־ לָ⁠הֶ֤ם חֹמָה֙ סָבִ֔יב 1 And the houses of the villages that have no wall around them Some **villages** did not have a **wall** around them. +LEV 25 33 yf5t מִמְכַּר־ בַּ֛יִת 1 a sold house Alternate translation: “a house that he has sold” +LEV 25 33 kaj1 בַּ⁠יֹּבֵ֑ל 1 in the Jubilee Alternate translation: “in the year of restoration” or “in the year to return land and free slaves” +LEV 25 33 js2l הִ֚וא אֲחֻזָּתָ֔⁠ם בְּ⁠ת֖וֹךְ בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 it is their possession among the sons of Israel The land of Canaan was divided up among the people of Israel, but of that land, the Levites were only given 48 cities with the fields around them. Alternate translation: “it is their part of the land that the Israelites possessed” or “it is their property in the land of Israel” +LEV 25 34 ehh8 figs-activepassive וּֽ⁠שְׂדֵ֛ה מִגְרַ֥שׁ עָרֵי⁠הֶ֖ם לֹ֣א יִמָּכֵ֑ר 1 And the field of the pastureland of their cities must not be sold If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And the Levites must not sell the fields around their cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 25 36 pkf5 אַל־ תִּקַּ֤ח מֵֽ⁠אִתּ⁠וֹ֙ נֶ֣שֶׁךְ וְ⁠תַרְבִּ֔ית 1 Do not take from him interest or usury Alternate translation: “Do not make him pay you back more than what you lend him” +LEV 25 39 mgw3 לֹא־ תַעֲבֹ֥ד בּ֖⁠וֹ עֲבֹ֥דַת עָֽבֶד 1 you must not make him work the work of a slave The owner was to treat the Israelite with more respect than he would treat **a slave**. +LEV 25 40 si62 כְּ⁠שָׂכִ֥יר כְּ⁠תוֹשָׁ֖ב יִהְיֶ֣ה עִמָּ֑⁠ךְ 1 Like a hired worker, like a temporary resident, he must be with you The owner was to treat the Israelite with more respect than he would treat a slave. +LEV 25 40 u2tl שְׁנַ֥ת הַ⁠יֹּבֵ֖ל 1 the year of Jubilee Alternate translation: “the year of restoration” or “the year to return land and free slaves” +LEV 25 42 ucx8 עֲבָדַ֣⁠י הֵ֔ם 1 they are my servants Alternate translation: “your fellow countrymen are my servants” +LEV 25 42 i1ab figs-activepassive לֹ֥א יִמָּכְר֖וּ מִמְכֶּ֥רֶת עָֽבֶד 1 They will not be sold in a slave sale If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must not sell them as slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 25 48 u2as figs-activepassive אַחֲרֵ֣י נִמְכַּ֔ר גְּאֻלָּ֖ה תִּהְיֶה־ לּ֑⁠וֹ אֶחָ֥ד מֵ⁠אֶחָ֖י⁠ו יִגְאָלֶֽ⁠נּוּ 1 after he has been sold, there will be redemption for him. One of his brothers may redeem him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “after the foreigner buys your fellow Israelite, someone in the Israelite’s family may buy him back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 25 50 c6m4 עַ֖ד שְׁנַ֣ת הַ⁠יֹּבֵ֑ל 1 until the year of Jubilee An Israelite could be a slave only **until the year of Jubilee**. These instructions are for when an Israelite wanted to buy back his freedom before the year of Jubilee. +LEV 25 50 fa22 שְׁנַ֣ת הַ⁠יֹּבֵ֑ל 1 the year of Jubilee Alternate translation: “the year of restoration” or “the year to return land and to free slaves” +LEV 25 50 twu2 בְּ⁠מִסְפַּ֣ר שָׁנִ֔ים 1 according to the number of years Alternate translation: “according to the number of years until the jubilee that the Israelite would have continued to work but will not” +LEV 25 50 cqg2 figs-activepassive כִּ⁠ימֵ֥י שָׂכִ֖יר יִהְיֶ֥ה עִמּֽ⁠וֹ 1 like the days of a hired worker it will be with him If the Israelite bought back his freedom, the foreigner would have to hire a servant to do the work that the Israelite would have done but will not. If your language does not use the passive verb **hired** in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “according to the rate a person would pay to hire a servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 25 51 iq2q יָשִׁ֣יב 1 he must pay back Alternate translation: “the Israelite slave must pay back” LEV 25 54 yn4a figs-activepassive וְ⁠אִם־ לֹ֥א יִגָּאֵ֖ל בְּ⁠אֵ֑לֶּה 1 And if he is not redeemed by these If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If no one redeems him by these means” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 25 54 lr8h figs-explicit וְ⁠אִם־ לֹ֥א יִגָּאֵ֖ל בְּ⁠אֵ֑לֶּה 1 And if he is not redeemed by these You can state explicitly who he is to be redeemed from. Alternate translation: “If no one redeems him by these means from the one who bought him as a slave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -LEV 25 54 u2vz 1 by these means Alternate translation: “in this way” -LEV 25 54 e1ni 1 he must serve until the year of Jubilee, he and his children with him The Israelite slave and his children would serve the foreigner until the year of Jubilee, and then the foreigner would have to set the Israelite and his children free. -LEV 25 55 g12z 1 To me the people of Israel are servants This is the reason that God wanted the Israelites to be set free in the year of jubilee. They were his servants. They were not permitted to be anyone else’s permanent slave. Alternate translation: “For it is to me that the people of Israel are servants” +LEV 25 54 e1ni וְ⁠יָצָא֙ בִּ⁠שְׁנַ֣ת הַ⁠יֹּבֵ֔ל ה֖וּא וּ⁠בָנָ֥י⁠ו עִמּֽ⁠וֹ 1 then he must go out in the Year of Jubilee, he and his sons with him The Israelite slave and his children would serve the foreigner until the **Year of Jubilee**, and then the foreigner would have to set the Israelite and his children free. +LEV 25 55 g12z לִ֤⁠י בְנֵֽי־ יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ עֲבָדִ֔ים 1 to me the sons of Israel are servants This is the reason that God wanted the Israelites to be set free in the year of jubilee. They were his **servants**. They were not permitted to be anyone else’s permanent slave. Alternate translation: “it is to me that the people of Israel are servants” LEV 26 intro tb8x 0 # Leviticus 26 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Worship only Yahweh

If people obey God and worship only him, he will bless and protect them. If people disobey his law and if they worship other gods, then he will severely punish them to help them to repent and begin obeying him. This takes the form of a promise. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]]) LEV 26 1 cd19 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do. -LEV 26 2 rh4n 1 keep my Sabbaths Alternate translation: “obey the rules for my Sabbaths” -LEV 26 3 wkx2 figs-parallelism 1 walk in my laws and keep my commandments and obey them These are three ways of saying the same thing. They emphasize that the people must obey everything that God commands them to do. Alternate translation: “If you carefully obey my laws and commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -LEV 26 3 kv48 figs-metaphor 1 walk in my laws Behaving according to the laws is spoken of as if they were to walk in the laws. Alternate translation: “If you behave according to my laws” or “if you live according to my laws” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 26 2 rh4n אֶת־ שַׁבְּתֹתַ֣⁠י תִּשְׁמֹ֔רוּ 1 My sabbaths you must keep Alternate translation: “You must obey the rules for my Sabbaths” +LEV 26 3 wkx2 figs-parallelism בְּ⁠חֻקֹּתַ֖⁠י תֵּלֵ֑כוּ וְ⁠אֶת־ מִצְוֺתַ֣⁠י תִּשְׁמְר֔וּ וַ⁠עֲשִׂיתֶ֖ם אֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 you walk in my statutes and keep my commandments and do them These are three ways of saying the same thing. They emphasize that the people must obey everything that God commands them to do. Alternate translation: “If you carefully obey my laws and commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +LEV 26 3 kv48 figs-metaphor בְּ⁠חֻקֹּתַ֖⁠י תֵּלֵ֑כוּ 1 you walk in my statutes Behaving according to the **statutes** is spoken of as if they were to **walk** in the laws. Alternate translation: “you behave according to my laws” or “you live according to my laws” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 26 5 t78x figs-synecdoche וַ⁠אֲכַלְתֶּ֤ם לַחְמְ⁠כֶם֙ לָ⁠שֹׂ֔בַע 1 And you will eat your bread to satisfaction Here **bread** represents food. Alternate translation: “will eat your food to satisfaction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) LEV 26 5 unad figs-abstractnouns וַ⁠אֲכַלְתֶּ֤ם לַחְמְ⁠כֶם֙ לָ⁠שֹׂ֔בַע 1 And you will eat your bread to satisfaction If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **satisfaction**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “And you will eat food until you are satisfied” or “And you will have plenty of food to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -LEV 26 6 m5jk 1 I will give peace in the land Alternate translation: “I will cause there to be peace in the land” -LEV 26 6 s3gb figs-metonymy 1 the sword will not pass through your land Here the word “sword” represents enemy armies or enemy attacks. Alternate translation: “no armies will attack you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -LEV 26 7 xxd1 figs-metonymy 1 they will fall before you by the sword Here “falling” represents dying, and “the sword” represents either attacking people with a sword or battle in general. Alternate translation: “they will die when you attack them with the sword” or “you will kill them in battle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -LEV 26 8 nd6t 1 Five of you will chase away a hundred, and a hundred of you will chase ten thousand This means the Israelites will have victory against larger armies. -LEV 26 8 hvk7 translate-numbers 1 Five … hundred … ten thousand Alternate translation: “5…100…10,000” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -LEV 26 9 p7zz 1 I will look at you with favor Alternate translation: “I will show you favor” or “I will bless you” -LEV 26 9 fq7x figs-doublet 1 make you fruitful and multiply you These two phrases refer to God causing them to have many descendants so they become a large group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -LEV 26 9 l7q1 figs-metaphor 1 make you fruitful God speaks of them having many children as if they were trees that bear a lot of fruit. Alternate translation: “cause you to have many children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 26 10 u1ax 1 You will eat food stored a long time Alternate translation: “You will have enough food stored to eat for a long time” or “you will have enough food to store and eat it for a long time” -LEV 26 11 n29m 1 I will place my tabernacle among you Alternate translation: “I will put my dwelling place among you” -LEV 26 11 cl4q 1 I will not detest you Alternate translation: “I will accept you” -LEV 26 12 xh2c figs-metaphor 1 I will walk among you Walking among them represents living with them. Alternate translation: “I will live with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 26 13 wh35 figs-metaphor 1 I have broken the bars of your yoke God speaks of their slavery as if they had to wear a yoke that animals wear in order to do hard work. Breaking the bars of the yoke represents setting them free. Alternate translation: “I have set you free from the hard labor they made you do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 26 14 g8tn 0 General Information: Yahweh is telling Moses what will happen if the people do not obey his commands. -LEV 26 16 kw48 1 if you do these things The phrase “these things” refers to the things listed in [Leviticus 26:14-15](./14.md). -LEV 26 16 u8mf figs-metaphor 1 I will inflict terror on you Here “terror” represents the things that will cause them to be terrified. Alternate translation: “I will send disasters that will terrify you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 26 16 k4xi 1 will drain away your life It is the diseases and the fever that will do this. Alternate translation: “will slowly take away your life” or “will slowly make you die” -LEV 26 16 a48w figs-idiom 1 You will plant your seeds for nothing The phrase “for nothing” means that they would get nothing from their work. Alternate translation: “You will plant your seeds in vain” or “You will plant your seeds, but you will not get anything from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -LEV 26 17 ae65 figs-idiom 1 I will set my face against you This idiom means he “firmly decided.” Alternate translation: “I have made up my mind to oppose you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -LEV 26 17 q4fp figs-activepassive 1 you will be overpowered by your enemies If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “your enemies will defeat you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 26 18 kng3 figs-idiom 1 seven times Here “seven times” is not literal. It means Yahweh will increase the severity of his punishment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -LEV 26 19 q54p figs-metaphor 1 I will break your pride in your power Using force to cause them not to be proud is spoken of as if he were to break their pride. Alternate translation: “I will punish you and so end the pride that you feel about your power” or “I will punish you so that you will no longer be proud of your power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 26 19 wsq1 figs-simile 1 I will make the sky over you like iron and your land like bronze This means God will stop the rain from falling from the sky. This will make the ground hard so that people cannot plant seed or grow crops. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +LEV 26 6 m5jk וְ⁠נָתַתִּ֤י שָׁלוֹם֙ בָּ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 And I will give peace in the land Alternate translation: “And I will cause there to be peace in the land” +LEV 26 6 s3gb figs-metonymy וְ⁠חֶ֖רֶב לֹא־ תַעֲבֹ֥ר בְּ⁠אַרְצְ⁠כֶֽם 1 and the sword will not pass through your land Here the word **sword** represents enemy armies or enemy attacks. Alternate translation: “and no armies will attack you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +LEV 26 7 xxd1 figs-metonymy וְ⁠נָפְל֥וּ לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠כֶ֖ם לֶ⁠חָֽרֶב 1 and they will fall before your face by the sword Here, **fall** represents dying, and **the sword** represents either attacking people with a sword or battle in general. Alternate translation: “and they will die when you attack them with the sword” or “and you will kill them in battle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +LEV 26 8 nd6t וְ⁠רָדְפ֨וּ מִ⁠כֶּ֤ם חֲמִשָּׁה֙ מֵאָ֔ה וּ⁠מֵאָ֥ה מִ⁠כֶּ֖ם רְבָבָ֣ה יִרְדֹּ֑פוּ 1 And five from you will pursue a hundred, and a hundred from you will pursue ten thousand This means the Israelites will have victory against larger armies. +LEV 26 9 p7zz וּ⁠פָנִ֣יתִי אֲלֵי⁠כֶ֔ם 1 And I will turn to you Alternate translation: “And I will show you favor” or “And I will bless you” +LEV 26 9 fq7x figs-doublet וְ⁠הִפְרֵיתִ֣י אֶתְ⁠כֶ֔ם וְ⁠הִרְבֵּיתִ֖י אֶתְ⁠כֶ֑ם 1 and make you fruitful and multiply you These two phrases refer to God causing them to have many descendants so they become a large group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +LEV 26 9 l7q1 figs-metaphor וְ⁠הִפְרֵיתִ֣י אֶתְ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 and make you fruitful God speaks of them having many children as if they were trees that bear a lot of fruit. Alternate translation: “and cause you to have many children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 26 10 u1ax וַ⁠אֲכַלְתֶּ֥ם יָשָׁ֖ן נוֹשָׁ֑ן 1 And you will eat the old that has grown old Alternate translation: “And you will have enough food stored to eat for a long time” or “And you will have enough food to store and eat it for a long time” +LEV 26 11 cl4q figs-doublenegatives וְ⁠לֹֽא־ תִגְעַ֥ל נַפְשִׁ֖⁠י אֶתְ⁠כֶֽם 1 and my spirit will not detest you If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **not detest**, you can express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “and I will accept you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) +LEV 26 12 xh2c figs-metaphor וְ⁠הִתְהַלַּכְתִּי֙ בְּ⁠ת֣וֹכְ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 And I will walk in the midst of you Walking among them represents living with them. Alternate translation: “And I will live with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 26 13 wh35 figs-metaphor וָ⁠אֶשְׁבֹּר֙ מֹטֹ֣ת עֻלְּ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 And I broke the bars of your yoke God speaks of their slavery as if they had to wear a **yoke** that animals wear in order to do hard work. Breaking **the bars** of the yoke represents setting them free. Alternate translation: “I have set you free from the hard labor they made you do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 26 16 u8mf figs-metaphor וְ⁠הִפְקַדְתִּ֨י עֲלֵי⁠כֶ֤ם בֶּֽהָלָה֙ 1 I will inflict terror on you Here, **terror** represents the things that will cause them to be terrified. Alternate translation: “I will send disasters that will terrify you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 26 16 k4xi וּ⁠מְדִיבֹ֣ת נָ֑פֶשׁ 1 and drains away life It is the diseases and the fever that will do this. Alternate translation: “and will slowly take away your life” or “and will slowly make you die” +LEV 26 16 a48w figs-idiom וּ⁠זְרַעְתֶּ֤ם לָ⁠רִיק֙ זַרְעֲ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 And you will sow your seed for nothing The phrase **for nothing** means that they would get nothing from their work. Alternate translation: “And you will plant your seeds in vain” or “And you will plant your seeds, but you will not get anything from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +LEV 26 17 ae65 figs-idiom וְ⁠נָתַתִּ֤י פָנַ⁠י֙ בָּ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 And I will set my face against you This idiom means he “firmly decided.” Alternate translation: “And I have made up my mind to oppose you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +LEV 26 18 kng3 figs-idiom שֶׁ֖בַע 1 seven times Here, **seven times** is not literal. It means Yahweh will increase the severity of his punishment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +LEV 26 19 q54p figs-metaphor וְ⁠שָׁבַרְתִּ֖י אֶת־ גְּא֣וֹן עֻזְּ⁠כֶ֑ם 1 And I will break the pride of your power Using force to cause them not to be proud is spoken of as if he were to **break** their **pride**. Alternate translation: “And I will punish you and so end the pride that you feel about your power” or “And I will punish you so that you will no longer be proud of your power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 26 19 wsq1 figs-simile וְ⁠נָתַתִּ֤י אֶת־ שְׁמֵי⁠כֶם֙ כַּ⁠בַּרְזֶ֔ל וְ⁠אֶֽת־ אַרְצְ⁠כֶ֖ם כַּ⁠נְּחֻשָֽׁה 1 And I will make your sky like iron and your land like bronze This means God will stop the rain from falling from **the sky**. This will make the ground hard so that people cannot plant seed or grow crops. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) LEV 26 20 j47f figs-metaphor וְ⁠תַ֥ם לָ⁠רִ֖יק כֹּחֲ⁠כֶ֑ם 1 And your strength will be used up for nothing Working very hard is spoken of as if they were to use all their **strength** until they had no more strength. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 26 20 c0hd figs-idiom וְ⁠תַ֥ם לָ⁠רִ֖יק כֹּחֲ⁠כֶ֑ם 1 And your strength will be used up for nothing The phrase **for nothing** means that they would get nothing from working so hard. Alternate translation: “You will work very hard in vain” or “You will work very hard, but you will not receive anything good from working so hard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -LEV 26 21 fy3n figs-metaphor 1 walk against me Walking represents behavior. Walking against God represents opposing him or rebelling against him. Alternate translation: “rebel against me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 26 21 mar9 figs-metaphor 1 I will bring seven times more blows on you Yahweh causing disasters to happen to the Israelites is spoken of as if he would strike them with blows or hit them. Alternate translation: “I will cause seven times as many disasters to come against you” or “I will punish you seven times more severely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 26 21 tp4i figs-idiom 1 seven times Here “seven times” is not literal. It means Yahweh will increase the severity of his punishment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +LEV 26 21 fy3n figs-metaphor תֵּֽלְכ֤וּ עִמִּ⁠י֙ 1 you walk against me Walking represents behavior. To **walk against** God represents opposing him or rebelling against him. Alternate translation: “you rebel against me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 26 21 mar9 figs-metaphor וְ⁠יָסַפְתִּ֤י עֲלֵי⁠כֶם֙ מַכָּ֔ה שֶׁ֖בַע 1 then I will add upon you a plague seven times Yahweh causing disasters to happen to the Israelites is spoken of as if he would strike them with blows or hit them. Alternate translation: “I will cause seven times as many disasters to come against you” or “I will punish you seven times more severely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 26 21 tp4i figs-idiom שֶׁ֖בַע 1 seven times Here, **seven times** is not literal. It means Yahweh will increase the severity of his punishment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) LEV 26 21 uyk7 figs-abstractnouns כְּ⁠חַטֹּאתֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 in proportion to your sins If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **sins**, you could express the same idea with the verb “sin.” Alternate translation: “according to how much you have sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -LEV 26 22 lgr8 figs-metaphor 1 which will steal your children Stealing represents attacking or attacking and dragging them away. Alternate translation: “which will attack your children” or “which will drag your children away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 26 22 qpn6 1 So your roads will become deserted Deserted means that there is no one there. Alternate translation: “So no one will travel on your roads” -LEV 26 23 u17j 1 If in spite of these things Alternate translation: “If when I punish you like this” or “If I discipline you like this and” -LEV 26 23 a4z5 figs-metaphor 1 you still do not accept my correction Accepting his correction represents responding rightly to it. In this case responding rightly to it is choosing to obey him. Alternate translation: “you still do not listen to my correction” or “you still do not obey me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 26 23 l9uu figs-metaphor 1 walk in opposition to me Walking represents behavior. Walking in opposition to him means opposing him or fighting against him. Alternate translation: “oppose me” or “fight against me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 26 24 v5bm figs-metaphor 1 I will also walk in opposition to you Walking represents behavior. Walking in opposition to them means opposing them or fighting against them. Alternate translation: “I also will oppose you” or “I also will fight against you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 26 24 e1h9 1 I myself will punish you seven times The number 7 represents completeness. Alternate translation: “I will personally punish you many times” or “I myself will punish you most severely” +LEV 26 22 qpn6 וְ⁠נָשַׁ֖מּוּ דַּרְכֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 And your roads will become deserted Here, **deserted** means that there is no one there. Alternate translation: “And so no one will travel on your roads” +LEV 26 23 u17j וְ⁠אִ֨ם־ בְּ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה 1 And if in spite of these things Alternate translation: “And if when I punish you like this” or “And if I discipline you like this and” +LEV 26 23 a4z5 figs-metaphor לֹ֥א תִוָּסְר֖וּ לִ֑⁠י 1 you do not accept my discipline Accepting his **discipline** represents responding rightly to it. In this case responding rightly to it is choosing to obey him. Alternate translation: “you still do not listen to my correction” or “you still do not obey me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 26 23 l9uu figs-metaphor וַ⁠הֲלַכְתֶּ֥ם עִמִּ֖⁠י קֶֽרִי 1 and you walk against me in opposition To **walk** represents behavior. Walking **in opposition** to him means opposing him or fighting against him. Alternate translation: “and you oppose me” or “and you fight against me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 26 24 v5bm figs-metaphor וְ⁠הָלַכְתִּ֧י אַף־ אֲנִ֛י עִמָּ⁠כֶ֖ם בְּ⁠קֶ֑רִי 1 then I will also walk, I myself, against you in opposition To **walk** represents behavior. Walking **in opposition** to him means opposing him or fighting against him. Alternate translation: “then I myself will also oppose you” or “ then I myself will also fight against you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 26 24 e1h9 וְ⁠הִכֵּיתִ֤י אֶתְ⁠כֶם֙ גַּם־ אָ֔נִי שֶׁ֖בַע 1 And I will strike you, even I myself, seven times The number **seven** represents completeness. Alternate translation: “And I will personally punish you many times” or “And I myself will punish you most severely” LEV 26 24 rqi5 figs-abstractnouns עַל־ חַטֹּאתֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 because of your sins If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **sins**, you could express the same idea with the verb “sin.” Alternate translation: “because you continue to sin against me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -LEV 26 25 ca56 figs-metonymy 1 I will bring a sword on you Here the word “sword” represents an army or an attack from an army. Alternate translation: “I will bring an enemy army against you” or “I will cause an enemy army to attack you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -LEV 26 25 z45g 1 that will execute vengeance Alternate translation: “that will punish you” -LEV 26 25 eix8 1 for breaking the covenant Alternate translation: “for disobeying the covenant” or “because you disobey the covenant” -LEV 26 25 tfd5 figs-activepassive 1 You will be gathered together If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You will gather together” or “You will hide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 26 25 ca56 figs-metonymy וְ⁠הֵבֵאתִ֨י עֲלֵי⁠כֶ֜ם חֶ֗רֶב 1 And I will bring a sword upon you Here the word **sword** represents an army or an attack from an army. Alternate translation: “And I will bring an enemy army against you” or “And I will cause an enemy army to attack you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +LEV 26 25 z45g נֹקֶ֨מֶת֙ נְקַם־ בְּרִ֔ית 1 that will avenge with the vengeance of the covenant Alternate translation: “that will punish you because you broke the covenant” +LEV 26 25 tfd5 figs-activepassive וְ⁠נֶאֱסַפְתֶּ֖ם 1 and you will be gathered If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and you will gather together” or “and you will run to hide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 26 25 y2qp figs-metonymy וְ⁠נִתַּתֶּ֖ם בְּ⁠יַד־ אוֹיֵֽב 1 and you will be given into the hand of the one who is hostile Here “into the hand” means “into the control” and refers to defeat by their enemy. Alternate translation: “and you will be place under the control of your enemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) LEV 26 25 pytz figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִתַּתֶּ֖ם בְּ⁠יַד־ אוֹיֵֽב 1 and you will be given into the hand of the one who is hostile If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will deliver you into the hand of your enemy” or “I will allow your enemy to control you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 26 26 c11s figs-metaphor 1 When I cut off your food supply Destroying the food that people have stored or stopping people from being able to get it is spoken of as cutting off the supply of food. Alternate translation: “When I destroy the food you have stored” or “When I stop you from being able to get food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 26 26 nw44 1 ten women will be able to bake your bread in one oven This implies that there will be so little flour that one small oven will be able to hold all the bread that many women can put into it. -LEV 26 26 jm66 1 they will distribute your bread by weight This means there will be so little food that they will have to measure how much each person gets. -LEV 26 27 l2dr figs-metonymy 1 If you do not listen to me Listening represents obeying what he has said. Alternate translation: “If you do not obey me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -LEV 26 27 gbl4 figs-metaphor 1 to walk against me Walking represents behavior. Walking against someone represents opposing him or fighting against him. Alternate translation: “to oppose me” or “to fight against me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 26 28 y7le figs-metaphor 1 I will walk against you Walking represents behavior. Walking against someone represents opposing him or fighting against him. Alternate translation: “I will oppose you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 26 28 l1fi figs-idiom 1 I will punish you even seven more times as much Here “seven more times” is not literal. It means Yahweh will increase the severity of his punishment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -LEV 26 30 i3eb figs-metonymy 1 I will destroy … cut down … throw your corpses Because God would send an army to do these things, he speaks as if he would do them. Alternate translation: “I will send an enemy army to destroy … cut down … throw your corpses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -LEV 26 30 fnw5 1 your corpses Alternate translation: “your dead bodies” -LEV 26 30 hay8 figs-metaphor 1 the corpses of your idols God speaks of idols not being alive as if they had been alive and then died. Alternate translation: “your lifeless idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 26 31 d1nw figs-metonymy 1 I will turn your cities into ruins and destroy your sanctuaries Because God would send armies to do these things, he speaks as if he would do them. Alternate translation: “I will send enemy armies to turn your cities into ruins and destroy your sanctuaries” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -LEV 26 31 w7pu 1 your sanctuaries These were places where people worshiped idols instead of God. -LEV 26 31 fx76 figs-metaphor 1 I will not be pleased with the aroma of your offerings Normally the Lord’s pleasure with the aroma represents his pleasure with those who burn the offering. But in this case, people would burn offerings, but God would not be pleased with them. Alternate translation: “You will burn offerings, but I will not be pleased with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 26 33 zv5m figs-metonymy 1 I will draw out my sword and follow you This represents sending armies to attack them. Alternate translation: “I will send enemy armies to attack you” or “I will send enemy armies to attack you with their swords” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -LEV 26 33 hix7 figs-activepassive 1 Your land will be abandoned, and your cities will be ruined If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You will abandon your land, and your enemies will destroy your cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 26 34 uf4v figs-personification 1 Then the land will enjoy its Sabbaths The people were supposed to obey the Sabbath law by not farming the land every seventh year. God speaks about this as if the land were a person that would obey the Sabbath law and rest. Alternate translation: “Then the land will rest according to the Sabbath law” or “Then, as required by the Sabbath law, the land will not be farmed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -LEV 26 35 h58y figs-personification 1 it will have rest God speaks about the land not being farmed as if it were a person that would rest. Alternate translation: “it will not be farmed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -LEV 26 36 y4ha figs-metaphor 1 I will send fear into your hearts Sending fear into their hearts represents making them afraid. Alternate translation: “I will make you terribly afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 26 36 l3gz figs-metonymy 1 as though you were fleeing from the sword The sword represents either someone who is ready to kill using a sword or an attack from an enemy army. Alternate translation: “as though you were fleeing from someone who was chasing you with a sword” or “as though you were fleeing from an enemy army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -LEV 26 37 u6pr 0 General Information: Yahweh continues describing what will happen to the Israelites when they are forced to go to their enemies’ countries. -LEV 26 37 fz4e figs-metonymy 1 as though you were running from the sword The sword represents either someone who is ready to kill using a sword or an attack from an enemy army. Alternate translation: “as though you were running away from someone who was chasing you with a sword” or “as though you were running away from an enemy army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -LEV 26 37 kn1c figs-metonymy 1 to stand before your enemies Standing before the enemies represents not falling when the enemies attack and fighting against them. Alternate translation: “to resist your enemies when they attack you” or “to fight back against your enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -LEV 26 38 ae6m figs-personification 1 your enemies’ land will itself devour you Yahweh speaks about the enemies’ land as if it were a wild animal that would eat the Israelites. The word “devour” emphasizes that most of the Israelites will die there. Alternate translation: “you will die in your enemies’ land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -LEV 26 39 dj82 1 Those who are left among you Alternate translation: “Those of you who do not die” -LEV 26 39 rvh2 1 waste away in their sins Wasting away in their sins represents wasting away because of their sins. -LEV 26 39 yg26 figs-metonymy 1 their fathers’ sins Here “their fathers” represents their ancestors. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -LEV 26 40 dys3 figs-metonymy 1 their fathers’ sin The word “fathers” represents their ancestors. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -LEV 26 40 bz79 1 their treason by which they were unfaithful to me Alternate translation: “the way that they were unfaithful to me and tuned against me after I had been so good to them” -LEV 26 41 n8ms figs-metaphor 1 to turn against them This represents opposing them. Alternate translation: “to oppose them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 26 41 u7i8 figs-synecdoche 1 if their uncircumcised hearts become humbled Here the term “uncircumcised hearts” refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “if they will be humble instead of stubbornly disobedient” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +LEV 26 26 c11s figs-metaphor בְּ⁠שִׁבְרִ֣⁠י לָ⁠כֶם֮ מַטֵּה־ לֶחֶם֒ 1 When I break the staff of your bread Destroying the food that people have stored or stopping people from being able to get it is spoken of as **breaking the staff of** their **bread**. Alternate translation: “When I destroy the food you have stored” or “When I cut off your food supply” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 26 26 nw44 וְ֠⁠אָפוּ עֶ֣שֶׂר נָשִׁ֤ים לַחְמְ⁠כֶם֙ בְּ⁠תַנּ֣וּר אֶחָ֔ד 1 then ten women will bake your bread in one oven This implies that there will be so little flour that **one** small **oven** will be able to hold all the **bread** that many **women** have to put into it. +LEV 26 26 jm66 וְ⁠הֵשִׁ֥יבוּ לַחְמְ⁠כֶ֖ם בַּ⁠מִּשְׁקָ֑ל 1 And they will distribute your bread by weight This means there will be so little bread that they will have to measure how much each person gets. +LEV 26 27 l2dr figs-metonymy לֹ֥א תִשְׁמְע֖וּ לִ֑⁠י 1 you do not listen to me To **listen** represents obeying what he has said. Alternate translation: “you do not obey me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +LEV 26 27 gbl4 figs-metaphor וַ⁠הֲלַכְתֶּ֥ם עִמִּ֖⁠י בְּ⁠קֶֽרִי 1 and you walk against me in opposition To **walk** represents behavior. Walking **against** someone represents opposing him or fighting against him. Alternate translation: “and you oppose me” or “and you fight against me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 26 28 y7le figs-metaphor וְ⁠הָלַכְתִּ֥י עִמָּ⁠כֶ֖ם 1 then I will walk against you To **walk** represents behavior. Walking **against** someone represents opposing him or fighting against him. Alternate translation: “then I will oppose you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 26 28 l1fi figs-idiom וְ⁠יִסַּרְתִּ֤י אֶתְ⁠כֶם֙ אַף־ אָ֔נִי שֶׁ֖בַע 1 And I will discipline you, even I, seven times Here, **seven times** is not literal. It means Yahweh will increase the severity of his punishment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +LEV 26 30 i3eb figs-metonymy וְ⁠הִשְׁמַדְתִּ֞י אֶת־ בָּמֹֽתֵי⁠כֶ֗ם וְ⁠הִכְרַתִּי֙ אֶת־ חַמָּ֣נֵי⁠כֶ֔ם וְ⁠נָֽתַתִּי֙ אֶת־ פִּגְרֵי⁠כֶ֔ם עַל־ פִּגְרֵ֖י גִּלּוּלֵי⁠כֶ֑ם 1 And I will destroy your high places, and cut down your incense altars, and put your corpses on the corpses of your idols Because God would send an army to do these things, he speaks as if he would do them. Alternate translation: “I will send an enemy army to destroy your high places, and cut down your incense altars, and put your corpses on the corpses of your idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +LEV 26 30 hay8 figs-metaphor פִּגְרֵ֖י גִּלּוּלֵי⁠כֶ֑ם 1 the corpses of your idols God speaks of **idols** not being alive as if they had been alive and then died. Alternate translation: “your lifeless idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 26 31 d1nw figs-metonymy וְ⁠נָתַתִּ֤י אֶת־ עָֽרֵי⁠כֶם֙ חָרְבָּ֔ה וַ⁠הֲשִׁמּוֹתִ֖י אֶת־ מִקְדְּשֵׁי⁠כֶ֑ם 1 And I will lay your cities in ruins and make your holy places desolate Because God would send armies to do these things, he speaks as if he would do them. Alternate translation: “I will send enemy armies to turn your cities into ruins and destroy your sanctuaries” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +LEV 26 31 w7pu אֶת־ מִקְדְּשֵׁי⁠כֶ֑ם 1 your holy places These **holy places** were places where people worshiped idols instead of God. +LEV 26 31 fx76 figs-metaphor וְ⁠לֹ֣א אָרִ֔יחַ בְּ⁠רֵ֖יחַ נִיחֹֽחֲ⁠כֶֽם 1 And I will not smell your sweet aromas Normally the Lord’s pleasure with the **aroma** represents his pleasure with those who burn the offering. But in this case, people would burn offerings, but God would not be pleased with them. Alternate translation: “You will burn offerings, but I will not be pleased with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 26 33 zv5m figs-metonymy וַ⁠הֲרִיקֹתִ֥י אַחֲרֵי⁠כֶ֖ם חָ֑רֶב 1 and I will unsheathe a sword behind you To ** unsheathe a sword** represents sending armies to chase them. Alternate translation: “and I will send enemy armies to chase you” or “and I will send enemy armies to attack you with their swords” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +LEV 26 34 uf4v figs-personification אָז֩ תִּרְצֶ֨ה הָ⁠אָ֜רֶץ אֶת־ שַׁבְּתֹתֶ֗י⁠הָ 1 Then the land will enjoy its sabbaths The people were supposed to obey the sabbath law by not farming the land every seventh year. God speaks about this as if the land were a person that would obey the sabbath law and rest. Alternate translation: “Then the land will rest according to the sabbath law” or “Then, as required by the sabbath law, the land will not be farmed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +LEV 26 35 h58y figs-personification תִּשְׁבֹּ֑ת 1 it will rest God speaks about the land not being farmed as if it were a person that would **rest**. Alternate translation: “it will not be farmed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +LEV 26 36 y4ha figs-metaphor וְ⁠הֵבֵ֤אתִי מֹ֨רֶךְ֙ בִּ⁠לְבָבָ֔⁠ם 1 I will bring despair into their hearts To **bring despair** into their hearts represents making them afraid. Alternate translation: “I will make you terribly afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 26 36 l3gz figs-metonymy מְנֻֽסַת־ חֶ֛רֶב 1 as one fleeing from a sword The **sword** represents either someone who is ready to kill using a sword or an attack from an enemy army. Alternate translation: “as though you were fleeing from someone who was chasing you with a sword” or “as though you were fleeing from an enemy army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +LEV 26 37 fz4e figs-metonymy כְּ⁠מִ⁠פְּנֵי־ חֶ֖רֶב 1 as from the face of a sword The **sword** represents either someone who is ready to kill using a sword or an attack from an enemy army. Alternate translation: “as though you were running away from someone who was chasing you with a sword” or “as though you were running away from an enemy army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +LEV 26 37 kn1c figs-metonymy תְּקוּמָ֔ה לִ⁠פְנֵ֖י אֹֽיְבֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 power to stand to the face of those who are hostile to you Standing before the enemies represents not falling when the enemies attack and fighting against them. Alternate translation: “power to resist your enemies when they attack you” or “power to fight back against your enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +LEV 26 38 ae6m figs-personification וְ⁠אָכְלָ֣ה אֶתְ⁠כֶ֔ם אֶ֖רֶץ אֹיְבֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 and the land of those who are hostile to you will devour you Yahweh speaks about the enemies’ **land** as if it were a wild animal that would eat the Israelites. The word **devour** emphasizes that most of the Israelites will die there. Alternate translation: “and you will die in your enemies’ land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +LEV 26 39 dj82 וְ⁠הַ⁠נִּשְׁאָרִ֣ים בָּ⁠כֶ֗ם 1 And the ones who are remaining among you Alternate translation: “And those of you who do not die” +LEV 26 39 rvh2 יִמַּ֨קּוּ֙ בַּֽ⁠עֲוֺנָ֔⁠ם 1 will rot in their iniquity To **rot** in their * iniquity** represents wasting away because of their sins. +LEV 26 39 yg26 figs-metonymy בַּ⁠עֲוֺנֹ֥ת אֲבֹתָ֖⁠ם 1 in the iniquities of their fathers Here, **their fathers** represents their ancestors. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +LEV 26 40 dys3 figs-metonymy עֲוֺ֣ן אֲבֹתָ֔⁠ם 1 the iniquity of their fathers Here, **their fathers** represents their ancestors. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +LEV 26 40 bz79 בְּ⁠מַעֲלָ֖⁠ם אֲשֶׁ֣ר מָֽעֲלוּ־ בִ֑⁠י 1 in their unfaithfulness which they acted unfaithfully against me Alternate translation: “the way that they were unfaithful to me and tuned against me after I had been so good to them” +LEV 26 41 n8ms figs-metaphor אֵלֵ֤ךְ עִמָּ⁠ם֙ בְּ⁠קֶ֔רִי 1 went against them in opposition To go **against them** represents opposing them. Alternate translation: “opposed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 26 41 u7i8 figs-synecdoche אוֹ־ אָ֣ז יִכָּנַ֗ע לְבָבָ⁠ם֙ הֶֽ⁠עָרֵ֔ל 1 if then their uncircumcised hearts become humbled Here the term **uncircumcised hearts** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “if they will be humble instead of stubbornly disobedient” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) LEV 26 42 zpa2 figs-metonymy וְ⁠זָכַרְתִּ֖י אֶת־ בְּרִיתִ֣⁠י יַעֲק֑וֹב 1 then I will remember my covenant with Jacob Here, **remember** represents fulfilling his covenant. Alternate translation: “then I will fulfill the covenant I made with Jacob” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) LEV 26 42 r2ih figs-metonymy וְ⁠הָ⁠אָ֥רֶץ אֶזְכֹּֽר 1 And I will remember the land Here, **remember** represents fulfilling his promise concerning the land. Alternate translation: “And I will fulfill my promise about the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -LEV 26 43 u8qp figs-activepassive 1 The land will be abandoned by them If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The people of Israel will abandon their land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 26 43 cad8 figs-personification 1 so it will be pleased with its Sabbaths Yahweh speaks about the land as if it were a person who is happy about resting, because no one will be planting seed or growing crops on it. This will allow the land to become more fertile. Alternate translation: “so it will benefit from the Sabbaths” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -LEV 26 44 i5np 0 General Information: This concludes Yahweh’s message to Moses at Mount Sinai regarding the blessings for obedience and the punishments for disobedience. +LEV 26 43 u8qp figs-activepassive וְ⁠הָ⁠אָרֶץ֩ תֵּעָזֵ֨ב מֵ⁠הֶ֜ם 1 And the land was abandoned by them If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The people of Israel will abandon their land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 26 43 cad8 figs-personification וְ⁠תִ֣רֶץ אֶת־ שַׁבְּתֹתֶ֗י⁠הָ 1 and it will rejoice with its sabbaths Yahweh speaks about the land as if it were a person who **will rejoice** about resting, because no one will be planting seed or growing crops on it. This will allow the land to become more fertile. Alternate translation: “so it will benefit from the sabbaths” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) LEV 26 45 x7p9 figs-metonymy וְ⁠זָכַרְתִּ֥י לָ⁠הֶ֖ם בְּרִ֣ית רִאשֹׁנִ֑ים 1 And I will remember for their sake the covenant with their ancestors Here, **remember** represents fulfilling his covenant. Alternate translation: “And I will fulfill my covenant with their ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -LEV 26 45 b2vu figs-metonymy 1 in the sight of the nations This represents the knowledge of the nations. Alternate translation: “in the knowledge of the nations” or “and the nations knew about it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -LEV 26 45 js1r figs-metonymy 1 the nations This represents the people of the nations. Alternate translation: “the people of the nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +LEV 26 45 b2vu figs-metonymy לְ⁠עֵינֵ֣י הַ⁠גּוֹיִ֗ם 1 in the eyes of the nations Here , **eyes** represents the knowledge of the nations. Alternate translation: “in the knowledge of the nations” or “and the nations knew about it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +LEV 26 45 js1r figs-metonymy הַ⁠גּוֹיִ֗ם 1 the nations Here, **nations** represents the people of the nations. Alternate translation: “the people of the nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) LEV 27 intro u6u9 0 # Leviticus 27 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Dedicated to Yahweh

This chapter records the manner in which people make vows of dedication to Yahweh. There are many reasons why a person would dedicate something to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]]) LEV 27 2 ds9v figs-explicit 1 If anyone makes a special vow to Yahweh In this case the vow would involve giving oneself or another person to God. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “If anyone vows to give someone to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LEV 27 2 w962 figs-explicit 1 use the following valuations Instead of giving the person, he would give the Lord a certain amount of silver. AT “use the following values as your gift to the Lord in place of the person” or “give the Lord the following amounts of silver instead of the person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 949ca4d881..adbd15e5df 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1,62 +1,75 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote MRK front intro r2f2 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Mark

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the Book of Mark

1. Introduction (1:1-13)
1. The ministry of Jesus in Galilee
* Early ministry (1:14-3:6)
* Jesus becomes more popular among the people (3:7-5:43)
* Moving away from Galilee and then returning (6:1-8:26)
1. Progress toward Jerusalem, repeated times when Jesus predicts his own death; the disciples misunderstand, and Jesus teaches them how difficult it will be to follow him (8:27-10:52)
1. Last days of ministry and preparation for final conflict in Jerusalem (11:1-13:37)
1. The death of Christ and the empty tomb (14:1-16:8)

### What is the Book of Mark about?

The Gospel of Mark is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life of Jesus Christ. The authors of the gospels wrote about who Jesus was and what he did during his life. Mark wrote much about how Jesus suffered and died on the cross. He did this to encourage his readers who were being persecuted. Mark also explained Jewish customs and some Aramaic words. This may indicate that Mark expected most of his first readers to be Gentiles.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of Mark,” or “The Gospel according to Mark.” They may also choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News about Jesus that Mark wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote the Book of Mark?

The book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the author was Mark. Mark was also known as John Mark. He was a close friend of Peter. Mark may not have witnessed what Jesus said and did. Many experts think that Peter the Apostle was the source of what Mark wrote about Jesus.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What were Jesus’ teaching methods?

The people regarded Jesus as a rabbi. A rabbi is a teacher of God’s law. Jesus taught in similar ways as other religious teachers in Israel. He had students who followed him wherever he went. These students were called disciples. He often told parables. Parables are stories that teach moral lessons. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/parable]])

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What are the Synoptic Gospels?

The Gospels of Matthew, Mark, and Luke are called the Synoptic Gospels because they have many similar passages. The word “synoptic” means to “see together.”

The texts are considered “parallel” when they are the same or almost the same among two or three of the gospels. When translating parallel passages, translators should use the same wording and make them as similar as possible.

### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?

In the Gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” This phrase could mean a few things:

*The phrase son of man can simply be describing that someone’s father is also a human being. Therefore, the person being described is literally a son of a man, or a human being.

*The phrase sometimes is a reference to Daniel 7:13-14. In this passage there is a person described as a “son of man.” This description tells us that the person ascending to the throne of God looked like a human being. This description is than the first different because God gives this son of man authority forever. Therefore, the title son of man became a title for the Messiah.

Translating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.

### Why does Mark frequently use terms indicating short periods of time?

The Gospel of Mark uses the word “immediately” forty-two times. Mark does this to make the events more exciting and vivid. It moves the reader quickly from one event to the next.

### Sabbath/Sabbaths

Oftentimes in the culture of the Bible, religious festivals would be written in the plural form of the word instead of a singular form. This occurs in Mark as well. In the ULT, the word should be kept plural, “sabbaths”. This is simply for the sake of being as close to the original text as possible. In the UST it is changed to singular to make more sense of the use of the word in its context, “sabbath”.

### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Mark?

The following verses are found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions. Translators are advised not to include these verses. However, if in the translators’ region, there are older versions of the Bible that include one or more of these verses, the translators can include them. If they are included, they should be put inside square brackets ([]) to indicate that they were probably not original to Mark’s Gospel.
* “If any man has ears to hear, let him hear.” (7:16)
* “where their worm never dies and the fire is never quenched” (9:44)
* “where their worm never dies and the fire is never quenched” (9:46)
* “And the scripture was fulfilled that says, ‘He was counted with the lawless ones’” (15:28)

The following passage in not found in the earliest manuscripts. Most Bibles include this passage, but modern Bibles put it in brackets ([]) or indicate in some way that this passage may not have been original to Mark’s Gospel. Translators are advised to do something similar as the modern versions of the Bible.
* “Early on the first day of the week, after he arose, he appeared first to Mary Magdalene, from whom he had cast out seven demons. She went and told those who were with him, while they were mourning and weeping. They heard that he was alive and that he had been seen by her, but they did not believe. After these things he appeared in a different form to two of them, as they were walking out into the country. They went and told the rest of the disciples, but they did not believe them. Jesus later appeared to the eleven as they were reclining at the table, and he rebuked them for their unbelief and hardness of heart, because they did not believe those who saw him after he rose from the dead. He said to them, ‘Go into all the world, and preach the gospel to the entire creation. He who believes and is baptized will be saved, and he who does not believe will be condemned. These signs will go with those who believe: In my name they will cast out demons. They will speak in new languages. They will pick up snakes with their hands, and if they drink anything deadly, it will not hurt them. They will lay hands on the sick, and they will get well.’ After the Lord had spoken to them, he was taken up into heaven and sat down at the right hand of God. The disciples left and preached everywhere, while the Lord worked with them and confirmed the word by the signs that went with them.” (16:9-20)

(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) MRK 1 intro c6ep 0 # Mark 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:2-3, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “You can make me clean”

Leprosy was a disease of the skin that made a person unclean and unable to properly worship God. Jesus is capable of making people physically “clean” or healthy as well as spiritually “clean” or right with God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])

### “The kingdom of God is near”

Scholars debate whether the “kingdom of God” was present at this time or is something that is still coming. English translations frequently use the phrase “at hand,” but this can create difficulty for translators. Other versions use the phase “is coming” and “has come near.” -MRK 1 1 kpq1 writing-newevent ἀρχὴ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, Υἱοῦ Θεοῦ 1 This verse introduces the reader to the story of Jesus the Messiah as told by Mark. This functions as an introduction to the entire book of Mark. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) +MRK 1 1 kpq1 writing-newevent ἀρχὴ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, Υἱοῦ Θεοῦ 1 This verse introduces the reader to the history of Jesus the Messiah as told by Mark. This functions as an introduction to the entire book of Mark. Use the natural form in your language for beginning the telling of something that actually happened. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent) MRK 1 1 i3bc guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God **Son of God** is an important title that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. If this would be misunderstood, you could use the alternate translation: “who is God’s Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) MRK 1 2 fc4t figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται ἐν τῷ Ἠσαΐᾳ τῷ προφήτῃ 1 If it would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an active form. Alternate translation: “Just as Isaiah the prophet wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MRK 1 2 e3by writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται ἐν τῷ Ἠσαΐᾳ τῷ προφήτῃ 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “Just as it is written in Isaiah the prophet, where it says” or “Just as it is written in Isaiah the prophet—he wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +MRK 1 2 z8b7 figs-ellipsis ἐν τῷ Ἠσαΐᾳ τῷ προφήτῃ 1 Mark is leaving out some of the words that this sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words. Alternate translation: “in the scroll of Isaiah the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 1 2 dglq translate-names Ἠσαΐᾳ 1 **Isaiah** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 1 2 gu7i figs-idiom πρὸ προσώπου σου 1 before your face **before your face** is an idiom which means that “the messenger” was sent first, and then the second person came after them. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify. Alternate Translation: “first” or “before you”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -MRK 1 2 s28q figs-yousingular προσώπου σου…τὴν ὁδόν σου 1 your face … your way Here, both of the words **your** refer to Jesus and are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) +MRK 1 2 fsqn figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 The term **behold** focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Though it literally means “look” or “see,” in this case “seeing” figuratively means giving notice and attention. Alternate translation: “Pay attention!” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor) +MRK 1 2 s28q figs-yousingular προσώπου σου…τὴν ὁδόν σου 1 your face … your way Here, both of the words **your** refer to Jesus and are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) MRK 1 2 kl12 figs-metaphor ὃς κατασκευάσει τὴν ὁδόν σου 1 will prepare your way That the messenger **will prepare your way** represents preparing the people for the Lord’s arrival. If this would be misunderstood your language, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will prepare the people for your arrival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MRK 1 3 lkm3 φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, 1 The voice of one crying out in the wilderness Alternate translation: “The voice of someone crying out in the wilderness is heard, saying:” or “They hear the sound of someone calling out in the wilderness, saying:” -MRK 1 3 cf0e figs-synecdoche φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 1 **a voice** here is used to depict the person of the “messenger” from the previous verse. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it “The voice of the messenger is crying out in the wilderness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +MRK 1 3 lkm3 writing-quotations φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, 1 The voice of one crying out in the wilderness Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “The voice of someone crying out in the wilderness is heard, saying:” or “They hear the sound of someone calling out in the wilderness, saying:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +MRK 1 3 dqi9 figs-quotesinquotes φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου, εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ 1 Here there is a direct quotation inside a direct quotation as Mark quotes Isaiah who quotes the messenger. If this would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “a voice crying out in the wilderness, telling people to make ready the way of the Lord and to make his paths straight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) +MRK 1 3 cf0e figs-synecdoche φωνὴ βοῶντος 1 Here, **a voice** figuratively refers to the messenger who uses his voice to cry out. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “people will hear his voice as he crys out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) MRK 1 3 v3n3 figs-parallelism ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου, εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ 1 Make ready the way of the Lord; make his paths straight **Make ready the way of the Lord** and **make his paths straight** mean the same thing. If this would be confusing in your language, you could combine the two. See the next note for alternate translations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -MRK 1 3 peh5 figs-metaphor ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου 1 Make ready the way of the Lord **Make ready the way of the Lord** represents being prepared to hear the Lord’s message when he comes. Alternate translation: “Prepare to hear the Lord’s message when he comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MRK 1 3 xlxd figs-explicit ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου 1 Make ready the way of the Lord People prepare for the coming of Lord by repenting of their sins. Alternate translation: “Repent and be ready for the Lord to come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 1 3 yyk3 figs-explicit Κυρίου 1 **the Lord** in this verse refers to Jesus the Messiah. Do not translate this as Jesus, as this would not reflect the quote well. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) +MRK 1 3 peh5 figs-metaphor ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου 1 Make ready the way of the Lord Isaiah uses a metaphor here of preparing **paths** or **the way** that someone will travel on. If someone prepares a path for another, they make the path walkable. If someone in high authority were coming, they would make sure the roads were clear from any hazards. So this metaphor means that the people should prepare themselves to receive the Lord’s message when he comes. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or use plain speech. Alternate translation: “Prepare to hear and obey the Lord’s message when he comes” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor) +MRK 1 3 yyk3 figs-extrainfo Κυρίου 1 In this quote from Isaiah, **the Lord** refers to God, but Mark is showing how it also refers to Jesus the Messiah. However, do not translate this as “Jesus” here, because this double reference must be maintained. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo) MRK 1 3 h8rt figs-idiom ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν 1 The imagery of paths or **the way** is figuratively used here to indicate that John will prepare the people to listen to the Lord’s message. If someone prepares a path for another, they make the path walkable. If someone in high authority was coming, they would make sure the roads were clear from any hazards. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you can use an alternate translation: “Prepare the people for the arrival of the Lord ” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom) +MRK 1 3 wltl figs-idiom ἑτοιμάσατε…ποιεῖτε 1 These words are both plural, addressing people in general. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) MRK 1 4 di1o translate-names Ἰωάννης 1 **John** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -MRK 1 4 s05n καὶ κηρύσσων βάπτισμα μετανοίας εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν 1 The **baptism of repentance** proclaimed by John likely has its origin in baptisms which were done to gentiles who were converting to Judaism. This baptism was done one time, and showed that the person was converting from their former way of life to the new way of life. If this would be misunderstood, you can state it explicitly. Alternate Translation: “and preaching that he must baptize them so that they might follow God and turn from their former evil ways” -MRK 1 5 u9yg figs-synecdoche ἡ Ἰουδαία χώρα 1 the whole region of Judea and all the people of Jerusalem The word **region** is used here to refer to the people living within Judea. Alternate translation: “the people from Judea and Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +MRK 1 4 s05n figs-explicit καὶ κηρύσσων βάπτισμα μετανοίας εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν 1 The **baptism of repentance** proclaimed by John likely has its origin in baptisms which gentiles did who were converting to Judaism. This baptism was done one time, and showed that these people were converting from their former way of life to the new way of life. If this would be misunderstood, you can state it explicitly. Alternate Translation: “and preaching that he must baptize them to show that they have turned from their former evil ways, accepted God’s forgiveness for their sins, and were now following God” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit) +MRK 1 4 dtqv figs-explicit καὶ κηρύσσων βάπτισμα μετανοίας εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind **repentance**, **forgiveness**, and **sins**, you could express those ideas with verbs. Alternate translation: “and preaching that he must baptize them to show that they have repented of their former evil way of living and that God has forgiven them for sinning against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +MRK 1 5 u9yg figs-synecdoche πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία χώρα 1 the whole region of Judea and all the people of Jerusalem The word **region of Judea** is used here to refer to the people living within Judea. Alternate translation: “the people from Judea and Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) MRK 1 5 cf75 figs-hyperbole πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία χώρα καὶ οἱ Ἱεροσολυμεῖται πάντες 1 the whole region of Judea and all the people of Jerusalem Here, **the whole region** and **all the people** are generalizations that refers to a great number of people, not to every single person. Alternate translation: “many people from Judea and Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -MRK 1 5 h8h7 figs-activepassive καὶ ἐβαπτίζοντο ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ Ἰορδάνῃ ποταμῷ, ἐξομολογούμενοι τὰς ἁμαρτίας αὐτῶν 1 were baptized by him in the Jordan River, confessing their sins If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “And John was baptizing them in the Jordan River as there were confessing their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MRK 1 5 h8h7 figs-activepassive καὶ ἐβαπτίζοντο ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ Ἰορδάνῃ ποταμῷ, ἐξομολογούμενοι τὰς ἁμαρτίας αὐτῶν 1 were baptized by him in the Jordan River, confessing their sins If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “and he was baptizing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 1 6 n3rk writing-background καὶ ἦν ὁ Ἰωάννης ἐνδεδυμένος τρίχας καμήλου, καὶ ζώνην δερματίνην περὶ τὴν ὀσφὺν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔσθων ἀκρίδας καὶ μέλι ἄγριον. 1 This verse helps provide background to John. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -MRK 1 6 u2io figs-extrainfo καὶ ἦν ὁ Ἰωάννης ἐνδεδυμένος τρίχας καμήλου, καὶ ζώνην δερματίνην περὶ τὴν ὀσφὺν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔσθων ἀκρίδας καὶ μέλι ἄγριον. 1 This description of John the Baptist would have reminded the readers of Elijah, who was a prophet in the Old Testament. John the Baptist is commonly associated with Elijah in the New Testament by Jesus (See [John 1:21](../jhn/01/4.21md)). You do not need to clarify this in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) +MRK 1 6 j141 figs-explicit ἦν ὁ Ἰωάννης ἐνδεδυμένος τρίχας καμήλου 1 The camels’ hair that John wore had been made into clothing. This would have been a rough, coarse material. If that would not be understood by your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “John wore rough clothing woven from camel’s hair” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 1 6 h518 translate-unknown καμήλου 1 If your readers would not know what a **camel** is, you could include a description in a footnote or use a more general term. Alternate translation: “animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +MRK 1 6 jpzh translate-unknown ἀκρίδας 1 If your readers would not know what **locusts** are, you could include a description in a footnote or use a more general term. Alternate translation: “grasshoppers” or “insects” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +MRK 1 7 p7tl writing-quotations ἐκήρυσσεν λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “he announced loudly to the people” or “he proclaimed these things:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) MRK 1 7 l7jd writing-pronouns ἐκήρυσσεν 1 he was proclaiming The pronoun **He** is referring to John. Alternate translation: “John was proclaiming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -MRK 1 7 g8fw figs-explicit κύψας λῦσαι τὸν ἱμάντα τῶν ὑποδημάτων αὐτοῦ 1 of whom the strap of his sandals I am not worthy to stoop down to untie To **stoop down** to untie someone’s **sandal** was the job of a servant. John is comparing himself to a servant, which is commonly look at as dirty and only for the lowest class. He did this to show how great Jesus is. His audience would have understood this at the time. If this would be misunderstood in your language, think of a similar task which would be reserved for people of a lower class. Alternate translation: “and I am not even worthy to do the lowly task of removing his shoes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 1 8 e4qi figs-metaphor αὐτὸς δὲ βαπτίσει ὑμᾶς ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ 1 but he will baptize you with the Holy Spirit This metaphor compares John’s baptism with water to the future baptism with the **Holy Spirit**. In the same way that the people were cleansed by John’s baptism, they will be fully cleansed by the Holy Spirit when Jesus comes. If possible, use the same word for **baptize** here as you used for John’s baptism to keep the comparison between the two. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MRK 1 7 bk1j writing-pronouns ἔρχεται…ὀπίσω μου 1 Here, **coming after me** means that this mightier person would come at a later time than John came. It does not mean that he is behind John, chasing John, or a disciple of John. +MRK 1 7 g8fw figs-explicit κύψας λῦσαι τὸν ἱμάντα τῶν ὑποδημάτων αὐτοῦ 1 of whom the strap of his sandals I am not worthy to stoop down to untie To **stoop down to untie** someone’s sandals and then to wash his feet was the job of a slave or the lowest servant in a household. John said that he was lower than this servant in order to show how great Jesus is. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you can add some explanation. Alternate translation: “and I am not even worthy to serve him as a slave by stooping down to untie his sandals” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit) +MRK 1 8 e4qi figs-metaphor αὐτὸς δὲ βαπτίσει ὑμᾶς ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ 1 but he will baptize you with the Holy Spirit This metaphor compares John’s baptism with water to the baptism with the Holy Spirit that Jesus will give. The point of the comparison is how people are made clean from sin. John baptized people to show that they wanted to be cleansed of their sin, and Jesus will enable them to be fully cleansed of sin by the Holy Spirit. If possible, use the same word for **baptize** here as you used for John’s baptism to keep the comparison between the two. If this is not possible, you could use a simile or plain language. Alternate translation: “but he will join you to the Holy Spirit” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor) MRK 1 8 r1j9 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, baptism by water and baptism by the Holy Spirit are being contrasted. Use a natural way in your language to introduce a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) MRK 1 9 u65k writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις 1 it happened that in those days **And it happened that in those days** marks the beginning of a new event in the story line. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -MRK 1 9 gi39 figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίσθη…ὑπὸ Ἰωάννου 1 he was baptized by John If it would be more natural in your language, you could translate **he was baptized by John** with an active form. Alternate translation: “John baptized him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MRK 1 9 y8ea writing-pronouns ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις 1 The phrase **those days** refers to the time period when John was preaching and baptizing people at the Jordan River. If this is not clear in your language, you can state it more clearly. Alternate translation: “while John was preaching and baptizing people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +MRK 1 9 gi39 figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίσθη…ὑπὸ Ἰωάννου 1 he was baptized by John If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express this idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “John baptized him” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive) MRK 1 9 zv8t figs-go ἦλθεν Ἰησοῦς ἀπὸ Ναζαρὲτ τῆς Γαλιλαίας 1 Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “Jesus went from Nazareth in Galilee” or “Jesus went out from Nazareth in Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -MRK 1 10 ci5n grammar-connect-time-simultaneous καὶ εὐθὺς ἀναβαίνων ἐκ τοῦ ὕδατος 1 It is important to note that Jesus saw the heavens opening up at the same time as he was **coming up out of the water**. To make this more clear in your language you can state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “At the time that Jesus was coming up out of the water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]]) -MRK 1 10 m5f6 figs-simile τὸ Πνεῦμα ὡς περιστερὰν καταβαῖνον ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 the Spirit coming down on him like a dove **Spirit coming down on him like a dove** could mean: (1) **the Spirit** descended upon Jesus as a bird descends from the sky toward the ground. Alternate translation: “The Spirit of God came down from heaven as a bird does” (2) the **Spirit** literally looked **like a dove** as he descended upon Jesus. Alternate translation: “The Spirit came down from heaven, looking like a dove” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -MRK 1 10 stwh grammar-connect-time-sequential εὐθὺς 1 The word **immediately** occurs 41 more times throughout the book of Mark. You should try to translate it with the same word or phrase each time it occurs unless for some reason it would be unnatural in your language in certain contexts.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) -MRK 1 10 n8sg figs-activepassive εἶδεν σχιζομένους τοὺς οὐρανοὺς 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could say **he saw the heavens being split open** with an active form. Alternate translation: “he saw God open the heavens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MRK 1 11 jh9m guidelines-sonofgodprinciples καὶ φωνὴ ἐγένετο ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν 1 Luke speaks figuratively of this voice as if it were a living thing that could come from heaven to earth. Alternate translation: “God spoke from heaven and said” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification) +MRK 1 10 m5f6 figs-simile τὸ Πνεῦμα ὡς περιστερὰν καταβαῖνον ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 the Spirit coming down on him like a dove The phrase **like a dove** could mean: (1) the Spirit looked like a dove as he descended upon Jesus. Alternate translation: “The Spirit came down from heaven, looking like a dove” (2) the Spirit descended upon Jesus as a dove descends from the sky toward the ground. Alternate translation: “The Spirit of God came down from heaven as a dove comes down” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile) +MRK 1 10 stwh grammar-connect-time-sequential εὐθὺς 1 The word **immediately** occurs often throughout the book of Mark. As here, it usually means that the event it introduces occurs directly after the previous event. Use a natural way in your language that communicates this. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential) +MRK 1 10 n8sg figs-activepassive εἶδεν σχιζομένους τοὺς οὐρανοὺς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express this idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he saw the heavens burst open” or “he saw that God was tearing open heaven” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive) +MRK 1 11 jh9m guidelines-sonofgodprinciples καὶ φωνὴ ἐγένετο ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν 1 Mark speaks figuratively of this voice as if it were a living thing that could come from heaven to earth. Alternate translation: “God spoke from heaven and said” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification) MRK 1 11 s6f4 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱός μου ὁ ἀγαπητός 1 my beloved Son **Son** is an important title for Jesus. The title **Son** describes Jesus’ relationship with God the Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) MRK 1 12 mh8n εὐθὺς 1 See how you translated the word **immediately** in [Mark 1:10](../mrk/01/10.md) MRK 1 12 yv6v τὸ Πνεῦμα αὐτὸν ἐκβάλλει εἰς τὴν ἔρημον 1 Connecting Statement: Alternate translation: “The Spirit led Jesus into the wilderness” -MRK 1 13 k2kt translate-numbers πειραζόμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ Σατανᾶ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could say **being tempted by Satan** with an active form. Alternate translation: “For 40 days Satan continued tempting him” or “For 40 days the devil kept trying to persuade him disobey God” +MRK 1 13 k2kt translate-numbers πειραζόμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ Σατανᾶ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express this idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “while Satan tempted him” or “during which Satan kept trying to persuade him to disobey God” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive) MRK 1 13 siu3 ἦν μετὰ τῶν θηρίων 1 he was with Alternate Translation: “Jesus was living among the wild animals” -MRK 1 13 sojp figs-explicit οἱ ἄγγελοι διηκόνουν αὐτῷ. 1 **The angels** were likely providing Jesus with his daily needs, such as food and water. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 1 14 q12s figs-activepassive μετὰ δὲ τὸ παραδοθῆναι τὸν Ἰωάννην 1 after John was arrested If this would be misunderstood in your language, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “after the governor Herod arrested John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MRK 1 14 o4oh figs-extrainfo μετὰ δὲ τὸ παραδοθῆναι τὸν Ἰωάννην 1 The original readers of Mark would have known that John was arrested because he rebuked Herod Antipas because of Herod’s sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) -MRK 1 14 tmh9 figs-activepassive μετὰ δὲ τὸ παραδοθῆναι τὸν Ἰωάννην 1 Mark is using this phrase as background information to set the scene for Jesus’ ministry. Jesus did not begin his ministry until John had been arrested. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]]) -MRK 1 14 ys3b figs-activepassive ἦλθεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν 1 It might be helpful for your readers to clarify that Jesus was returning to Galilee. Alternate translation: “Jesus returned to the Galilee district” or “Jesus went back to the district of Galilee” +MRK 1 13 sojp figs-explicit οἱ ἄγγελοι διηκόνουν αὐτῷ. 1 Comparing this account with the one in Matthew 4:1-11, we see that Mark is only listing a brief summary of the events here. So the phrase **the angels were serving him** could mean: (1) the angels were taking care of Jesus during this time to keep him safe or (2) The angels came to give him food and water at the end of the 40 days. +MRK 1 14 q12s figs-activepassive μετὰ δὲ τὸ παραδοθῆναι τὸν Ἰωάννην 1 after John was arrested If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express this idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “after the governor Herod had John arrested” or “after Herod’s soldiers arrested John” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive) +MRK 1 14 o4oh figs-extrainfo μετὰ δὲ τὸ παραδοθῆναι τὸν Ἰωάννην 1 The governor Herod Antipas had John arrested and put into prison because John continually rebuked Herod Antipas for his sins. See [6:14-29](../06/14-29.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could put this information in a footnote. +MRK 1 14 tmh9 grammar-connect-time-background μετὰ δὲ τὸ παραδοθῆναι τὸν Ἰωάννην 1 This phrase provides background information that sets the time period for Jesus’ ministry. Jesus did not begin his ministry until John had been arrested. Use the natural form in your language for expressing this information. Alternate translation: “Later, John was arrested. After that” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background) +MRK 1 14 ys3b figs-activepassive ἦλθεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν 1 Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Also, it might be more natural to indicate that Jesus was returning to Galilee. Alternate translation: “Jesus went back to Galilee” or “Jesus returned to Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) MRK 1 14 ns6b κηρύσσων τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 proclaiming the gospel Alternate Translation: “telling the people there about the good news” -MRK 1 15 fzq5 figs-idiom πεπλήρωται ὁ καιρὸς καὶ ἤγγικεν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 **the time was been fulfilled** means that something which God said would happen has finally happened. Oftentimes, this refers to prophecy of the Old Testament being fulfilled in the New Testament. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God said that his rule would come near, and now it has” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -MRK 1 15 kr53 figs-abstractnouns ἤγγικεν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 **the kingdom of God** is a phrase that includes the idea of eternal life in the presence of God. It also includes the idea of what the earth will be like in the future when God rules everything, and the idea of life on earth right now, when and where God’s wishes are carried out fully. If it would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “God is going to rule” or “God is about to begin His rule” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns) -MRK 1 16 kgzb figs-explicit Σίμωνα καὶ Ἀνδρέαν 1 Simon and Andrew are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -MRK 1 16 z3j9 figs-explicit ἀμφιβάλλοντας ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ 1 casting a net into the sea If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “throwing a net into the water to catch fish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 1 16 xor6 grammar-connect-logic-result ἦσαν γὰρ ἁλιεῖς 1 The phrase **for they were fishermen** explains the reason why they were casting their nets. They were casting their nets because that was their job. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information.Alternate translation: “They were casting their nets because this was their job” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]]) -MRK 1 17 zui3 figs-idiom δεῦτε ὀπίσω μου 1 Come after me **Come after me** is an idiom which means to follow someone. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Follow me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +MRK 1 15 fzq5 figs-idiom πεπλήρωται ὁ καιρὸς καὶ ἤγγικεν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 The phrase **the time has been fulfilled** is an idiom that means that something which God said would happen has finally happened. Often, this refers to prophecy of the Old Testament being fulfilled in the New Testament. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you can state this plainly. Alternate tra nslation: “God said that his rule would come near, and now it has” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom) +MRK 1 15 rhom writing-quotations καὶ λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and this is what he said” or “giving this message:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +MRK 1 15 quab figs-activepassive πεπλήρωται ὁ καιρὸς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express this idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The time has come” or “What God promised is now happening” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive) +MRK 1 15 yo11 figs-activepassive 1 The phrase **has come near** could mean: (1) has begun. Alternate translation: “God is now creating his kingdom among you” or (2) will soon begin. Alternate translation: “God will soon bring people into his kingdom” +MRK 1 16 kgzb figs-explicit Σίμωνα καὶ Ἀνδρέαν 1 The phrase **has come near** could mean: (1) has begun. Alternate translation: “God is now creating his kingdom among you” or (2) will soon begin. Alternate translation: “God will soon bring people into his kingdom” +MRK 1 16 z3j9 figs-explicit ἀμφιβάλλοντας ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ 1 casting a net into the sea The purpose of throwing the net was to catch fish in it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “throwing a net into the water to catch fish” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit) +MRK 1 16 xor6 grammar-connect-logic-result ἦσαν γὰρ ἁλιεῖς 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. You may also wish to start a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Because they were fishermen, they were casting a net into the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +MRK 1 17 zui3 figs-idiom δεῦτε ὀπίσω μου 1 Come after me **Come after me** is an idiom which means to become a disciple of someone. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Join the group of my followers” or “Become my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MRK 1 17 mlc6 figs-metaphor ποιήσω ὑμᾶς γενέσθαι ἁλιεῖς ἀνθρώπων 1 I will make you to become fishers of men **fishers of men** means Simon and Andrew will teach people God’s message, so others will also follow Jesus. If your readers would not understand, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “I will teach you to gather men to me like you gather fish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MRK 1 17 i2sr figs-metaphor ἀνθρώπων 1 **men** here refers not just to men, but to people in general. Alternate Translation: “of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) MRK 1 18 tnuc grammar-connect-time-sequential καὶ εὐθέως 1 See note on [1:10](../01/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) -MRK 1 19 xl2m figs-explicit καὶ αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ καταρτίζοντας τὰ δίκτυα 1 were in the boat mending the nets Assumed in this passage is that James and John’s net was torn from fishing. Oftentimes, nets get torn by rocks and sticks which are in the water. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate Translation: “They were in the boat fixing their nets, for they had ripped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 1 20 zjz5 figs-explicit ἐκάλεσεν αὐτούς 1 having called them If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly that Jesus called to James and John. Alternate translation: “having called them to come with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 1 20 b2ci ἀπῆλθον ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ 1 they went after him Alternate translation: “James and John followed Jesus” +MRK 1 18 gvia grammar-connect-time-sequential ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ 1 Here, **they followed him** means that they went with Jesus and intended to remain with him as his disciples. Make sure that you use a phrase that does not imply that they followed him with any evil intention or followed far behind him. Alternate translation: “they walked away with Jesus to learn from him” +MRK 1 19 xl2m figs-explicit καταρτίζοντας τὰ δίκτυα 1 were in the boat mending the nets Here, **preparing** refers to making something ready to use. Since a net is made of ropes, this probably meant mending or tying it together. Alternate translation: “mending their nets” +MRK 1 20 zjz5 figs-explicit ἐκάλεσεν αὐτούς 1 having called them If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what Jesus **called** James and John to do. Alternate translation: “having called them to come with him” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit) +MRK 1 20 f77b figs-explicit ἀπῆλθον ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **they** refers to James and John. It does not refer to the servants, who stayed in the boat. If this is not clear in your language, you can state it more clearly. Alternate translation: “James and John followed Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +MRK 1 20 b2ci ἀπῆλθον ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ 1 they went after him The phrase, **they went away after him** means the same as “they followed him” in [verse 18](../01/18.md). Alternate translation: “James and John followed Jesus” MRK 1 22 bsc9 figs-ellipsis ἦν γὰρ διδάσκων αὐτοὺς ὡς ἐξουσίαν ἔχων, καὶ οὐχ ὡς οἱ γραμματεῖς 1 for he was teaching them as having authority and not as the scribes The author intentionally leaves out the repeated information in this sentence. If this would be misunderstood in you in you language, you can clarify. Alternate translation: “for he was teaching them as someone who has authority teaches and not as the scribes teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 1 22 e9gf grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἦν γὰρ διδάσκων αὐτοὺς ὡς ἐξουσίαν ἔχων, καὶ οὐχ ὡς οἱ γραμματεῖς. 1 Here, Jesus’ teaching is being contrasted with the way that the Jewish teachers taught. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) MRK 1 22 kmxf ἐξεπλήσσοντο 1 Alternate translation: “The people in the synagogue were amazed” @@ -64,7 +77,7 @@ MRK 1 23 w7z2 figs-explicit καὶ εὐθὺς ἦν ἐν τῇ συναγω MRK 1 24 ra8g figs-rquestion τί ἡμῖν καὶ σοί, Ἰησοῦ Ναζαρηνέ? 1 What to us and to you, Jesus of Nazareth? The demons ask this rhetorical question meaning there is no reason for Jesus to interfere with them and that they desire him to leave them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Jesus of Nazareth, leave us alone! There is no reason for you to interfere with us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MRK 1 24 qsig figs-explicit ἦλθες ἀπολέσαι ἡμᾶς 1 **us** here refers to many spirits. Often times in the biblical passages about evil spirits, there are multiple spirits controlling one person (Mark 5:1-20). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Have you come to destroy all of us evil spirits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 1 24 m8gz figs-rquestion ἦλθες ἀπολέσαι ἡμᾶς 1 Have you come to destroy us? The demons ask this rhetorical question to urge Jesus not to harm them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Do not destroy us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MRK 1 28 hrbh figs-metaphor καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἡ ἀκοὴ αὐτοῦ εὐθὺς, πανταχοῦ εἰς ὅλην τὴν περίχωρον τῆς Γαλιλαίας 1 This is is a metaphor which means that the story of what just happened in the synagogue spread from person to person until many heard about it in the region of Galilee. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “The story about Jesus quickly spread from person to person throughout the entire region of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MRK 1 28 hrbh figs-metaphor καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἡ ἀκοὴ αὐτοῦ εὐθὺς, πανταχοῦ εἰς ὅλην τὴν περίχωρον τῆς Γαλιλαίας 1 This is is a metaphor which means that the story of what just happened in the synagogue spread from person to person until many heard about it in the region of Galilee. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “The story about Jesus quickly spread from person to person throughout the entire region of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MRK 1 29 ybs7 ἦλθον 1 Connecting Statement: Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “They went to the house of Simon and Andrew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) MRK 1 30 bvvl writing-background ἡ…πενθερὰ Σίμωνος κατέκειτο πυρέσσουσα 1 the mother-in-law of Simon was lying down, being sick with a fever This phrase gives background information about Peter’s mother-in-law. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) MRK 1 30 vnp5 translate-unknown πυρέσσουσα 1 A **fever** is an illness which causes the temperature of the body to increase. This results in the need to lie down in bed and rest as Peter’s mother-in-law was doing. If your reader would not be familiar with this, you could use a general expression. Alternate Translation: “being sick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) @@ -80,7 +93,7 @@ MRK 1 38 plm9 figs-exclusive ἄγωμεν ἀλλαχοῦ 1 We may go elsewher MRK 1 38 z53z figs-extrainfo εἰς τὰς ἐχομένας κωμοπόλεις 1 Which towns the **surrounding towns** are is clarifed in the following passages. Since the expression is explained in the next verse, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) MRK 1 39 lb9t grammar-connect-time-simultaneous κηρύσσων, εἰς τὰς συναγωγὰς αὐτῶν εἰς ὅλην τὴν Γαλιλαίαν, καὶ τὰ δαιμόνια ἐκβάλλων 1 Jesus’ was both **preaching** and **casting out demons**. Jesus was not necessarily doing these in any order. Use the appropriate connecting word or phrase to show that Jesus was doing both of these things together. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous) MRK 1 39 zs4i figs-hyperbole ἦλθεν…εἰς ὅλην τὴν Γαλιλαίαν 1 He went in all of Galilee The words **in all** are an exaggeration used to emphasize that Jesus went to many locations during his ministry. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that conveys this idea. Alternate translation: “He went to many places in Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -MRK 1 41 l9jg figs-idiom σπλαγχνισθεὶς 1 having been moved with compassion Here, the word **moved** is an idiom meaning to feel emotion about another person’s need. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Jesus, having felt compassion for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +MRK 1 41 l9jg figs-idiom σπλαγχνισθεὶς 1 having been moved with compassion Here, the word **moved** is an idiom meaning to feel emotion about another person’s need. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Jesus, having felt compassion for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MRK 1 41 flc0 figs-idiom σπλαγχνισθεὶς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **compassion** in another way. Alternate translation: “Jesus felt compassionate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MRK 1 41 qjz4 figs-ellipsis θέλω 1 I am willing If **I am willing** would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply what Jesus is willing to do from the context. Alternate translation: “I am willing to make you clean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 1 43 iw7t 0 General Information: The word **him** used here refers to the leper whom Jesus healed. @@ -94,7 +107,7 @@ MRK 2 1 j6pa grammar-connect-time-background καὶ εἰσελθὼν πάλι MRK 2 1 afvi figs-explicit ἐν οἴκῳ ἐστίν 1 There is some debate over whose **house** this is. It could possibly be (1) Peter’s house. Peter’s house functioned as the place where Jesus always returned to when we was in the town of Capernaum. Alternate translation: “He was in Peter’s house” or (2) you could leave it generic, and not specify whose house it was. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 2 3 s21g translate-unknown παραλυτικὸν 1 A paralytic is someone who is not able to completely use their body. Sometimes they just can’t use their legs, but sometimes they can’t use anything. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) MRK 2 4 v6ma translate-unknown ἀπεστέγασαν τὴν στέγην ὅπου ἦν, καὶ ἐξορύξαντες, χαλῶσι 1 they removed the roof where he was, and having made an opening, they lowered Houses where Jesus lived had flat roofs made of clay and covered with tiles. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they removed the tiles from the part of the roof above where Jesus was. And when they had dug through the clay roof, they lowered” or “they made a hole in the roof above where Jesus was, and then they lowered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -MRK 2 4 ouxr translate-unknown κράβαττον 1 A mat was a portable bed that could also be used to transport a person. Think of something in your culture that you might carry an injured person on to get them medical attention. Alternate translation: “a stretcher” or “a cot” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown) +MRK 2 4 ouxr translate-unknown κράβαττον 1 A mat was a portable bed that could also be used to transport a person. Think of something in your culture that you might carry an injured person on to get them medical attention. Alternate translation: “a stretcher” or “a cot” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown) MRK 2 5 trg9 figs-explicit ἰδὼν…τὴν πίστιν αὐτῶν 1 having seen their faith **having seen the men’s faith** could mean: (1) only the men who carried the paralyzed man had **faith**. (2) the paralyzed man and the men who brought him to Jesus all had **faith**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 2 5 hzg6 translate-kinship τέκνον 1 Child The word **Child** here shows Jesus cared for the man as a father cares for a son. This man was not actually Jesus’ son. If your language has a term like this, you can clarify. Alternate translation: “Beloved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) MRK 2 6 le6v figs-metonymy διαλογιζόμενοι ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν 1 reasoning in their hearts Here, **hearts** is a metonym for the people’s thoughts. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “were thinking to themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -105,7 +118,7 @@ MRK 2 8 h3zp figs-explicit ἐπιγνοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς τῷ πνεύ MRK 2 8 wga7 figs-rquestion τί ταῦτα διαλογίζεσθε ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν? 1 Why are you thinking these things in your hearts? Jesus uses this question to tell the scribes that what they are thinking is wrong. It also shows that He knows what they are thinking without them saying it out loud. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “What you are thinking is wrong.” or “Do not think that I am blaspheming.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MRK 2 8 s3m6 figs-metonymy ταῦτα…ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 these things in your hearts The word **hearts** is a metonym for their inner thoughts and desires. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “this inside yourselves” or “these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 2 9 wv5d figs-rquestion τί ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον, εἰπεῖν τῷ παραλυτικῷ, ἀφίενταί σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ ἆρον τὸν κράβαττόν σου καὶ περιπάτει? 1 Which is easier to say to the paralyzed man, ‘Your sins have been forgiven’ or to say ‘Get up and take up your bed, and walk’? Jesus uses this question to make the scribes think about what might prove whether or not he could really forgive sins. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I just said to the paralyzed man, ‘Your sins are forgiven.’ You may think that it is harder to say ‘Get up, take up your bed, and walk,’ because the proof of whether or not I can heal him will be shown by whether or not he gets up and walks.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MRK 2 10 g4jn εἰδῆτε 1 But in order that you may know The word **you** refers to the scribes and the crowd. If this would be misunderstood, you can state this explicitly. +MRK 2 10 g4jn εἰδῆτε 1 But in order that you may know The word **you** refers to the scribes and the crowd. If this would be misunderstood, you can state this explicitly. MRK 2 10 jw9z figs-123person ὅτι ἐξουσίαν ἔχει ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 that the Son of Man has authority Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man.” If this is confusing in your language, you can use the second person and convey the respect in another way. Alternate translation: “that I am the Son of Man and I have authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) MRK 2 12 ki94 ἔμπροσθεν πάντων 1 in front of everyone Alternate translation: “in the presence of everyone in the house” MRK 2 13 ma6f grammar-connect-time-background καὶ ἐξῆλθεν πάλιν παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν, καὶ πᾶς ὁ ὄχλος ἤρχετο πρὸς αὐτόν, καὶ ἐδίδασκεν αὐτούς 1 Connecting Statement: This phrase acts as background information to tell the reader where the next event is taking place. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]]) @@ -117,11 +130,11 @@ MRK 2 16 rwu1 figs-rquestion οἱ γραμματεῖς τῶν Φαρισαί MRK 2 16 b1bi figs-rquestion ὅτι μετὰ τῶν τελωνῶν καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν ἐσθίει? 1 Why is he eating with the tax collectors and sinners? The scribes and Pharisees asked this question to show they disapproved of Jesus’ hospitality to tax collectors and sinners. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “He should not eat with sinners and tax collectors!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MRK 2 17 ak1u writing-proverbs οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ, ἀλλ’ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες 1 The ones being healthy do not have need of a physician, but the ones having sickness Jesus used this proverb about sick people and doctors to teach them that only people who know that they are sinful realize that they need Jesus. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]]) MRK 2 17 c62j figs-irony οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ, ἀλλ’ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες. οὐκ ἦλθον καλέσαι δικαίους, ἀλλὰ ἁμαρτωλούς 1 **Those who are sick** are equated with those who are wanting to be saved by Jesus. The **healthy** are equated with those who do not think they need Jesus. Jesus does not actually think those who do not want him are healthy, but the opposite. He says this because those people think they are healthy in their own eyes and do not need Jesus. If this would be confusing in your language, you be more explicit. Alternate translation: “Those who suppose themselves to be healthy do not need a doctor. It is those who know that they are sick who need a doctor”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) -MRK 2 17 lh4l figs-ellipsis οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ, ἀλλ’ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες 1 The words **have a need of a physician** are assumed in the second phrase. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: Those who are healthy do not need a doctor, but those whoa re sick need a doctor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -MRK 2 17 ca4e figs-ellipsis οὐκ ἦλθον καλέσαι…ἀλλὰ ἁμαρτωλούς 1 but sinners The words **I came...to call** are understood from the phrase before this. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but I came to call sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +MRK 2 17 lh4l figs-ellipsis οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ, ἀλλ’ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες 1 The words **have a need of a physician** are assumed in the second phrase. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: Those who are healthy do not need a doctor, but those whoa re sick need a doctor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +MRK 2 17 ca4e figs-ellipsis οὐκ ἦλθον καλέσαι…ἀλλὰ ἁμαρτωλούς 1 but sinners The words **I came...to call** are understood from the phrase before this. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but I came to call sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 2 18 z394 ἔρχονται 1 they are coming **They came** refers to an unknown group of people. It is best to leave this unknown, as it is not clear who is being talked about here. Alternate translation: “A group of unknown men came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) MRK 2 18 j1h2 figs-explicit καὶ ἦσαν οἱ μαθηταὶ Ἰωάννου καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι νηστεύοντες 1 This fast is likely referring to the fast which the religious leaders performed twice per week. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “Now, the students of John and the Pharisees were performing their bi-weekly fast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 2 18 y7bm figs-explicit καὶ ἦσαν οἱ μαθηταὶ Ἰωάννου καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι νηστεύοντες. 1 This phrase provides background information. The author is telling us this to help us to understand why Jesus was being asked this question. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Now, it happened at the time when the students of John the Baptizer and the Pharisees were fasting.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +MRK 2 18 y7bm figs-explicit καὶ ἦσαν οἱ μαθηταὶ Ἰωάννου καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι νηστεύοντες. 1 This phrase provides background information. The author is telling us this to help us to understand why Jesus was being asked this question. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Now, it happened at the time when the students of John the Baptizer and the Pharisees were fasting.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) MRK 2 19 eke3 figs-rquestion μὴ δύνανται οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος ἐν ᾧ ὁ νυμφίος μετ’ αὐτῶν ἐστιν νηστεύειν? 1 The sons of the wedding chamber are not able to fast while the bridegroom is still with them, are they? Jesus uses this question to remind the people of something they already know and to encourage them to apply it to him and his disciples. Alternate translation: “Wedding attendants do not fast while the bridegroom is with them. Rather they celebrate and feast.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MRK 2 19 tiiz figs-extrainfo μὴ δύνανται οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος ἐν ᾧ ὁ νυμφίος μετ’ αὐτῶν ἐστιν νηστεύειν? 1 It is best to keep this verse the way it is. Do not clarify that it is about Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) MRK 2 20 vg2u figs-activepassive ἀπαρθῇ…ὁ νυμφίος 1 the bridegroom may be taken away If it would be more natural in your language, you could say **the bridegroom may be taken away** with an active form. Alternate translation: “the bridegroom will leave his friends” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -130,26 +143,26 @@ MRK 2 21 v6xc figs-explicit οὐδεὶς ἐπίβλημα ῥάκους ἀγ MRK 2 21 vdza figs-parables οὐδεὶς ἐπίβλημα ῥάκους ἀγνάφου ἐπιράπτει ἐπὶ ἱμάτιον παλαιόν; εἰ δὲ μή αἴρει τὸ πλήρωμα ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ, τὸ καινὸν τοῦ παλαιοῦ, καὶ χεῖρον σχίσμα γίνεται. 1 This verse is a parable, as well as verse 22. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) MRK 2 22 fk15 figs-explicit ἀσκοὺς 1 wineskins These were bags made out of animal skins where wine was stored. If they were old and used, and someone put new wine in them, they would tear. This would happen because the wine expands as it sits for a long time and the old wine skins could no longer stretch with the wine. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit) MRK 2 22 dgcz figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ οἶνον νέον εἰς ἀσκοὺς καινούς 1 In this phrase, it is assumed that **new wine** is being poured **into fresh wineskins**. If this would be confusing in your language, you can clarify. Alternate translation: “But you should pour new wine into new wineskins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -MRK 2 23 jya1 figs-explicit τίλλοντες τοὺς στάχυας 1 picking the heads of grain Plucking grain in others’ fields and eating it was not considered stealing. It was actually a commandment of the Law to leave the grain on the edges of your field standing so that those who were hungry could eat it. The question was whether it was lawful to do this on the Sabbath. If this would be misunderstood In your culture, you can clarify. Alternate translation: plucking heads of grain, as the Law permitted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 2 23 jya1 figs-explicit τίλλοντες τοὺς στάχυας 1 picking the heads of grain Plucking grain in others’ fields and eating it was not considered stealing. It was actually a commandment of the Law to leave the grain on the edges of your field standing so that those who were hungry could eat it. The question was whether it was lawful to do this on the Sabbath. If this would be misunderstood In your culture, you can clarify. Alternate translation: plucking heads of grain, as the Law permitted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 2 23 k3pa figs-explicit τοὺς στάχυας 1 the heads of grain The **heads** are the topmost part of the wheat plant, which is a kind of tall grass. The heads hold the mature grain or seeds of the plant. The disciples were **picking the heads of grain** to eat the kernels, or seeds, in them. This can be worded to show the full meaning. Alternate translation: “picking heads of grain and eating the seeds”. If this would be misunderstood in your language, think of a type of food that you have to remove from a shell or casing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 2 24 h41a figs-rquestion ἴδε, τί ποιοῦσιν τοῖς Σάββασιν ὃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν? 1 Look, why are they doing what is not lawful on the Sabbaths? The Pharisees ask Jesus a question to condemn him. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “Look! They are breaking the Jewish law concerning the Sabbaths.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MRK 2 24 bf8w figs-exclamations ἴδε 1 Look “Look at this” or “Listen.” This is a word used to get the attention of someone to show them something. If there is a word in your language that is used to draw a person’s attention to something, you could use that here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) MRK 2 25 g8sf figs-rquestion οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε τί ἐποίησεν Δαυεὶδ 1 Have you never read what David did You can state this (1) as a command. Alternate translation: “Remember what you read about what David did” or (2) as a statement. Alternate translation: “you have read that David did the same thing when he and those with him were hungry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MRK 2 25 r14d figs-explicit οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε τί ἐποίησεν Δαυεὶδ 1 Have you never read what David did Jesus refers to reading about David in the Old Testament. You can translate this showing the implicit information. Alternate translation: “Have you not read in the scriptures what David did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 2 25 cjzx figs-doublet ὅτε χρείαν ἔσχεν καὶ ἐπείνασεν 1 **had need** and **hungry** are two words that being used to express the same idea. If it would be misunderstood in your language, you can combine the two words in your translation. Alternate translation: “When he was in need of food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -MRK 2 26 y57j figs-explicit τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως 1 the bread of the presence This refers to the 12 loaves of **bread** that were placed on a golden table in the tabernacle or temple building as a sacrifice to God during Old Testament times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 2 26 y57j figs-explicit τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως 1 the bread of the presence This refers to the 12 loaves of **bread** that were placed on a golden table in the tabernacle or temple building as a sacrifice to God during Old Testament times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 2 26 wz3g figs-metaphor εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Jesus is figuratively describing the tabernacle as the house of God. He is speaking as if it were the place where God lived, since God’s presence was there. Alternate translation: “David went into the tabernacle” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor) MRK 2 27 i374 figs-activepassive τὸ Σάββατον διὰ τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐγένετο 1 The Sabbath was made for man Jesus makes clear why God established the Sabbath. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God made the Sabbath for mankind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 2 27 u83s figs-gendernotations τὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 man **man** is a word which refers to both men and women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) MRK 2 27 v3mb figs-genericnoun τὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 **man** is a generic noun. It does not refer to any specific person, but to mankind as a whole. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) MRK 2 27 s2yd figs-ellipsis οὐχ ὁ ἄνθρωπος διὰ τὸ Σάββατον 1 not man for the Sabbath The words **was made** are understood from the previous phrase. They can be repeated here. Alternate translation: “man was not made for the Sabbath” or “God did not make man for the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -MRK 2 28 wgwu 1 Son of Man is a common title given to Jesus. See the introduction to the book for a detailed explanation of the title. -MRK 2 28 pwb5 1 There are two major interpretations of this passage. (1) Many think that Jesus is here appealing to his heavenly authority to speak about the Sabbath day to the religious leaders. Alternate translation: “Therefore, I, the Son of Man, am Lord of the Sabbath.” (2) **son of man** is a popular title used in the Old Testament to refer to a human being. Jesus could be saying (functioning as the conclusion to the previous verse) that mankind has authority over the Sabbath, and that the Sabbath does not have authority over mankind. Alternate translation: “Therefore, mankind has authority over the Sabbath”. +MRK 2 28 wgwu 1 Son of Man is a common title given to Jesus. See the introduction to the book for a detailed explanation of the title. +MRK 2 28 pwb5 1 There are two major interpretations of this passage. (1) Many think that Jesus is here appealing to his heavenly authority to speak about the Sabbath day to the religious leaders. Alternate translation: “Therefore, I, the Son of Man, am Lord of the Sabbath.” (2) **son of man** is a popular title used in the Old Testament to refer to a human being. Jesus could be saying (functioning as the conclusion to the previous verse) that mankind has authority over the Sabbath, and that the Sabbath does not have authority over mankind. Alternate translation: “Therefore, mankind has authority over the Sabbath”. MRK 3 intro x969 0 # Mark 3 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Sabbath

It was against the law of Moses to do work on the Sabbath. The Pharisees believed healing a sick person on the Sabbath was “work,” so they said that Jesus did wrong when he healed a person on the Sabbath. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

### “Blasphemy against the Spirit”

No one knows for sure what actions people perform or what words they say when they commit this sin. However, they probably insult the Holy Spirit and his work. Part of the Holy Spirit’s work is to make people understand that they are sinners and that they need to have God forgive them. Therefore, anyone who does not try to stop sinning is probably committing blasphemy against the Spirit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### The twelve disciples

The following are the lists of the twelve disciples:

In Matthew:

Simon (Peter), Andrew, James son of Zebedee, John son of Zebedee, Philip, Bartholomew, Thomas, Matthew, James son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot and Judas Iscariot.

In Mark:

Simon (Peter), Andrew, James the son of Zebedee and John the son of Zebedee (to whom he gave the name Boanerges, that is, sons of thunder), Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot, and Judas Iscariot.

In Luke:

Simon (Peter), Andrew, James, John, Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Simon (who was called the Zealot), Judas the son of James, and Judas Iscariot.

Thaddaeus is probably the same person as Jude, the son of James.

### Brothers and Sisters

Most people call those who have the same parents “brother” and “sister” and think of them as the most important people in their lives. Many people also call those with the same grandparents “brother” and “sister.” In this chapter Jesus says that the most important people to him are those who obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/brother]]) -MRK 3 2 vr25 figs-explicit ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ 1 so that they might accuse him If Jesus were to heal the man that day, the Pharisees would **accuse him** of breaking the law by the working on the Sabbath. Alternate translation: “so that they could accuse him of wrongdoing” or “so that they could accuse him of breaking the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 3 2 q35x grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ 1 This phrase tells the reader why the Pharisees were watching Jesus. Alternate translation: “They were doing this so that they could accuse him of working on the jewish rest day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -MRK 3 3 nm6w ἔγειρε εἰς τὸ μέσον 1 in our midst **midst** here is referring to the group people who were gathered inside of the synagogue. If this would be confusing in your language, you can be explicit. Alternate translation: “Stand up in front of all of those meeting here” -MRK 3 4 mh3z figs-rquestion ἔξεστιν τοῖς Σάββασιν ἀγαθοποιῆσαι ἢ κακοποιῆσαι, ψυχὴν σῶσαι ἢ ἀποκτεῖναι? 1 Is it lawful on the Sabbaths to do good, or to do harm; to save a life, or to kill? Jesus said this to challenge them. He wanted them to acknowledge that it is **lawful** to obey God and do good on the Sabbath. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you may state these questions as sentences. Alternate translation: “It is allowed for people to do good on the sabbath, but not to do evil. Likewise it is allowed to save someone on the sabbath, but not to kill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MRK 3 2 vr25 figs-explicit ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ 1 so that they might accuse him If Jesus were to heal the man that day, the Pharisees would **accuse him** of breaking the law by the working on the Sabbath. Alternate translation: “so that they could accuse him of wrongdoing” or “so that they could accuse him of breaking the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 3 2 q35x grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ 1 This phrase tells the reader why the Pharisees were watching Jesus. Alternate translation: “They were doing this so that they could accuse him of working on the jewish rest day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +MRK 3 3 nm6w ἔγειρε εἰς τὸ μέσον 1 in our midst **midst** here is referring to the group people who were gathered inside of the synagogue. If this would be confusing in your language, you can be explicit. Alternate translation: “Stand up in front of all of those meeting here” +MRK 3 4 mh3z figs-rquestion ἔξεστιν τοῖς Σάββασιν ἀγαθοποιῆσαι ἢ κακοποιῆσαι, ψυχὴν σῶσαι ἢ ἀποκτεῖναι? 1 Is it lawful on the Sabbaths to do good, or to do harm; to save a life, or to kill? Jesus said this to challenge them. He wanted them to acknowledge that it is **lawful** to obey God and do good on the Sabbath. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you may state these questions as sentences. Alternate translation: “It is allowed for people to do good on the sabbath, but not to do evil. Likewise it is allowed to save someone on the sabbath, but not to kill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MRK 3 4 i71v figs-parallelism ἀγαθοποιῆσαι ἢ κακοποιῆσαι, ψυχὴν σῶσαι ἢ ἀποκτεῖναι 1 to do good, or to do harm … to save a life, or to kill **Do the laws that God gave Moses permit people to do good on the day of rest, or to do evil** and **Do the laws permit us to save a person’s life on the day of rest, or permit us to refuse to help a person and let them die** are similar in meaning, except that the second is more extreme. The two phrases are trying to make the same point. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) MRK 3 4 vz6c figs-ellipsis ψυχὴν σῶσαι ἢ ἀποκτεῖναι 1 to save a life, or to kill The phrase **is it lawful** is assumed here. If this would be misunderstood, you may clarify and add it again for the second phrase. Alternate translation: “is it lawful to save a life, or is it lawful to kill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 3 4 nut4 figs-metonymy ψυχὴν 1 a life This refers to physical life and is a metonym for a person. Alternate translation: “someone from dying” or “someone’s life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -167,6 +180,7 @@ MRK 3 11 rpwx figs-explicit προσέπιπτον αὐτῷ καὶ ἔκρα MRK 3 11 xf41 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) MRK 3 13 fatx figs-idiom ἀναβαίνει εἰς τὸ ὄρος 1 **he goes up on the mountain** does not refer to a specific mountain. This phrase is an idiom which means that Jesus traveled to the mountainous regions. If this would be misunderstood, you may state it explicitly. Alternate Translation: “Jesus went up into the mountainous regions” or “Jesus went up into area with many hills” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MRK 3 16 ywli translate-textvariants καὶ ἐποίησεν τοὺς δώδεκα 1 Some manuscripts do not include the words **and he appointed the Twelve**. This is likely original, but some writers decided to leave it out because verse 14 has a similar phrase. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) +MRK 3 16 ozli figs-nominaladj τοὺς δώδεκα 1 Luke is using the adjective **Twelve** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “his 12 apostles” or “the 12 men whom he had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) MRK 3 16 i7tf translate-names καὶ ἐπέθηκεν ὄνομα τῷ Σίμωνι, Πέτρον 1 To Simon, also he added the name Peter **Simon** is the first man listed. All of the names listed here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 3 16 bt0f figs-explicit ἐπέθηκεν ὄνομα τῷ Σίμωνι, Πέτρον 1 In ancient times, people changed their names to show that they are changing something about them. Here, Jesus changes Peter’s name to show that Peter is now one of his followers. This also happens in the next verse. If this would be misunderstood, think of something in your language that people do to signify a major change in their lives. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 3 17 n4gy translate-metaphor ὀνόματα Βοανηργές, ὅ ἐστιν υἱοὶ βροντῆς 1 the name Boanerges, that is, sons of thunder Jesus called them this because they were like **thunder**. Alternate translation: “the name Boanerges, which means men who are like thunder” or “the name Boanerges, which means thunder men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-metaphor]]) @@ -207,12 +221,13 @@ MRK 4 4 si37 figs-explicit ἐν τῷ σπείρειν, ὃ μὲν ἔπεσε MRK 4 5 wuw2 καὶ ἄλλο ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ τὸ πετρῶδες 1 In this verse and in the following 4 verses, the word **other** is referring to seeds that fell in different areas as the sower was planting. If this would be misunderstood, see the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 4 6 z2el figs-idiom ἀνέτειλεν ὁ ἥλιος 1 **the sun rose** is an idiom which means when the sun got to its highest and hottest point in the sky. If this would be misunderstood, you state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “when the hottest time of the day came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MRK 4 6 ee49 figs-activepassive ἐκαυματίσθη 1 it was scorched If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “it scorched the plants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MRK 4 7 bw62 ἄλλο ἔπεσεν 1 choked it … it did not produce See the note on [4:5](../04/05.md) +MRK 4 7 bw62 ἄλλο ἔπεσεν 1 choked it … it did not produce See the note on [4:5](../04/05.md) MRK 4 8 v3sr figs-ellipsis αὐξανόμενα, καὶ ἔφερεν εἰς τριάκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑξήκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑκατόν 1 increasing and yielding one, 30, and one, 60, and one, 100 The amount of grain produced by each plant is being compared to the single seed from which it grew. Ellipsis is used here to shorten the phrases but they can be written out. Alternate translation: “Some plants bore 30 times as much grain, some produced 60 times as much grain, and some produced 100 times as much grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 4 8 u327 translate-numbers τριάκοντα…ἑξήκοντα…ἑκατόν 1 30 … 60 … 100 “thirty … sixty … a hundred.” These may be written as numerals. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) MRK 4 9 p2us figs-metonymy ὃς ἔχει ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω 1 Whoever has ears to hear, let him hear The phrase **has ears** here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Whoever is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 4 9 qxy4 figs-123person ὃς ἔχει ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω 1 Whoever has ears to hear, let him hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) MRK 4 10 u2nj ὅτε ἐγένετο κατὰ μόνας 1 when he was alone This does not mean that Jesus was completely **alone**. Rather, it means that the crowds were gone and Jesus was only with the twelve and some of his other close followers. +MRK 4 10 kqcz figs-nominaladj τοῖς δώδεκα 1 See how you translated the phrase **the Twelve** in [11:7](../11/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) MRK 4 11 t9ee figs-activepassive ὑμῖν τὸ μυστήριον δέδοται τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 To you has been given If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “I have given you the mystery of the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 4 11 q2az figs-explicit ἐκείνοις…τοῖς ἔξω 1 to those who are outside **to those who are outside** refers to the people who are not a part of Jesus’ group of disciples. If this would be misunderstood, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to those who are outside of this group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 4 12 p4fv figs-metaphor βλέπωσι καὶ μὴ ἴδωσιν 1 they may look, but may not see **see** here is a metaphor for being spiritually blind. Alternate translation: “When they see my works, they will not know why I am doing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -238,7 +253,7 @@ MRK 4 19 f4ip ἄκαρπος γίνεται 1 it becomes unfruitful **unfruitf MRK 4 20 axh1 figs-metaphor ἐκεῖνοί εἰσιν οἱ ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν τὴν καλὴν σπαρέντες 1 these are the ones sown in the good soil If your readers would not understand this metaphor, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “Some people represent the seeds which the farmer sowed upon the good soil. ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MRK 4 20 d3r7 figs-ellipsis ἓν τριάκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑξήκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑκατόν 1 one, 30, and one, 60, and one, 100 This refers to the grain that the plants produce. Alternate translation: “some produce 30 grains, some produce 60 grains, and some produce 100 grains” or “some produce 30 times the grain that was sown, some produce 60 times the grain that was sown, and some produce 100 times the grain that was sown” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 4 20 tdwj translate-numbers τριάκοντα…ἑξήκοντα…ἑκατόν 1 30 … 60 … 100 You can state the numbers as text. Alternate translation: “thirty … sixty … a hundred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -MRK 4 21 zzw7 αὐτοῖς 1 And he was saying to them **Them** could also possibly be referring to (1) the crowd. Alternate translation: “the crowd”. or (2) if you do not know, you can make it vague. Alternate translation: “them” +MRK 4 21 zzw7 αὐτοῖς 1 And he was saying to them **Them** could also possibly be referring to (1) the crowd. Alternate translation: “the crowd”. or (2) if you do not know, you can make it vague. Alternate translation: “them” MRK 4 21 nn7e figs-rquestion μήτι ἔρχεται ὁ λύχνος ἵνα ὑπὸ τὸν μόδιον τεθῇ, ἢ ὑπὸ τὴν κλίνην? 1 The lamp does not come in order to be put under a basket, or under the bed, does it? Jesus is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You certainly do not bring a light inside the house to put it under a basket, or under a bed!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MRK 4 21 dkq7 figs-rquestion ἵνα ὑπὸ τὸν μόδιον τεθῇ, ἢ ὑπὸ τὴν κλίνην 1 Mark mentions two household items here for the sake of emphasis. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) MRK 4 22 y5kn figs-litotes οὐ γάρ ἐστιν κρυπτὸν, ἐὰν μὴ ἵνα φανερωθῇ; οὐδὲ ἐγένετο ἀπόκρυφον, ἀλλ’ ἵνα ἔλθῃ εἰς φανερόν 1 For nothing is hidden except so that it might be revealed, and nothing secret has happened except so that it might come to exposure You can state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “For everything that is hidden will be made known, and everything that is secret will come out into to open” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) @@ -247,17 +262,17 @@ MRK 4 23 k1a8 figs-metonymy εἴ τις ἔχει ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀ MRK 4 24 r2r1 ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς 1 he was saying to them See how you translated [4:21](../04/21.md) MRK 4 24 zis1 figs-metaphor ἐν ᾧ μέτρῳ μετρεῖτε 1 In that measure you use This is a metaphor in which Jesus speaks of “understanding” as if it were “measuring.” If your readers would not understand, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “The one who thinks carefully about the things I have said, God will allow him to understand even more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MRK 4 24 c4xp figs-activepassive μετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν, καὶ προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν 1 it will be measured to you, and it will be added to you If it would be more natural in your language, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will measure that amount for you, and he will add it to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MRK 4 25 i24l figs-activepassive δοθήσεται αὐτῷ…ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτο 1 to him will be given … even what he has will be taken away from him If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “to him God will give more … from him God will take away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MRK 4 25 i24l figs-activepassive δοθήσεται αὐτῷ…ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτο 1 to him will be given … even what he has will be taken away from him If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “to him God will give more … from him God will take away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 4 26 n1mq figs-parables οὕτως ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Connecting Statement: Jesus tells the people parables to explain the kingdom of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) MRK 4 26 r5n7 figs-simile ὡς ἄνθρωπος βάλῃ τὸν σπόρον 1 As a man who may throw his seed Jesus likens the kingdom of God to a man who **may throw his seed**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of God grows like when a man throws seed on the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) MRK 4 26 htar figs-parables ὡς ἄνθρωπος βάλῃ τὸν σπόρον ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 The word **man** is not speaking of any specific person, but people who scatter seed in general. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “As people who scatter seed upon the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) -MRK 4 28 cew8 grammar-connect-time-sequential πρῶτον…εἶτα…εἶτα 1 the ear These words show that this happened one after another. Make sure that this is clear to your audience in your translation. Alternate translation: “First, the stalks appeared. After this, the heads appeared. Finally, the mature grain in the heads” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) +MRK 4 28 cew8 grammar-connect-time-sequential πρῶτον…εἶτα…εἶτα 1 the ear These words show that this happened one after another. Make sure that this is clear to your audience in your translation. Alternate translation: “First, the stalks appeared. After this, the heads appeared. Finally, the mature grain in the heads” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) MRK 4 29 ah9d figs-metonymy εὐθὺς ἀποστέλλει τὸ δρέπανον 1 he immediately sends forth the sickle Here, **the sickle** is a metonym that stands for the farmer or the people whom the farmer sends out to harvest the grain. Alternate translation: “he immediately goes into the field with a sickle to harvest the grain” or “he immediately sends people with sickles into the field to harvest the grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 4 29 yd1d δρέπανον 1 sickle A **sickle** is a curved blade or a sharp hook used to cut tall crops down to the ground to be harvested. If this would be misunderstood, use a tool in your language that is used to do this job. MRK 4 29 hx6v figs-idiom ὅτι παρέστηκεν ὁ θερισμός 1 because the harvest has come Here the phrase **has come** is an idiom for the grain being ripe for harvest. Alternate translation: “because it was time for the farmers to harvest the grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MRK 4 30 ivk2 figs-rquestion πῶς ὁμοιώσωμεν τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἢ ἐν τίνι αὐτὴν παραβολῇ θῶμεν? 1 How might we compare the kingdom of God, or in what parable might we present it? Jesus asked this question to cause his hearers to get the listeners attention, as he was about to speak another parable about **the kingdom of God**. Alternate translation: “With this parable I can explain what the kingdom of God is like.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MRK 4 31 w4l5 figs-activepassive ὅταν σπαρῇ 1 when it may have been sown If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “when someone sows it” or “when someone plants it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MRK 4 32 x1xh figs-personification καὶ ποιεῖ κλάδους μεγάλους 1 and it forms large branches The mustard tree is described as causing its branches to grow large. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “with large branches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +MRK 4 32 x1xh figs-personification καὶ ποιεῖ κλάδους μεγάλους 1 and it forms large branches The mustard tree is described as causing its branches to grow large. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “with large branches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) MRK 4 33 y7i2 καὶ τοιαύταις παραβολαῖς πολλαῖς, ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς τὸν λόγον, καθὼς ἠδύναντο ἀκούειν 1t This verse marks the end of this section of Jesus’ parables. Use the natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) MRK 4 34 oo4t figs-litotes χωρὶς δὲ παραβολῆς οὐκ ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς 1 Luke uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) MRK 4 34 gp99 figs-hyperbole ἐπέλυεν πάντα 1 he was explaining everything Here, **everything** does not actually mean everything, but rather, all of his parables which he had spoken. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could state this clearly. Alternate translation: “he explained all his parables” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) @@ -270,7 +285,7 @@ MRK 5 intro lh25 0 # Mark 5 General Notes

## Possible translation diff MRK 5 1 fix1 writing-newevent καὶ ἦλθον εἰς τὸ πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης, εἰς τὴν χώραν τῶν Γερασηνῶν 1 Connecting Statement: This verse acts as an introduction to the next story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “After this, they came to the other side of the Sea of Galilee, to the region where the Geresenes lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) MRK 5 1 gt8a figs-go ἦλθον 1 They came Your language may say “went” rather than came in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “they went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) MRK 5 1 vsc7 translate-names τῶν Γερασηνῶν 1 the Gerasenes This name refers to the people who live in Gerasa. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -MRK 5 2 pf16 figs-idiom ἐν πνεύματι ἀκαθάρτῳ 1 with an unclean spirit This is an idiom meaning that the man is controlled by the unclean spirit. Alternate translation: “that an unclean spirit controlled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +MRK 5 2 pf16 figs-idiom ἐν πνεύματι ἀκαθάρτῳ 1 with an unclean spirit This is an idiom meaning that the man is controlled by the unclean spirit. Alternate translation: “that an unclean spirit controlled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MRK 5 4 nsol translate-unknown διὰ τὸ αὐτὸν πολλάκις πέδαις καὶ ἁλύσεσι δεδέσθαι, καὶ διεσπάσθαι ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ τὰς ἁλύσεις καὶ τὰς πέδας συντετρῖφθαι, καὶ οὐδεὶς ἴσχυεν αὐτὸν δαμάσαι 1 This verse and the next verse function as background information to tell the reader about this man who was controlled by an evil spirit. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) MRK 5 4 da4x figs-activepassive αὐτὸν πολλάκις…δεδέσθαι 1 He had been bound many times If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People had bound him many times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 5 4 nep6 figs-activepassive τὰς πέδας συντετρῖφθαι 1 his shackles were shattered If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he shattered his shackles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -303,7 +318,7 @@ MRK 5 28 alc9 grammar-connect-logic-result ἔλεγεν γὰρ 1 This verse t MRK 5 28 wge2 figs-activepassive σωθήσομαι 1 I will be saved If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 5 29 c1vz figs-activepassive ἴαται ἀπὸ τῆς μάστιγος 1 she had been healed from the disease If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the sickness had left her” or “she was no longer sick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 5 30 ma2b figs-explicit τὴν ἐξ αὐτοῦ δύναμιν ἐξελθοῦσαν 1 his power had gone out from him When the woman touched Jesus, Jesus felt **his power** healing her. Jesus himself did not lose any of his power to heal people when he healed her. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “his power went out from him and healed someone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 5 33 r3a0 figs-doublet ἡ δὲ γυνὴ, φοβηθεῖσα καὶ τρέμουσα 1 Both words **fear and trembling** are similar words used to show that the woman was very afraid. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “The woman was very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +MRK 5 33 r3a0 figs-doublet ἡ δὲ γυνὴ, φοβηθεῖσα καὶ τρέμουσα 1 Both words **fear and trembling** are similar words used to show that the woman was very afraid. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “The woman was very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) MRK 5 33 b6kz figs-ellipsis εἶπεν αὐτῷ πᾶσαν τὴν ἀλήθειαν 1 told him the whole truth The phrase **the whole truth** refers to how she had touched him and became well. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “told him the whole truth about how she had touched him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 5 34 gbk8 translate-kinship θυγάτηρ 1 Daughter Jesus was using this term figuratively to refer to the woman as a believer. She was not actually his daughter. Make sure this is understood by your readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) MRK 5 35 t2wd figs-rquestion τί ἔτι σκύλλεις τὸν διδάσκαλον? 1 Why trouble the teacher any longer? This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “It is useless to bother the teacher any longer.” or “There no need to bother the teacher any longer.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -313,105 +328,68 @@ MRK 5 39 dzrk figs-ellipsis τὸ παιδίον οὐκ ἀπέθανεν, ἀ MRK 5 39 g83c figs-euphemism τὸ παιδίον οὐκ ἀπέθανεν, ἀλλὰ καθεύδει 1 The child has not died, but is sleeping **sleep** here refers to death. Jesus is likely using it to mean a temporary end to the girls life, but not a permanent end. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “The child is not permanently dead, but she has died for a short time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) MRK 5 41 hx3c translate-transliterate ταλιθὰ, κοῦμ! 1 Talitha, koum! This is an Aramaic sentence which Jesus spoke to the little girl in her language. In your translation you can spell it the way it sounds in your language and then explain its meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) MRK 5 42 pt5t translate-numbers ἦν…ἐτῶν δώδεκα 1 she was 12 years of age “she was twelve years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -MRK 5 42 m49c translate-numbers καὶ εὐθὺς ἀνέστη τὸ κοράσιον καὶ περιεπάτει, ἦν γὰρ ἐτῶν δώδεκα 1 Mark includes this information to help the readers understand how it was that she immediately **rose up** and began **walking**. She was able to get up and walk because she was old enough to do so. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “And immediately the little girl rose up and was walking. She was able to do this because she was 12 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 5 42 m49c translate-numbers καὶ εὐθὺς ἀνέστη τὸ κοράσιον καὶ περιεπάτει, ἦν γὰρ ἐτῶν δώδεκα 1 Mark includes this information to help the readers understand how it was that she immediately **rose up** and began **walking**. She was able to get up and walk because she was old enough to do so. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “And immediately the little girl rose up and was walking. She was able to do this because she was 12 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 5 43 n29k figs-quotations καὶ εἶπεν δοθῆναι αὐτῇ φαγεῖν 1 and he told them to give her something to eat You can state this as a direct quote. Alternate translation: “and he told them, ‘Give her something to eat’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) MRK 6 intro kl7n 0 # Mark 6 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “Anointed with oil”

In the ancient Near East, people would try to heal sick people by putting olive oil on them. -MRK 6 1 mi7z 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus returns to his hometown, where he is not accepted. -MRK 6 1 mjr1 τὴν πατρίδα αὐτοῦ 1 his hometown This refers to the town of Nazareth, where Jesus grew up and where his family lived. This does not mean that he owned land there. -MRK 6 2 y4xj τίς ἡ σοφία ἡ δοθεῖσα τούτῳ 1 what is this wisdom that has been given to him? This question, which contains passive construction, can be asked in active form. Alternate translation: “what is this wisdom that he has gained?” -MRK 6 2 s1xy διὰ τῶν χειρῶν αὐτοῦ γινόμεναι 1 being done by his hands This phrase emphasizes that Jesus himself does the miracles. Alternate translation: “that he himself works” -MRK 6 3 s3wl figs-rquestion οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τέκτων, ὁ υἱὸς τῆς Μαρίας, καὶ ἀδελφὸς Ἰακώβου, καὶ Ἰωσῆτος, καὶ Ἰούδα, καὶ Σίμωνος? καὶ οὐκ εἰσὶν αἱ ἀδελφαὶ αὐτοῦ ὧδε πρὸς ἡμᾶς? 1 Is this not the carpenter, the son of Mary and the brother of James and Joses and Judas and Simon? And are his sisters not here with us? These questions can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “He is just an ordinary carpenter! We know him and his family. We know Mary his mother. We know his younger brothers James, Joses, Judas and Simon. And his younger sisters also live here with us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MRK 6 1 mi7z writing-newevent καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἐκεῖθεν, καὶ ἔρχεται εἰς τὴν πατρίδα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκολουθοῦσιν αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 Connecting Statement: This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later, Jesus and his disciples went out from there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) +MRK 6 1 lpci figs-go ἐξῆλθεν…ἔρχεται εἰς 1 Your language may say “went” rather than came in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “he came out … went into” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) +MRK 6 2 y4xj figs-activepassive τίς ἡ σοφία ἡ δοθεῖσα τούτῳ 1 what is this wisdom that has been given to him? If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what is this wisdom that God gave to him?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MRK 6 3 s3wl figs-rquestion οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τέκτων, ὁ υἱὸς τῆς Μαρίας, καὶ ἀδελφὸς Ἰακώβου, καὶ Ἰωσῆτος, καὶ Ἰούδα, καὶ Σίμωνος? καὶ οὐκ εἰσὶν αἱ ἀδελφαὶ αὐτοῦ ὧδε πρὸς ἡμᾶς? 1 Is this not the carpenter, the son of Mary and the brother of James and Joses and Judas and Simon? And are his sisters not here with us? If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MRK 6 3 hx1m figs-litany οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τέκτων, ὁ υἱὸς τῆς Μαρίας, καὶ ἀδελφὸς Ἰακώβου, καὶ Ἰωσῆτος, καὶ Ἰούδα, καὶ Σίμωνος? καὶ οὐκ εἰσὶν αἱ ἀδελφαὶ αὐτοῦ ὧδε πρὸς ἡμᾶς? 1 Those who were in the synagogue with Jesus asked all of these questions to emphasize that they know who Jesus is. Use a form in your language that someone would use to list things in this way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]]) MRK 6 3 tlub translate-names Ἰακώβου…Ἰωσῆτος…Ἰούδα…Σίμωνος 1 James … Joses … Judas … Simon These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -MRK 6 4 ni6w αὐτοῖς 1 to them “to the crowd” -MRK 6 4 l436 figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἔστιν προφήτης ἄτιμος, εἰ μὴ 1 A prophet is not without honor, except This sentence uses a double negative to create emphasis of the positive equivalent. Alternate translation: “A prophet is always honored, except” or “The only place a prophet is not honored is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -MRK 6 5 k9gh ὀλίγοις ἀρρώστοις, ἐπιθεὶς τὰς χεῖρας 1 having laid his hands on a few sick people, he healed them. Prophets and teachers would put their **hands** on people in order to heal them or bless them. In this case, Jesus was healing people. -MRK 6 7 w7qq translate-versebridge 0 General Information: Jesus’ instructions in verses 8 and 9 can be reordered to separate what he told the disciples to do from what he told them not to do, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]]) -MRK 6 7 g5um 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus sends his disciples out in sets of two to preach and to heal. -MRK 6 7 pmq4 προσκαλεῖται τοὺς δώδεκα 1 he called the Twelve Here the word **called** means that he summoned the Twelve to come to him. +MRK 6 3 d2g7 figs-synecdoche ἐν αὐτῷ 1 The people in the synagogue were not **offended** by who Jesus was. They were offended by what he was teaching them. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +MRK 6 4 l436 figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἔστιν προφήτης ἄτιμος, εἰ μὴ 1 A prophet is not without honor, except Jesus uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “A prophet is always honored, except” or “The only place a prophet is not honored is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) +MRK 6 4 y2oa figs-litany ἐν τῇ πατρίδι αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐν τοῖς συγγενεῦσιν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus lists **hometown**, **relatives**, **house** to emphasize that prophets are often never welcome where they are most well known. Use a form in your language that someone would use to list things like Jesus does here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]]) +MRK 6 4 mutm figs-litany τοῖς συγγενεῦσιν 1 **relatives** refers to people who are related to Jesus, but are not his siblings, mother, or father. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a way in your language of expressing this. +MRK 6 4 mgbp figs-litany ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus uses **in his own house** to refer to his closest relatives, lie his father, mother, or siblings. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “among his closest family members” or “by his father, mother, or siblings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 6 7 d6sx translate-numbers δύο δύο 1 two by two “2 by 2” or “in pairs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) +MRK 6 6 g8s1 translate-numbers καὶ περιῆγεν τὰς κώμας, κύκλῳ διδάσκων. 1 Come back to this +MRK 6 7 ldbv figs-nominaladj τοὺς δώδεκα 1 See how you translated the phrase **the Twelve** in [11:7](../11/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +MRK 6 8 k5hl figs-doublenegatives μηδὲν αἴρωσιν εἰς ὁδὸν, εἰ μὴ ῥάβδον μόνον 1 Jesus uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “Only bring on your journey a staff” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) MRK 6 8 t9a2 figs-synecdoche μὴ ἄρτον 1 no bread Here, **bread** is a synecdoche for food in general. Alternate translation: “no food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -MRK 6 10 wv9h ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς 1 he was saying to them “Jesus said to the Twelve” -MRK 6 10 h31d figs-metonymy ἐκεῖ μένετε ἕως ἂν ἐξέλθητε ἐκεῖθεν 1 remain there until you may go away from there Here, **remain** represents daily going back to that house to eat and sleep there. Alternate translation: “eat and sleep in that house until you leave that place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MRK 6 11 b2kb figs-explicit εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς 1 as a testimony against them It may be helpful to explain how this action was **a testimony against them**. Alternate translation: “as a testimony to them. By doing that, you will be testifying that they did not welcome you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 6 12 sqt2 figs-ellipsis ἐξελθόντες 1 having gone out It may be helpful to state that they went out to various towns. Alternate translation: “having gone out to various towns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -MRK 6 12 xtva ἐκήρυξαν 1 they proclaimed The word **they** refers to the Twelve and does not include Jesus. -MRK 6 13 i7eq figs-ellipsis δαιμόνια πολλὰ ἐξέβαλλον 1 they were casting out many demons It may be helpful to state that they cast the demons out of people. Alternate translation: “they were casting many demons out of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -MRK 6 14 y69r 0 Connecting Statement: When Herod hears about Jesus’ miracles, he worries, thinking that someone has raised John the Baptist from the dead. (Herod had caused John the Baptist to be killed.) -MRK 6 14 f9um ἤκουσεν ὁ βασιλεὺς Ἡρῴδης 1 King Herod heard this The word **this** refers to everything that Jesus and his disciples had been doing in various towns, including casting out demons and healing people. -MRK 6 14 sc6s figs-explicit ἔλεγον, ὅτι Ἰωάννης ὁ βαπτίζων ἐγήγερται 1 some were saying, “John the Baptist has been raised Some people were saying that Jesus was **John the Baptist**. You can state this more clearly. Alternate translation: “Some were saying, ‘He is John the Baptist who has been raised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 6 14 cb7p figs-idiom Ἰωάννης ὁ βαπτίζων ἐγήγερται 1 John the Baptist has been raised Here, **raised** is an idiom for “caused to live again.” Alternate translation: “John the Baptist has been caused to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -MRK 6 14 ly7z figs-activepassive Ἰωάννης ὁ βαπτίζων ἐγήγερται 1 John the Baptist has been raised You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God has caused John the Baptist to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MRK 6 11 b2kb figs-explicit ἐκτινάξατε τὸν χοῦν τὸν ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν ὑμῶν 1 as a testimony against them **shake off the dust that {is} under your feet** was an expression of strong rejection in this culture. It showed that someone did not want even the dust of a town to remain on them. If there is a similar gesture of rejection in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction) +MRK 6 14 ly7z figs-activepassive Ἰωάννης ὁ βαπτίζων ἐγήγερται 1 John the Baptist has been raised If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has caused John the Baptist to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 6 15 fgy3 figs-explicit ἄλλοι δὲ ἔλεγον, ὅτι Ἠλείας ἐστίν 1 But others were saying, “He is Elijah.” It may be helpful to state why some people thought he was **Elijah**. Alternate translation: “Some others said, ‘He is Elijah, whom God promised to send back again.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 6 16 bg3k writing-background 0 General Information: In verse 17 the author begins to give background information about Herod and why he beheaded John the Baptist. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +MRK 6 15 n8sq figs-explicit ἄλλοι δὲ ἔλεγον, ὅτι Ἠλείας ἐστίν; ἄλλοι δὲ ἔλεγον, ὅτι προφήτης, ὡς εἷς τῶν προφητῶν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Some were saying that he is Elijah, while others were saying that he is like one of the prophets who lived long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) MRK 6 16 ym2w figs-metonymy ὃν ἐγὼ ἀπεκεφάλισα 1 whom I beheaded Here Herod uses the word **I** to refer to himself. The word **I** is a metonym for Herod’s soldiers. Alternate translation: “whom I commanded my soldiers to behead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MRK 6 16 n6nq figs-activepassive ἠγέρθη 1 has been raised You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “has become alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MRK 6 16 n6nq figs-activepassive ἠγέρθη 1 has been raised If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “is alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 6 17 vpr7 figs-explicit αὐτὸς…ὁ Ἡρῴδης, ἀποστείλας ἐκράτησεν τὸν Ἰωάννην, καὶ ἔδησεν αὐτὸν ἐν φυλακῇ 1 Herod himself, having sent, seized John and he bound him in prison You can state this clearly that **Herod** sent his soldiers to put **John** in **prison**. Alternate translation: “Herod sent his soldiers to arrest John and had them bind him in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 6 17 a5du διὰ Ἡρῳδιάδα 1 on account of Herodias “because of Herodias” -MRK 6 17 sf6r translate-names τὴν γυναῖκα Φιλίππου, τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 the wife of his brother Philip Herod’s **brother Philip** is not the same Philip who was an evangelist in the book of Acts or the Philip who was one of Jesus’ twelve disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -MRK 6 17 yn6x ὅτι αὐτὴν ἐγάμησεν 1 because he married her “because Herod had married her” -MRK 6 19 x35v figs-metonymy ἤθελεν αὐτὸν ἀποκτεῖναι, καὶ οὐκ ἠδύνατο 1 was wanting to kill him, but she was not able Herodias is the subject of this phrase and **she** is a metonym as she wants someone else to execute John. Alternate translation: “she wanted someone to kill him, but she could not have him killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MRK 6 20 k8wa grammar-connect-words-phrases ὁ γὰρ Ἡρῴδης ἐφοβεῖτο τὸν Ἰωάννην, εἰδὼς 1 for Herod was fearing John, knowing These two clauses can be linked differently to show more clearly why Herod feared John. Alternate translation: “for Herod feared John because he knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -MRK 6 20 fj95 εἰδὼς αὐτὸν ἄνδρα δίκαιον καὶ ἅγιον 1 knowing him to be a righteous and holy man “because Herod knew that John was a righteous and holy man” -MRK 6 20 i5de ἀκούσας αὐτοῦ 1 having heard him “having listened to John” -MRK 6 21 xi2t writing-background 0 Connecting Statement: The author continues to give background information about Herod and the beheading of John the Baptist. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +MRK 6 17 ojtd figs-explicit γὰρ 1 Mark is providing this background information to help readers understand why Herod was saying that John rose from the dead. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “He was saying this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])\n +MRK 6 17 sf6r translate-names τὴν γυναῖκα Φιλίππου, τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 the wife of his brother Philip Herod’s **brother Philip** is the name of a man. This is not the same Philip who was an evangelist in the book of Acts or the Philip who was one of Jesus’ twelve disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +MRK 6 18 e2ex grammar-connect-logic-result ἔλεγεν γὰρ ὁ Ἰωάννης τῷ Ἡρῴδῃ, ὅτι οὐκ ἔξεστίν σοι ἔχειν τὴν γυναῖκα τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου 1 Herod put John into prison because he was saying **It is not lawful for you to have the wife of your brother**. Make sure this is clear in your language. Alternate translation: “Herod told his soldiers to arrest John because he was saying, ‘God’s law does not allow you to marry the wife of your brother.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +MRK 6 19 x35v figs-metonymy Ἡρῳδιὰς…ἤθελεν αὐτὸν ἀποκτεῖναι 1 was wanting to kill him, but she was not able **Herodias** is a metonym, as she wants someone else to execute John for her. Alternate translation: “she wanted someone to kill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MRK 6 20 k13z figs-doublet εἰδὼς αὐτὸν ἄνδρα δίκαιον καὶ ἅγιον 1 **righteous and holy** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that John was a holy man before God. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Because he knew that he was a righteous man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) MRK 6 21 m54q figs-metonymy Ἡρῴδης τοῖς γενεσίοις αὐτοῦ δεῖπνον ἐποίησεν, τοῖς μεγιστᾶσιν αὐτοῦ 1 Herod prepared his birthday dinner for his officials Here, **Herod** is a metonym for his servants whom he would have commanded to prepare a meal. Alternate translation: “Herod had his servants prepare a dinner for his officials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MRK 6 21 h5x9 τοῖς γενεσίοις αὐτοῦ δεῖπνον 1 his birthday dinner a formal meal or banquet to celebrate his birthday -MRK 6 22 a1d7 figs-rpronouns τῆς θυγατρὸς αὐτοῦ Ἡρῳδιάδος 1 the daughter of Herodias herself The word **herself** is a reflexive pronoun used to emphasize that it was significant that it was Herodias’ own daughter who danced at the dinner. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) -MRK 6 22 nir8 εἰσελθούσης 1 having entered “having come into the room” -MRK 6 23 qr1w ἐάν με αἰτήσῃς, δώσω σοι, ἕως ἡμίσους τῆς βασιλείας μου 1 Whatever you may ask of me, I will give you, up to half of my kingdom “I will give you up to half of what I own and rule, if you ask for it” -MRK 6 24 jky3 ἐξελθοῦσα 1 having gone out “after she went out of the room” -MRK 6 25 ap2w πίνακι 1 a platter “a board” or “a large wooden dish” +MRK 6 22 a1d7 translate-textvariants εἰσελθούσης τῆς θυγατρὸς αὐτοῦ Ἡρῳδιάδος 1 the daughter of Herodias herself There are a few possible understandings of this passage. (1) This could be saying that Herod’s daughter’s name was Herodias. Alternate translation: “And Herodias his daughter came in” or (2) This could be speaking about the daughter of Herodias emphatically. Alternate translation: “Herodias’ daughter herself came in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) +MRK 6 25 caz0 \n εὐθὺς…μετὰ σπουδῆς…ἐξαυτῆς 1 **immediately**, **with haste**, and **at once** are all words which give a sense of urgency. Make sure that this comes across in your language. +MRK 6 25 ap2w figs-euphemism δῷς μοι 1 a platter Herodias is telling her daughter that she wants King Herod to cut off John the Baptizer’s head. **give** is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “Cut off John’s head and bring it to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) MRK 6 26 c1gn figs-explicit διὰ τοὺς ὅρκους καὶ τοὺς συνανακειμένους 1 because of his oath and those reclining at table with him You can state clearly the content of the **oath**, and the relationship between the oath and the dinner guests. Alternate translation: “because his dinner guests had heard him make the oath that he would give her anything she asked for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 6 28 k51v ἐπὶ πίνακι 1 on a platter “on a tray” -MRK 6 29 f3xg ἀκούσαντες, οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 his disciples, having heard of this “John’s disciples, having heard that this had happened” -MRK 6 30 gm4a 0 Connecting Statement: After the disciples return from preaching and healing, they go somewhere to be alone, but there are many people who come to hear Jesus teach. When it becomes late, he feeds the people and then sends everyone away while he prays alone. -MRK 6 31 wu9z ἔρημον τόπον 1 a desolate place a place where there are no people -MRK 6 31 p1c9 ἦσαν…οἱ ἐρχόμενοι καὶ οἱ ὑπάγοντες πολλοί 1 those coming and those going were many This means that people were continually **coming** to the apostles and then **going** away from them. -MRK 6 31 a8q1 οὐδὲ…εὐκαίρουν 1 they were not even having opportunity The word **they** refers to the apostles. -MRK 6 32 dp4l καὶ ἀπῆλθον 1 And they went away Here the word **they** includes both the apostles and Jesus. -MRK 6 33 x5un εἶδον αὐτοὺς ὑπάγοντας, καὶ ἐπέγνωσαν πολλοί 1 many saw them leaving and recognized them “many people saw Jesus and the apostles leaving and recognized them” -MRK 6 33 r1jh πεζῇ 1 on foot The people are going **on foot** by land, which contrasts with how the disciples went by boat. -MRK 6 34 b7zp εἶδεν πολὺν ὄχλον 1 he saw a great crowd “Jesus saw a great crowd” -MRK 6 34 j1td figs-simile ἦσαν ὡς πρόβατα μὴ ἔχοντα ποιμένα 1 they were like sheep not having a shepherd Jesus compares the people to **sheep** who are confused when they do not have their **shepherd** to lead them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -MRK 6 35 sei9 figs-idiom καὶ ἤδη ὥρας πολλῆς γενομένης 1 And the hour already having become late This means it was late in the day. Alternate translation: “And when it was getting late” or “And late in the afternoon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +MRK 6 27 k51v figs-euphemism ἐνέγκαι τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ 1 on a platter See how you handled the note in verse 25. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +MRK 6 33 x5un καὶ ἐπέγνωσαν πολλοί 1 many saw them leaving and recognized them There are a few possible understandings of **recognized**. (1) The people recognized where Jesus and his disciples were going. Alternate translation: “and they knew where Jesus and his disciples were going” (2) The people knew that it was Jesus and his disciples were leaving, and so followed them. Alternate translation: “and they recognized that it was Jesus and his disciples leaving” +MRK 6 34 j1td figs-simile ἦσαν ὡς πρόβατα μὴ ἔχοντα ποιμένα 1 they were like sheep not having a shepherd Jesus compares the people to **sheep** who are confused when they do not have their **shepherd** to lead them. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “they were confused because they did not have someone to lead them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +MRK 6 35 sei9 figs-idiom καὶ ἤδη ὥρας πολλῆς γενομένης 1 And the hour already having become late This means it was late in the day. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “And when it was getting late” or “And late in the afternoon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MRK 6 35 hz4h ἔρημός ἐστιν ὁ τόπος 1 This place is desolate This refers to a place where there are no people. See how you translated this in [Mark 6:31](../06/31.md). -MRK 6 37 am7m ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς 1 But answering, he said to them “But Jesus answered and said to his disciples” MRK 6 37 cts5 figs-rquestion ἀπελθόντες, ἀγοράσωμεν δηναρίων διακοσίων ἄρτους, καὶ δώσομεν αὐτοῖς φαγεῖν? 1 Having gone away, might we buy 200 denarii of loaves of bread and give it to them to eat? The disciples ask this question to say that there is no way they could afford to buy enough food for this crowd. Alternate translation: “We could not buy enough bread to feed this crowd, even if we had two hundred denarii!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MRK 6 37 wowk figs-rquestion ἀπελθόντες, ἀγοράσωμεν δηναρίων διακοσίων ἄρτους, καὶ δώσομεν αὐτοῖς φαγεῖν 1 The disciples are using a hypothetical situation to express how expensive it would be to buy enough food for all of the people. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose we go out to the market, how could we afford to spend 200 denarii on food to feed all of these people?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])\n\n MRK 6 37 hs21 translate-bmoney δηναρίων διακοσίων 1 200 denarii The singular form of the word **denarii** is “denarius.” A denarius was a Roman silver coin worth one day’s wages. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) MRK 6 37 c65w translate-numbers δηναρίων διακοσίων 1 200 denarii “two hundred denarii” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -MRK 6 38 h61r ἄρτους 1 loaves lumps of bread dough that have been shaped and baked -MRK 6 39 xgb6 τῷ χλωρῷ χόρτῳ 1 the green grass Describe the **grass** with the color word used in your language for healthy grass, which may or may not be the color **green**. +MRK 6 39 xgb6 translate-unknown τῷ χλωρῷ χόρτῳ 1 the green grass Describe the **grass** with the color word used in your language for healthy grass, which may or may not be the color **green**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])\n MRK 6 40 e4cb figs-explicit πρασιαὶ, κατὰ ἑκατὸν καὶ κατὰ πεντήκοντα 1 by group according to hundreds and according to fifties This refers to the number of people in each of the groups. Alternate translation: “about fifty people in some groups and about a hundred people in other groups” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 6 41 l8q3 ἀναβλέψας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν 1 having looked up to heaven This means that he **looked up** toward the sky, which is associated with the place where God lives. -MRK 6 41 gr6v εὐλόγησεν 1 he blessed “he spoke a blessing” or “he gave thanks” -MRK 6 41 r49p τοὺς δύο ἰχθύας ἐμέρισεν πᾶσιν 1 he divided the two fish among them all “he divided the two fish so that everyone could have some” -MRK 6 43 rq7a ἦραν 1 they took up This could mean: (1) the disciples took up the pieces. (2) the people took up the pieces. -MRK 6 43 sk2v κλάσματα δώδεκα κοφίνων πληρώματα 1 12 baskets full of broken pieces “twelve baskets full of broken pieces of bread” +MRK 6 41 l8q3 figs-explicit ἀναβλέψας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν 1 having looked up to heaven This means that he **looked up** toward the sky, which is associated with the place where God lives. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus looked up to the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 6 43 xk9h translate-numbers δώδεκα κοφίνων 1 12 baskets “twelve baskets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) MRK 6 44 v4m3 translate-numbers πεντακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες 1 5,000 men “five thousand men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) +MRK 6 44 deov writing-background καὶ ἦσαν οἱ φαγόντες τοὺς ἄρτους, πεντακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες 1 Mark provides this background information about Jesus’ location to help readers understand how many people they fed. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) MRK 6 44 u413 figs-explicit ἦσαν οἱ φαγόντες τοὺς ἄρτους, πεντακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες 1 those who ate the loaves were 5,000 men The number of women and children was not counted. If it would not be understood that women and children were present, it can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “And there were 5,000 men who ate the loaves. They did not even count the women and children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 6 45 bc6z figs-ellipsis εἰς τὸ πέραν 1 to the other side This refers to the Sea of Galilee. You can state this clearly. Alternate translation: “to the other side of the Sea of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 6 45 y3ve translate-names Βηθσαϊδάν 1 Bethsaida This is a town on the northern shore of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -MRK 6 46 l6az ἀποταξάμενος αὐτοῖς 1 having sent them away “when he had sent the people away” -MRK 6 48 rvu4 0 Connecting Statement: A storm arises while the disciples are trying to cross the lake. Seeing Jesus walking on the water terrifies them. They do not understand how Jesus can calm the storm. -MRK 6 48 g7ka translate-ordinal τετάρτην φυλακὴν 1 the fourth watch This is the time between 3 AM and sunrise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -MRK 6 49 s8cd φάντασμά 1 a ghost the spirit of a dead person or some other kind of spirit -MRK 6 50 et5c figs-parallelism θαρσεῖτε…μὴ φοβεῖσθε 1 Take courage! … Do not fear! These two sentences are similar in meaning, emphasizing to his disciples that they did not need to be afraid. They can be combined into one if necessary. Alternate translation: “Do not be afraid of me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -MRK 6 51 u2u6 figs-explicit λείαν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἐξίσταντο 1 they were completely amazed among themselves If you need to be more specific, it can stated what they were amazed by. Alternate translation: “they were completely amazed at what he had done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 6 52 m53m figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τοῖς ἄρτοις 1 about the loaves Here the phrase **the loaves** refers to when Jesus multiplied the loaves of bread. Alternate translation: “what it meant when Jesus multiplied the loaves of bread” or “what it meant when Jesus caused the few loaves to become many” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MRK 6 52 t1qb figs-metaphor ἦν αὐτῶν ἡ καρδία πεπωρωμένη 1 their heart had been hardened A **heart** that has been **hardened** represents being too stubborn to understand. Alternate translation: “they were too stubborn to understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MRK 6 53 rc3z 0 Connecting Statement: When Jesus and his disciples arrive at Gennesaret in their boat, people see him and bring people for him to heal. This happens wherever they go. +MRK 6 48 g7ka (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) τετάρτην φυλακὴν 1 the fourth watch This is the time between 3 AM and sunrise. If your reader would not be familiar with this, you can state this explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +MRK 6 50 et5c figs-parallelism θαρσεῖτε…μὴ φοβεῖσθε 1 Take courage! … Do not fear! **Take courage** and **Do not be afraid** are similar in meaning, emphasizing to his disciples that they did not need to be afraid. They can be combined into one if necessary. Alternate translation: “Do not be afraid of me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +MRK 6 52 m53m figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τοῖς ἄρτοις 1 about the loaves Here the phrase **the loaves** refers to when Jesus multiplied the loaves of bread. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “what it meant when Jesus multiplied the loaves of bread” or “what it meant when Jesus caused the few loaves to become many” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MRK 6 52 t1qb figs-metaphor ἦν αὐτῶν ἡ καρδία πεπωρωμένη 1 their heart had been hardened Their stubborn attitude is spoken of as if their hearts had been hardened.\nIf the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. Alternate translation: “they were stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n MRK 6 53 p316 translate-names Γεννησαρὲτ 1 Gennesaret This is the name of the region to the northwest of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -MRK 6 55 e7fh figs-explicit περιέδραμον ὅλην τὴν χώραν ἐκείνην 1 they ran throughout that whole region It may be helpful to state why they ran through the region. Alternate translation: “they ran throughout the whole district in order to tell others that Jesus was there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 6 55 d9k9 περιέδραμον…ἤκουον 1 they ran throughout … they were hearing The word **they** refers to the people who recognized Jesus, not to the disciples. -MRK 6 55 wr7f figs-nominaladj τοὺς κακῶς ἔχοντας 1 those having sickness This phrase refers to people. Alternate translation: “the sick people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -MRK 6 56 bjv5 ὅπου ἂν εἰσεπορεύετο 1 wherever he was entering “wherever Jesus entered” MRK 6 56 gi6y ἐτίθεσαν 1 they were putting Here, **they** refers to the people. It does not refer to Jesus’ disciples. MRK 6 56 y6hs figs-nominaladj τοὺς ἀσθενοῦντας 1 the sick This phrase refers to people. Alternate translation: “the sick people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -MRK 6 56 a3i3 παρεκάλουν αὐτὸν 1 were begging him This could mean: (1) the sick were begging him. (2) the people were begging him. -MRK 6 56 m366 ἅψωνται 1 they might touch The word **they** refers to the sick. -MRK 6 56 wd2u τοῦ κρασπέδου τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ 1 the edge of his garment “the hem of his robe” or “the edge of his clothes” -MRK 6 56 ugr3 ὅσοι ἂν 1 as many as “all those who” +MRK 6 56 bqzf figs-litany εἰς κώμας, ἢ εἰς πόλεις, ἢ εἰς ἀγροὺς 1 Mark lists **villages**, **cities**, and **countryside** to emphasize that everywhere Jesus went, they were bringing sick people to him. Use a form in your language that someone would use to list different places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]]) MRK 7 intro vq1j 0 # Mark 7 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 7:6-7, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Hand washing

The Pharisees washed many things that were not dirty because they were trying to make God think that they were good. They washed their hands before they ate, even when their hands were not dirty. and even though the law of Moses did not say that they had to do it. Jesus told them that they were wrong and that people make God happy by thinking and doing the right things. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “Ephphatha”

This is an Aramaic word. Mark wrote it the way it sounds using Greek letters and then explained what it means. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) MRK 7 1 hu3f 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus rebukes the Pharisees and scribes. MRK 7 1 b9ul συνάγονται πρὸς αὐτὸν 1 are gathering around him “are gathered around Jesus” @@ -674,14 +652,14 @@ MRK 9 29 kh4w figs-go τοῦτο τὸ γένος…δύναται ἐξελθ MRK 9 29 yrzf figs-abstractnouns προσευχῇ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **prayer**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **prayer** in another way. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MRK 9 29 l6ok figs-abstractnouns νηστείᾳ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **fasting**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **fasting** in another way. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MRK 9 31 w75k figs-activepassive ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται 1 The Son of Man is being delivered If it would be more natural in your language, you could translate the phrase **is being delivered** with an active form and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Evil men will deliver the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MRK 9 31 y5cw ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται 1 The Son of Man is being delivered Alternate translation: “The Son of Man is being betrayed” +MRK 9 31 y5cw ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται 1 The Son of Man is being delivered Alternate translation: “The Son of Man is being betrayed” MRK 9 31 z8ud figs-metonymy εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων 1 into the hands of men Here, **hands** is a metonym for control. Alternate translation: “into the control of men” or “into the custody of men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 9 31 s1n2 figs-activepassive ἀποκτανθεὶς, μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἀναστήσεται 1 having been killed, he will rise again after three days If it would be more natural in your language, you could translate the phrase **having been killed** with an active form and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “after they kill him, he will rise again after three days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 9 33 xv94 figs-go ἦλθον εἰς Καφαρναούμ 1 Connecting Statement: Your language may say “they went” rather than **they came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “they went to Capernaum” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) MRK 9 33 l2kj figs-go ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ γενόμενος 1 Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “having went into the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) MRK 9 34 gdg3 figs-explicit τίς μείζων 1 about who was the greatest Here, **greatest** refers to who was the **greatest** among the disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “who was the greatest among them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 9 35 jzl5 figs-metaphor εἴ τις θέλει πρῶτος εἶναι, ἔσται πάντων ἔσχατος 1 If anyone wants to be first, he will be last of all Here the words **first** and **last** are opposites of one another. Jesus speaks of being the “most important” as being **first** and of being the “least important” as being **last**. Alternate translation: “If anyone wants God to consider him to be the most important person of all, he must consider himself to be the least important of all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MRK 9 35 um58 translate-ordinal πρῶτος 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers such as **first**, you can express the meaning behind the word **first** in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: see the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +MRK 9 35 um58 translate-ordinal πρῶτος 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers such as **first**, you can express the meaning behind the word **first** in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: see the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) MRK 9 35 t526 πάντων…πάντων 1 of all … of all Alternate translation: “of all people … of all people” MRK 9 36 qqcu writing-pronouns ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῶν 1 The pronoun **them** refers to the 12 disciples. If it would help your readers you could state that explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “in the midst of his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) MRK 9 37 h242 ἓν τῶν τοιούτων παιδίων 1 one of these little children Alternate translation: “a child such as this one” @@ -699,7 +677,7 @@ MRK 9 41 m0d8 figs-metonymy ὀνόματι 1 See how you translated **name** i MRK 9 41 u325 figs-ellipsis ἐν ὀνόματι 1 Here, the phrase **in the name** leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “in my name” or “in the name of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 9 41 bpz5 figs-idiom ἐν ὀνόματι, ὅτι Χριστοῦ ἐστε 1 **in the name because** is an idiom which means to do something for the sake of someone. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “because you belong to Christ” or “because you serve me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MRK 9 41 bgq1 figs-litotes οὐ μὴ ἀπολέσῃ 1 he may certainly not lose Here, Jesus uses the negative phrase **certainly not** together with the negative word **lose**to express a strong positive meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “he will certainly receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) -MRK 9 41 wnb2 figs-abstractnouns οὐ μὴ ἀπολέσῃ τὸν μισθὸν αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **reward**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **reward** by using a verb phrase. Alternate translation: “he will certainly be rewarded” or “God will certainly reward that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +MRK 9 41 wnb2 figs-abstractnouns οὐ μὴ ἀπολέσῃ τὸν μισθὸν αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **reward**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **reward** by using a verb phrase. Alternate translation: “he will certainly be rewarded” or “God will certainly reward that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MRK 9 41 jjq5 figs-gendernotations οὐ μὴ ἀπολέσῃ τὸν μισθὸν αὐτοῦ 1 Although the pronouns **he** and **his** are masculine, they are being used here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “that person will certainly not lose their reward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) MRK 9 42 cj0l figs-metaphor ἕνα τῶν μικρῶν τούτων 1 The phrase **these little ones** could be: (1) a reference to children who love Jesus and who are physically little compared to adults. Alternate translation: “one of these children who believe in me” (2) a figurative reference to people whose faith is new and has not yet become mature and strong. Alternate translation: “one of these new believers” or (3) a figurative reference to people who are not important from a human perspective. Alternate translation: “one of these common people” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor) MRK 9 42 gef5 figs-explicit καλόν ἐστιν αὐτῷ μᾶλλον εἰ 1 Jesus is drawing a comparison to the punishment for causing people to sin. He means that this person’s punishment for causing people to sin will be worse than if he had drowned in the sea. No one would actually put a stone around his neck and throw him into the sea as an alternative to that punishment, and Jesus is not saying that anyone will do so. Alternate translation: “The punishment he will receive will be worse than if” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit) @@ -731,7 +709,7 @@ MRK 10 intro bq25 0 # Mark 10 General Notes

## Structure and formattin MRK 10 1 qq93 figs-explicit ἐκεῖθεν ἀναστὰς, ἔρχεται 1 having gotten up, he goes from that place Jesus’ disciples were traveling with him. They were leaving Capernaum. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “getting up, Jesus and his disciples left Capernaum and went from that place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 10 1 goki figs-go ἔρχεται 1 Your language may say “comes” rather than **goes** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “he comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) MRK 10 1 j5wa καὶ πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου 1 and the other side of the Jordan River Alternate translation: “and to the land on the other side of the Jordan River” or “and to the area east of the Jordan River” -MRK 10 1 s6fy figs-go συνπορεύονται…ὄχλοι πρὸς αὐτόν 1 Your language may say “went” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “the crowds went together to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) +MRK 10 1 s6fy figs-go συνπορεύονται…ὄχλοι πρὸς αὐτόν 1 Your language may say “went” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “the crowds went together to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) MRK 10 1 vzb4 εἰώθει 1 he had been accustomed to do Alternate translation: “was his custom” or “he usually did” MRK 10 5 m73x figs-metonymy τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν 1 your hardness of heart Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being or mind. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 10 5 xqzb figs-idiom τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν 1 your hardness of heart The phrase **hardness of heart** is an idiom which describes stubbornly choosing to resist God’s will and instead choosing one’s own will. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. See how you translated the phrase “the hardness of their heart” in [Mark 3:5](../mrk/03/5.md). Alternate translation: “your stubbornness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -749,7 +727,7 @@ MRK 10 12 sn1m figs-explicit μοιχᾶται 1 she commits adultery Here, the MRK 10 13 zx1f writing-newevent καὶ 1 And they were bringing Here, the word **And** introduces a new event. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “And it happened that” or “After this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) MRK 10 13 nmw7 figs-explicit προσέφερον 1 Here, **they** refers to people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 10 13 pk8a figs-explicit αὐτῶν ἅψηται 1 he might touch them Here, **he might touch them** means that Jesus would lay his hands on the children and bless them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he might touch them with his hands and bless them” or “Jesus might lay his hands on them and bless them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 10 14 yi5m figs-doublet ἄφετε τὰ παιδία ἔρχεσθαι πρός με, καὶ μὴ κωλύετε αὐτά 1 Permit the little children to come to me, and do not prevent them The phrase **Permit the little children to come to me** and the phrase **do not prevent them** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used for emphasis. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “Be sure to allow the little children to come to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +MRK 10 14 yi5m figs-doublet ἄφετε τὰ παιδία ἔρχεσθαι πρός με, καὶ μὴ κωλύετε αὐτά 1 Permit the little children to come to me, and do not prevent them The phrase **Permit the little children to come to me** and the phrase **do not prevent them** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used for emphasis. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “Be sure to allow the little children to come to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) MRK 10 14 qj7i figs-doublenegatives μὴ κωλύετε 1 do not prevent If the double negative **do not prevent** would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “allow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) MRK 10 15 y3a2 ὃς ἂν μὴ δέξηται τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ ὡς παιδίον, οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθῃ εἰς αὐτήν 1 whoever might not receive the kingdom of God as a little child may certainly not enter into it Alternate translation: “if anyone will not receive the kingdom of God as a little child, that person will definitely not enter it” MRK 10 15 a1e7 figs-simile ὡς παιδίον 1 as a little child The point of the comparison **as a little child** is that Jesus is comparing how people must receive the kingdom of God to how little children would receive things. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “with humble faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) diff --git a/en_tn_43-LUK.tsv b/en_tn_43-LUK.tsv index c46d0e55fd..a188945a18 100644 --- a/en_tn_43-LUK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_43-LUK.tsv @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote -LUK front intro uk55 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Luke

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the book of Luke

1. Dedication to Theophilus (1:1-4)
2. Prologue
* The birth of John the Baptist (1:5-80)
* The birth and youth of Jesus (2:1-51)
* The ministry of John the Baptist (3:1-20)
* The baptism, genealogy, and temptation of Jesus (3:21-4:13)
3. The teaching and healing ministry of Jesus in Galilee (4:14-9:50)
4. Jesus teaches along his journey to Jerusalem
* Judgment by God, and people’s judgments about Jesus (9:51-13:21)
* Who will be part of the kingdom of God (13:22-17:10)
* Responding to Jesus by welcoming or rejecting him (17:11-19:27)
5. Jesus in Jerusalem
* Jesus’ entry into Jerusalem (19:28-44)
* Jesus teaches in the temple: conflict over his identity and authority (19:45-21:38)
* Jesus’ death, burial, and resurrection (22:1-24:53)

### What is the Gospel of Luke about?

The Gospel of Luke is one of four books in the New Testament that describe the life and teachings of Jesus Christ. These books are called “Gospels,” which means “good news.” Their authors wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. Luke wrote his Gospel for a person named Theophilus and dedicated it to him. Luke wrote an accurate description of the life and teachings of Jesus so that Theophilus would be certain that what he had been taught about Jesus was true. However, Luke expected that what he wrote would encourage all followers of Jesus.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of Luke” or “The Gospel According to Luke.” Or they may choose a different title, such as “The Good News About Jesus that Luke Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote the book of Luke?

This book does not give the name of its author. However, the same person who wrote this book also wrote the book of Acts, which is also dedicated to Theophilus. In parts of the book of Acts, the author uses the word “we.” This indicates that the author traveled with Paul. Most scholars think that Luke was this person traveling with Paul. Therefore, since early Christian times, most Christians have recognized Luke as the author of both the Gospel of Luke and the book of Acts.

Luke was a medical doctor. His way of writing shows that he was an educated man. He was probably a Gentile. Luke himself probably did not witness what Jesus said and did. But he tells Theophilus in his dedication that he talked to many people who did.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### The kingdom of God

“The kingdom of God” is a major concept in the Gospel of Luke. It is very rich in meaning. It includes the idea of eternal life in the presence of God, but it also includes the idea of what the earth will be like in the future when God rules everything, and the idea of life on earth right now, when and where God’s wishes are carried out fully. The unifying concept behind all of these ideas is that of God ruling and of people embracing God’s rule over their lives. Wherever the expression “the kingdom of God” occurs, translation notes will suggest communicating the idea behind the abstract noun “kingdom” with some phrase that uses the verb “rule.” UST models this approach consistently. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])

### Why does Luke write so much about the final week of Jesus’ life?

Luke wrote much about Jesus’ final week. He wanted his readers to think deeply about Jesus’ final week and his death on the cross. He wanted people to understand that Jesus willingly died on the cross so that God could forgive them for sinning against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

### What are the roles of women in the Gospel of Luke?

Luke described women in a very positive way in his Gospel. For example, he often showed women being more faithful to God than most men. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What are the Synoptic Gospels?

The Gospels of Matthew, Mark, and Luke are called the Synoptic Gospels because they tell the story of many of the same events. The word “synoptic” means to “see together.”

Passages are considered “parallel” when they are the same or almost the same among two or three Gospels. When translating parallel passages, translators should use the same wording and make them as similar as possible.

### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?

In the Gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” This is a reference to [Daniel 7:13-14](../dan/07/13.md). In that passage, there is a person who is described as like a “son of man.” That means that the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to this “son of man” to rule over the nations forever. All people will worship him forever.

Jews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. But Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]])

Translating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.

### Major issues in the text of the book of Luke

ULT follows the readings of the most accurate ancient manuscripts of the Bible. However, there may already be older versions of the Bible in the translators’ regions that follow the readings of other manuscripts. In the most significant cases, the General Notes to the chapters in which these differences occur will discuss them and recommend approaches. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) +LUK front intro uk55 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the book of Luke\n\n1. Dedication to Theophilus (1:1-4)\n2. Prologue\n * The birth of John the Baptist (1:5-80)\n * The birth and youth of Jesus (2:1-51)\n * The ministry of John the Baptist (3:1-20)\n * The baptism, genealogy, and temptation of Jesus (3:21-4:13)\n3. The teaching and healing ministry of Jesus in Galilee (4:14-9:50)\n4. Jesus teaches along his journey to Jerusalem\n * Judgment by God, and people’s judgments about Jesus (9:51-13:21)\n * Who will be part of the kingdom of God (13:22-17:10)\n * Responding to Jesus by welcoming or rejecting him (17:11-19:27)\n5. Jesus in Jerusalem\n * Jesus’ entry into Jerusalem (19:28-44)\n * Jesus teaches in the temple: conflict over his identity and authority (19:45-21:38)\n * Jesus’ death, burial, and resurrection (22:1-24:53)\n\n### What is the Gospel of Luke about?\n\nThe Gospel of Luke is one of four books in the New Testament that describe the life and teachings of Jesus Christ. These books are called “Gospels,” which means “good news.” Their authors wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. Luke wrote his Gospel for a person named Theophilus and dedicated it to him. Luke wrote an accurate description of the life and teachings of Jesus so that Theophilus would be certain that what he had been taught about Jesus was true. However, Luke expected that what he wrote would encourage all followers of Jesus.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of Luke” or “The Gospel According to Luke.” Or they may choose a different title, such as “The Good News About Jesus that Luke Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Who wrote the book of Luke?\n\nThis book does not give the name of its author. However, the same person who wrote this book also wrote the book of Acts, which is also dedicated to Theophilus. In parts of the book of Acts, the author uses the word “we.” This indicates that the author traveled with Paul. Most scholars think that Luke was this person traveling with Paul. Therefore, since early Christian times, most Christians have recognized Luke as the author of both the Gospel of Luke and the book of Acts.\n\nLuke was a medical doctor. His way of writing shows that he was an educated man. He was probably a Gentile. Luke himself probably did not witness what Jesus said and did. But he tells Theophilus in his dedication that he talked to many people who did.\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### The kingdom of God\n\n“The kingdom of God” is a major concept in the Gospel of Luke. It is very rich in meaning. It includes the idea of eternal life in the presence of God, but it also includes the idea of what the earth will be like in the future when God rules everything, and the idea of life on earth right now, when and where God’s wishes are carried out fully. The unifying concept behind all of these ideas is that of God ruling and of people embracing God’s rule over their lives. Wherever the expression “the kingdom of God” occurs, translation notes will suggest communicating the idea behind the abstract noun “kingdom” with some phrase that uses the verb “rule.” UST models this approach consistently. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n\n### Why does Luke write so much about the final week of Jesus’ life?\n\nLuke wrote much about Jesus’ final week. He wanted his readers to think deeply about Jesus’ final week and his death on the cross. He wanted people to understand that Jesus willingly died on the cross so that God could forgive them for sinning against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n### What are the roles of women in the Gospel of Luke?\n\nLuke described women in a very positive way in his Gospel. For example, he often showed women being more faithful to God than most men. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### What are the Synoptic Gospels?\n\nThe Gospels of Matthew, Mark, and Luke are called the Synoptic Gospels because they tell the story of many of the same events. The word “synoptic” means to “see together.”\n\nPassages are considered “parallel” when they are the same or almost the same among two or three Gospels. When translating parallel passages, translators should use the same wording and make them as similar as possible.\n\n### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?\n\nIn the Gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” This is a reference to [Daniel 7:13-14](../dan/07/13.md). In that passage, there is a person who is described as like a “son of man.” That means that the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to this “son of man” to rule over the nations forever. All people will worship him forever.\n\nJews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. But Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]])\n\nTranslating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.\n\n### Major issues in the text of the book of Luke\n\nULT follows the readings of the most accurate ancient manuscripts of the Bible. However, there may already be older versions of the Bible in the translators’ regions that follow the readings of other manuscripts. In the most significant cases, the General Notes to the chapters in which these differences occur will discuss them and recommend approaches. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) LUK 1 intro f1b5 0 # Luke 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

1. Dedication to Theophilus (1:1-4)
2. The angel Gabriel announces to Zechariah that his wife Elizabeth is going to bear a son, John the Baptist (1:5-25)
3. The angel Gabriel announces to Mary that she is going to become the mother of Jesus (1:26-38)
4. Mary goes to visit Elizabeth (1:39-56)
5. John the Baptist is born (1:57-80)

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. ULT does this with the poetry in Mary’s song about becoming the mother of Jesus in 1:46-55 and Zechariah’s song about the birth of his son John the Baptist in 1:68-79.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “He will be called John”

Most people in the ancient Near East would give a child the same name as someone in their families. People were surprised that Elizabeth and Zechariah named their son John because there was no one else in their family with that name. LUK 1 1 qhd9 figs-activepassive περὶ τῶν πεπληροφορημένων ἐν ἡμῖν πραγμάτων 1 concerning the things that have been fulfilled among us If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “about those things that have happened among us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LUK 1 1 hyp6 figs-exclusive ἐν ἡμῖν 1 among us Luke dedicates this book to a man named Theophilus. It is no longer known exactly who he was. But since Luke says in [1:4](../01/04.md) that he wants Theophilus to know that the things he has been taught are reliable, it appears that he was a follower of Jesus. So here the word **us** would include him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ LUK 1 35 x53s figs-metaphor δύναμις Ὑψίστου ἐπισκιάσει LUK 1 35 l057 figs-idiom Ὑψίστου 1 the Most High See how you translated the expression **the Most High** in [1:32](../01/32.md). Alternate translation: “the Most High God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) LUK 1 35 l058 figs-idiom διὸ καὶ τὸ γεννώμενον Ἅγιον κληθήσεται, Υἱὸς Θεοῦ 1 Therefore, the holy one who will be born will be called the Son of God As in [1:32](../01/32.md), to **be called** is an idiom that means “to be.” Alternate translation: “Therefore, this holy baby will be the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) LUK 1 35 k866 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples διὸ καὶ τὸ γεννώμενον Ἅγιον κληθήσεται, Υἱὸς Θεοῦ 1 Therefore, the holy one who will be born will be called the Son of God Gabriel is not saying only that **Son of God** is a title by which Jesus will be known. Instead, this is a further statement that Jesus would be the divine Son of a divine Father. (Gabriel says **therefore**, indicating that this will be the result of the process he has just described.) You may want to show this by employing capitalization or whatever other convention your language uses to indicate divinity. Alternate translation: “Therefore, this holy baby will be the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -LUK 1 35 vrz6 figs-activepassive τὸ γεννώμενον Ἅγιον κληθήσεται, Υἱὸς Θεοῦ 1 the holy one who will be born will be called the Son of God If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “this holy baby will be the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LUK 1 35 vrz6 figs-activepassive τὸ γεννώμενον Ἅγιον κληθήσεται, Υἱὸς Θεοῦ 1 the holy one who will be born will be called the Son of God If your readers would misunderstand these two passive forms, you could express the meaning of each with an active form. Alternate translation: “people will call this holy baby whom you will bear the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LUK 1 35 l059 figs-parallelism τὸ γεννώμενον Ἅγιον κληθήσεται, Υἱὸς Θεοῦ 1 the holy one who will be born will be called the Son of God Depending on how the Greek is understood, this could be another parallel statement. Alternate translation: “The one who will be born will be holy. Yes, he will be the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) LUK 1 36 lx9k figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Behold **Behold** focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Alternate translation: “Consider this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LUK 1 36 f88l καὶ αὐτὴ συνείληφεν υἱὸν ἐν γήρει αὐτῆς 1 she also has conceived a son in her old age Make sure that your translation does not make it does not sound as if both Mary and Elizabeth were old when they conceived. Alternate translation: “she has also become pregnant with a son, even though she is already very old” @@ -340,7 +340,8 @@ LUK 2 10 hnr7 figs-imperative μὴ φοβεῖσθε 1 Do not be afraid As in [ LUK 2 10 l118 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ γὰρ 1 for behold The term **behold** focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Now listen to this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LUK 2 10 pw8t εὐαγγελίζομαι ὑμῖν χαρὰν μεγάλην, ἥτις ἔσται παντὶ τῷ λαῷ 1 I bring you good news of great joy, which will be to all the people Alternate translation: “I have come to announce good news that will make all the people very happy” LUK 2 10 adz8 figs-hyperbole παντὶ τῷ λαῷ 1 all the people This could be: (1) a reference to all people. That is the reading of UST. Alternate translation: “all people everywhere” (2) a figurative generalization that refers specifically to the Jewish people who would welcome Jesus as the Messiah. Alternate translation: “your people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -LUK 2 11 l119 figs-activepassive ἐτέχθη ὑμῖν σήμερον Σωτὴρ, ὅς ἐστιν Χριστὸς, Κύριος, ἐν πόλει Δαυείδ 1 today has been born for you in the city of David a Savior, who is Christ the Lord! If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “a Savior, who is Christ the Lord, has been born for you today in the city of David!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LUK 2 11 l119 figs-infostructure ἐτέχθη ὑμῖν σήμερον Σωτὴρ, ὅς ἐστιν Χριστὸς, Κύριος, ἐν πόλει Δαυείδ 1 today has been born for you in the city of David a Savior, who is Christ the Lord! If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “a Savior, who is Christ the Lord, has been born for you today in the city of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) +LUK 2 11 z1us figs-activepassive ἐτέχθη ὑμῖν σήμερον 1 today has been born for you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “we are announcing the birth for you today” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LUK 2 11 z9m2 figs-explicit ἐν πόλει Δαυείδ 1 in the city of David This means Bethlehem. See the explanation in the note to [2:4](../02/04.md). Alternate translation: “in Bethlehem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LUK 2 11 l120 figs-explicit ὅς ἐστιν Χριστὸς, Κύριος 1 who is Christ the Lord **Christ** is the Greek word for “Messiah.” Alternate translation: “who is the Messiah, the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LUK 2 12 yj15 figs-explicit τοῦτο ὑμῖν τὸ σημεῖον 1 this will be the sign to you The implication is that God has provided this sign. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God has given you this sign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -1132,6 +1133,7 @@ LUK 7 27 cc5u figs-you σου…σου 1 your … you The words **your** and **y LUK 7 27 l378 figs-metaphor ὃς κατασκευάσει τὴν ὁδόν σου ἔμπροσθέν σου 1 who will prepare your way before you As in [3:4](../03/04.md), to make a **way** or a road is a figurative expression that means to help people get ready for the coming of the Messiah. Alternate translation: “who will help people get ready for you to come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LUK 7 28 yz6b λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you Jesus uses this phrase to focus the crowd’s attention on what he will say next. Alternate translation: “Now listen carefully” LUK 7 28 rr11 figs-idiom ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν 1 among those born of women The phrase **those born of women** is an idiom that refers to all people. Alternate translation: “of all the people who have ever lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +LUK 7 28 hfqf figs-activepassive ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν 1 among those born of women If you would like to retain the idiom but your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “among those whom women have borne” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LUK 7 28 gfz7 figs-litotes μείζων…Ἰωάννου οὐδείς ἐστιν 1 no one is greater than John Here Jesus is using a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative term together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “John is the greatest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) LUK 7 28 c33u figs-nominaladj ὁ…μικρότερος 1 the least Jesus is using the adjective **least** as a noun in order to indicate a kind of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the least important person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) LUK 7 28 l379 figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 in the kingdom of God See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **kingdom**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “whose life God is ruling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])